Daven Kross Webinars

Author: davenkross2026

  • 07/23/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Retirement Planning

    You must have compensation, earned income to be able to contribute to a traditional IRA. There is no age limit. There used to be an age limit, but if you’re still working, let’s say at age 80, you have earned income. You can contribute to a traditional IRA if you wanted to. Also, you have up to April 15th of 2027 to make a contribution into your IRA and have it counted in 2026. So it’s very important to know. Now there are certain contribution rules for you to be able to deduct it. You and your well for you be able to deduct it. There’s some income limits that you have to kind of be aware of. If both you and your spouse contribute to a 401k at work, for you to be able to deduct that traditional IRA, your income needs to be below $149,000. As a married couple, as a single person, your income needs to be below $91,000. If your income is above those amounts and you put money into a traditional IRA, you’re not going to be able to deduct that. So, be aware of that. Let’s talk about Roth IRA basics. When it comes to Roth IAS, there’s no deduction for contributions. Money still grows tax-free. And as long as you’ve had that account for 5 years and you’re over 59 and a half, all earnings and interest come out tax-free. It’s considered a qualified distribution. Now, contribution limits are the same as traditional IAS. 7500 for a single p uh 7500 for someone younger than 50, 8,600 if you’re over 50. You have to have earned income also to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. There is no age limit either, but there is an income limit that says, hey, if you’re over this amount of income, you cannot contribute to a Roth IRA. As a single person, it’s $168,000. As a married couple, it’s $252,000. So, if your income is over these amounts, you cannot contribute to a traditional sorry, you cannot contribute to a Roth IRA. and there’s the phase out window. But if your income is below 153,000 and below 242,000 as a married couple, then you are able to contribute to a Roth IRA. There is something called a spousal IRA, Roth IRA contribution. [gasps] And well, we come across this as let’s say you’re a married couple and one person has already retired. They usually come in and say, “Well, I can’t contribute to a traditional tra traditional IRA or Roth because I have no earned income.” Well, it as long as your spouse is working and has earned income, then you are able to contribute to contribute to a traditional or a Roth. Now, here’s the thing. If your spouse is contributing into a 401k and even though you’re retired and your income, combined income is over $252,000, you’re not going to be able to deduct that traditional IRA contribution. And also, if you’re over certain income limits, you’re not going to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. [clears throat] But be aware that if you’re under these limits and let’s say you’re not working or you’re retired, you might be able to contribute to a traditional or a Roth IRA for that year. Now, you might say, “Well, it’s $8,000.” Well, $8,000 if you continue to contribute to it over time, it will start compounding and start growing. And that’s what this chart is saying. If you’re coming in and see assuming a I think they use a 6% rate of return, contribute $8,000 for 10 years, you see the money start to grow and start to compound over time. So it does add up over time. Now make sure you’re taking advantage of your employer sponsored plans, 401ks, 403bs, 457s because pensions have kind of gone to the west side. Most corporations come in and say, “Hey, we have a 401k set up for you. You contribute to it. We’re going to match your contribution.” So, it’s a great and easy way for you to save for retirement. This year, if you’re under 50, it is 24,500 that you’re able to contribute to. If you’re over 50, you can do 32,500. Now, if you’re between the ages of 60 and 63, there’s a super catchup that allows you to do a total of $35,750. So, just make sure that if you’re between 60 and 63, I would call your 401k provider and say, “Hey, there’s a special contribution I’m able to do, and is the plan set up for me to make this extra contribution into the plan?” There’s also a new change for 2026. If you had an income over $150,000 last year starting in 26, any ketchup pro ketchup amounts that you put into the plan will automatically go into an after tax bucket or a Roth bucket. So just be aware of that because be prior you used to be able to put all that money in pre-tax. They changed the rule a little bit and says now, hey, if you’re over 50 and you’re maxing out your 401k, the the normal contribution, which is 24,500, will go in pre-tax, but everything above that will go into after tax bucket as long as your income was over 150,000 last year. So, it’s something new just to double check. Now remember, whenever you put money into the 401k, if it’s all pre-tax, at some point you’re going to have to take that money out. When you start taking that money out, it’s going to be taxed at whatever your current tax bracket is. So, this rule or this kind of this thinking was, hey, put money in pre-tax because when you retire, you could be in a lower tax bracket in retirement. that sometimes is the case, but is also I’ve seen it where it hasn’t been the case. So, just be aware of what is your current tax bracket today and what do you think your current tax bracket’s going to be in the future. Now, historically, if you look at tax rates, you could say we’re in a low tax environment going back I mean, just looking at this chart going back to the ‘ 50s, the top marginal income tax rate was 90%. Right now, we’re sitting at 37%. So, historically, you say, “Hey, we’re in a low tax bracket. What’s taxes going to do in the future? Are they going to go up, stay the same, go down? They’re either going to stay the same or they’re going to go up.” Now, there was this idea that taxes were going to go up this year because the tax cuts and jobs act was going to expire. Well, there was a bill that was signed last year that came in and permanently made the current the permanently made the Tax Cuts and Job Act permanent. Now, that just means there’s no expiration date. Congress could come in in 4 years, 8 years, and change the tax code, but Congress has to come in and do that. Do that. So, not only did they not prevent taxes from going up, but they also expanded some deductions for families and seniors. We we’re not going to go into a lot of these changes. Um, next week, we’ll talk more about taxes. Now, whenever you take money out of IAS, be aware of certain side effects. And what I’m what I mean by that is it’s not simply, hey, I’m taking money out of my IRA. I’m going to pay taxes and all is good. That’s where the IRS comes in and hids these has these kind of tax traps that you need to be aware of. So, whenever you take money out, be aware there’s something called a net investment income tax. If you’re a single person and you have income over 200,000 or you married couple and your income’s over 250,000, they could impose a net an investment income tax on passive income, which is dividends, interest, rental income. So again, it’s really important to understand when you take money out of IAS, if I take money out of my IAS, how much where is going to where is that going to move my bracket? You might be phased out of certain deductions or tax credits. Your Part B premium might increase because it’s all based on what your modified adjusted gross income is. You might see more of your social security subject to tax because you took more money out of your IAS than you expected. You might eliminate some financial aid. You might eliminate the ability to contribute to a Roth IRA. So, it’s really important to understand that when you start taking money out of IAS, traditional IAS, that’s going to be taxable to you in that year. And how does that affect your overall uh taxable bracket? Now, now the IRS comes in and says, “Hey, you can contribute to a traditional IRA or a 401k. put that money all in pre-tax. But at some point, we want you to start taking money out and it’s something called required minimum distributions. So even though you have this money in IRA and 401ks and you’re like, I don’t I don’t need it. I want to let it continue growing. Well, the IRS comes in and says, hold on. We’ve been giving you that benefit all these years. You need to start taking money out so we can start collecting taxes. Depending on when you were born, your RMD is either 73 or 75. If you decide, hey, I’m not going to take any money out, even though they required me to take money out, the IRS can come in come in and penalize you by 25%. So, what that means is if your RMD was $10,000 and you decide, I’m not going to take it out, they could come in and say, we’re going to charge a 25% penalty on that. So, it charge you a 25 24 $2,500 would be your penalty for not taking your R&D out.

    Now, your R&D, your required minimum distribution is based on the life expectancy number, and they look at what the ending value was the year prior. So, hypothetically, let’s say you you turn 73 today and your RMD starts this year. They’re going to go back and say, “Your MD is going to be calculated on what the ending value was on December 31st of 2025.” They’re going to take that number, divide it by your life expectancy, which is 26.5 years. IRS comes in and says you’re going to live another 26.5 years, and that’s going to determine how much you have to take out. Now, when you look at this factor, the first year, it’s about 3.78% that you you’re required to take out. that percentage goes up each year because you’re getting older and the life expectancy number goes down. So you can see like you might start at less than 4% but once you reach age 90 it’s 8.2% that you’re required to take out in that year. Now some of the mistakes that I want you to avoid that we come across are these three mistakes. First mistake is you’re aggregating RMDs between different retirement accounts. So let’s say you have an IRA and you have a 401k. Those are different retirement accounts. So you might come in and say, “Hey, my RMD is 5,000 from my 401k, 5,000 from my IRA, so a total of 10,000. I’m going to take 10,000 from my IRA and call it good.” Well, I says, “Hey, wait a minute. You forgot to take money out of the 401k because it’s a different plan type. you’re required to take money out of that. So, just be aware 401ks and IAS are different plan types. Now, when it comes to you can have 10 different IAS and the IRS says, “Hey, those are all the same plan time plan type. We don’t care where you take that money from.” So, you take all of your RMD from one IRA. The second mistake that we come across is aggregating RMDs between spouses. So Bob and Sally, they each have to take out $10,000 from each of the IAS. Bob comes in and says, “Hey, I took 20,000 out of my IRA, so RVs are good. Don’t worry about taking any money out of your your IRA, Betty, or salary.” Well, the IRS says, “Wait a minute, wait a minute. These are retirement individual retirement accounts. Each individual has their own required minimum distribution. So Bob has to take his own and Sally has to take her own. The third mistake that we come across and this is more common mistake that we come across. I’m dealing with it right now with one of one of my clients um or a new client that I’m I’m bringing on board. He had an inherited IRA. He was in the Marines. He was in the last four years he’s lived in almost eight different locations. During that time, he did not take any money out of his inher out of his inherited IRA to meet his required minimum distribution responsibilities. And it’s one because he was just, you know, traveling all over the place being in the Marines and getting deployed and he just forgot to do it. Well, this is a very common mistake that happens. So, if you are subject to RMDs, make sure you’re taking that out. Now, how you get it fixed is you talk to your accountant and say, “Hey, I forgot taking out my RMDs.” They’re going to say, “Make your IRA current. Take up those distributions that you should have.” And we’ll just report it somehow and say, “Please excuse my mistake, my error, but I’ve rectified it and I’ve taken out what I needed to take out.” talk to your accountant about trying to avoid that penalty. But the third mistake is a common we see a lot. Maybe you had health issues and you just forgot to take it out. [sighs] Now, let’s talk about some different strategies when it comes to IRA distributions. You could come in and say, “Hey, I’ve retired. This money that I have in my IRA, I don’t need it. I’m just going to collect. I’m going to allow that to continue growing. So by doing so, you have that account that continues to grow. You’re not taking anything out, so it’s not being added to your taxable income. But and you maybe you’re avoiding some of those potential side effects right now. But the downside of doing that is think of it this way. Your IRA continues to grow. And if it continues to grow, what happens? your required minimum distribution when you’re required to take money out is much larger than if you started taking money out of the IRA at a slower pace. And who knows what taxes are going to be in the future. I mean, if you’re 10 years from R&D, I don’t know what taxes are going to look like. Taxes might be higher than they are today. So that means that you not only are required to take more money out, but the IRS comes in and takes more of your money because taxes are higher.

    That’s where we also talk about Roth conversions. Roth conversions is when you have an IRA and you say, “Hey, I’m willing to pay the taxes on that money and convert it over to an account where basically it’s all going to live tax-free.” Now, in this example, Jill converts $100,000. 100,000 is added to her taxable income in that year, and based on her other income, she’s going to pay taxes on whatever her combined adjusted gross income is for that year on that 100,000. But now, she’s created a Roth IRA that as long as she keeps for 5 years and she’s over 59 12, everything within that continues to grow tax-free. Now, I’m not saying everybody should do a Roth conversion because we’ve definitely met with people where it does not make sense to do. But it’s a it’s a strategy to look at and say, “Does it make sense to do Roth conversions to help reduce some of the future tax liability that you have in the future?” Now, who can do Roth conversions? Well, anybody. There’s no age limits. There’s no income limits. And there’s no requirement to work. At one point, there was an income limit. If you made over $100,000, you were not able to do Roth conversions. But the IRS says, “Hey, I we kind of like that tax income. Let’s let everybody do Roth conversions and let them do it because we’re willing to collect those taxes now.” Now, 30 years down the road, they’re going to say, “Oh my gosh, what did we do?” Because there’s going to be so much money in these Roth IAS that’s all going to be taxfree. And then they’re going to be like, “Is there a way we can figure out how to tax it?” You know, hopefully that’s not the case. Everyone gets grandfathered in, but you know, that’s something to kind of think about. Roth conversions can also reduce future tax rates. Think about it. If you’re if all of your money is in Roth IAS and taxes go up down the road, well, all of your money is taxfree. None of it’s going to be subject to the higher tax rate. And also, you know, when it comes to taking money out of IAS, it’s added to your taxable income, which could cause your social security and Medicare Part B premiums to increase. But if all of your money is in Roth IAS, you don’t have to worry about having your Part B premiums increase or even having a lot of your social security be subject to tax. It just depend. Everybody’s situation a little bit different. Also, Roth IAS have no required minimum distributions, meaning you control when you want to take money out. You can let that money grow for the next 30, 40 years. You have the ability to let this money pass on to your beneficiaries all tax-free. So, a lot of flexibility when it comes to Roth IAS. Now, one thing that occurred that I still want to bring up, even though this is changed back in 2017 is that prior to 2017, you could do a Roth conversion and 6 months later and say, “Oh man, I shouldn’t have done that. That was a mistake. The market went down 20%.” And I I let’s just undo it. Well, now they’re coming in and saying the new rule they put in 2017 says, “Hey, if you do a Roth conversion, you’re stuck with it.” So if your tax bill is higher than expected or you phased yourself out of certain credits or the market dropped 20%. It doesn’t matter. You’ve done that conversion and it is done. You cannot undo it anymore. So when you do Roth conversions, kind of think about, hey, do I have a general idea what my tax bill is going to be? Do I have a plan to pay the taxes? And what’s the expectation? What’s the benefit of me doing the Roth conversions? If you have a general yes to each of these, then you know you’re on your way to maybe doing a Roth conversion. But trust me, not everyone should do Roth conversions. We’ve definitely met with people where it does not make sense to do. The other kind of Roth conversion that we run into is something called filling up the bucket or bracket. So, you have a certain amount of taxable income and let’s say you fill up the 22% bracket. You have another $50,000 before you go into the next higher tax bracket. You can come in and say, “Hey, let’s convert $50,000. I’m willing to pay 22% on that and but I’m not willing to go into a higher tax bracket.” That’s the filling up the bucket strategy. Sometimes people come in and say, “Hey, let’s go all the way up to 24 because I’m only paying 2% more in taxes, but I definitely don’t want to go from 24 to 32.” So, it’s up to you on how much you want to convert because at the end of the day, you are the one writing the check to IRS to pay the tax liability on the Roth conversion.

    Other other times where it might be smart or beneficial to do Roth conversions is when you have low income years. Let’s say you retire at 65 and you’re going to delay social security until 70. Maybe you’re in a low tax bracket. Those are good years to do Roth conversions. Or maybe you’re self-employed and you’ve had kind of a crappy year. Low sales, low revenues. Maybe those are good years to do Roth conversions. or if you have a lot of medical expenses that you’re used to deduct that you’re able to itemize to lower your taxable income. Those are good years to do Roth conversions.

    Okay, [sighs] let’s move on to talking about moving retirement money. Okay, you’ve retired, you have money in the 401k and you want to move it to your IRA. What is the best way to go about doing so? And there’s two ways that you can do this. You can do an indirect rollover or a direct rollover. An indirect rollover is where you come into the 401k and say, “Hey, I’m going to take all my money out and I’m going to put it into an IRA.” And they say, “Well, do you want a distribution?” You say, “Yes.” So, they cut you a check minus 20% in taxes and you get a check for the remaining amount. you have 60 days to put that check back into your IRA to have that money continue to be sheltered. Now, the 20% that they withheld for taxes, if you want all that to be sheltered, also you need to put that money back into the IRA also. Now, when you file your taxes, you’re going to get that those taxes back, but this is an indirect rollover. And it may not happen necessarily when you’re taking money from 401k to an IRA, but I see it happen when you have an IRA, let’s say, at a bank and you want to move that IRA to another bank. And you walk into XYZ bank and say, “Hey, I have an IRA. I’m going to move it to another IRA at the bank. Can you cut me a check?” and they cut you a check payable to you in the the amount and then you walk over to the other bank and you deposit it into an IRA and money’s in IRA. Well, that’s considered an indirect rollover. And when it comes to indirect rollovers, you can only do that once a year. So, if you took that money out of the ABC bank and deposit it in an XYZ bank and six months later you do the exact same thing, the IRS says, “Wait a minute, wait a minute. You can only do that once.” So, this second time that you try doing that, now we’re going to tax all of it and it’s added to your taxable income. So, be aware of indirect rollovers. The better route is direct rollovers. Direct rollers is you when you’re calling XYZ company and say, “Hey, I’m moving my money into an IRA at Y uh ABC and they say, “Okay, we’re going to cut you a check payable to ABC FBO your name.” As long as they do that, that’s considered a direct transfer. Same with the bank. If you went to XYZ bank and say, “Hey, I’m moving money my my my money to ABC.” make sure they cut a check to ABC FBO your name with that. There’s no 60-day rule rule. There’s no 20% withholding and you can do as many of these as you want because it’s considered a trustee to trustee transfer. So, this is just an example what a a check would look like. So, again, there’s two ways to do the rollovers. Indirect direct. always encourage you to do the direct because then you don’t have to worry about the taxes. You don’t have to worry about claiming any of that and you don’t you can do you don’t have to do worry about the one year one time rollover.

    When it comes to IRA planning, it’s still really important to plan. IRA is just one piece of your overall puzzle. You still have to think about taxes. You still have to think about how money is going to pass on to the next generation. You know, your overall financial plan. So, the next piece we’re going to talk about is it’s not just what you own, but where you own it. Strategically allocating assets to certain accounts might be more beneficial than others. What do you mean by that? Let’s say you have 100,000 in an IRA. You have 100,000 in a nonir IRA account. You’re in a 24% tax bracket. And each 100,000 100,000 in the IRA and 100,000 in the nonretirement are invested in things that are producing about 4%. Interest one the IAS you have bonds that are paying 4% or CDs paying 4% and then you have dividends paying 4%. So, strategic allocation hypothetical says, hey, if you have 100,000 in your IRA invested in dividends, you’re taking that $4,000 of dividends, you’re being taxed at 24% rate. If you have 100,000 in a non-retirement earning 4% interest, and you’re taking that 4% interest, that interest is taxed at an ordinary income. So, in essence, your total tax bill on that $8,000 of distribution is $1,920. Now, if you flip the script script a little bit and say, “Hey, my IRA should own the CDs and my non-retirement should own the dividend stocks.” And the reason for this is with 100,000 in CDs in the IRA, you’re still getting 4%. It’s still being taxed at ordinary income, but dividends and capital gains are taxed at a different rate. So the 4% qualified dividends you’re receiving are taxed at a 15% rate verse 24%. So now your tax bill is a total of $1,560. So you’re saving almost $400 in taxes by simply having different investments in different buckets. So it’s again it’s really important where at certain assets lay when it comes to retirement planning.

    All right, let’s talk about IRA planning and social security. Social Security is one of the biggest annuities you’ll ever own. It’s an income that you’ll receive for the rest of your life and it has cost of living adjustments to it. Now the question becomes, should you take your social security or should you take money out of your IRA and delay social security to a later point? These are the questions that you kind of have to think about when making the decision on social security. Now again, everybody’s situation is completely different when it comes to this and it is a personal choice if you want to delay social security or if you want to take it early. Social Security can be tax efficient because 85 the most tax of social security is 85%. There’s always going to be about 15% of social security benefits that’s going to be taxfree. This is an example of send planning that Kim and I do to help you understand should you be taking money out of your IRA or should you delay. Again, everybody’s situation is completely different. This was a lady came and she retired at 67 or she retired at 66. Her full retirement age was 66 and she asked the question of hey should I turn on social security or should I delay till 70? She’s single, no kids. And so we ran the first scenario, her taking social security at 66. And then we ran a second plan with her delaying social security till 70. And we laid them on top of each other. So you can see the dark blue represents her delaying social security till 70. The gray represents her just turning on social security. So her break even was 93 means that if she lives beyond 93 she starts to benefit delaying social security till 70. She’s like there there’s no way. I mean I’m probably going to live till about 87. I don’t see myself living beyond 93. So in her mind, it made sense to turn on social security early and start collecting that, you know, that social security amount versus using her own assets. But again, everybody’s situation is completely different. But we’re able to kind of represent that and create a plan that shows, hey, is there any benefits using IRA money versus delaying social security?

    Okay. When it comes to IRA and estate planning, it’s still really important. IAS, you name the beneficiary on the account. Meaning, if something happens to you, you name who this IRA goes to. No matter what you have in your will. It doesn’t matter what you have in your will, the IRA company will say, “Hey, you listed your dad as the primary beneficiary. That’s who’s going to get it.” Even though in your will it says all your money goes to your son, doesn’t matter. So, it’s really important to come in and review beneficiaries that you have on your IAS. And there’s different types of beneficiaries. You have eligible designated beneficiaries, non-eligible designated beneficiaries, and non-desated beneficiaries. There’s three types of beneficiaries. The first one we’re going to talk about is non-desated beneficiaries. These are people, these are non-living beneficiaries. So if you come in and say, “Hey, I’m going to name a trust or I’m going to name the estate as my beneficiary.” This is what happens. Let’s say hypothetically you name your estate as the beneficiary on your IRA. Well, if something happens to you before you started taking distributions, this money goes to your estate. whoever the whoever is listed in the will. Let’s say you have your sister listed in the will because what’s what’s going to happen is money’s going to go to the state. Probate’s going to have to be open. The judge is going to look at the will and if the will says, “Hey, your sister inherits this these assets, which is fine. This money now goes to your sister, but now your sister has to take that money out over a 5year period. If she inherited this money after, let’s say you passed away, but you had been taking RMDs out and it went through the same process, probate goes to your sister, then your sister now is going to have to take money out based on your life expectancy, whatever that is. So again, it’s a much quicker distribution of those assets. So if your intention was, hey, my IRA is going to go to my sister name your sister as a primary beneficiary so she doesn’t have to worry about opening probate because if you named your sister as the primary beneficiary now a sudden she’s a non-eligible designated beneficiary so usually non-spouse beneficiaries

    and these type of people once they inherit a IRA and you’re non-spouse house, you have to take that IRA out over a 10-year period. So, let’s say hypothetically my mom passes away. I’m the primary beneficiary on her IRA. I give I receive that IRA. I have to take it out over a 10-year period. You used to be able to stretch that IRA over my life expectancy, but not today. NE today says, “Hey, if you inherit an IRA, you have to take it out over a 10-year period, which, you know, depending on how much money is in the IRA, could you cause your taxes to increase?” Now, there are still some situations where you have the ability to stretch the IRA, and this means that you just take money out on your over your life expectancy. if you’re a disabled person, chronically ill, if the individual within 10 years of dece’s age. So quote, going back to my example that that if your sister inherits [clears throat] your IRA and she’s within 10 years of your age, she actually still gets to spread that out of her life expectancy as long as you name her as primary beneficiary. But if you named your estate, then she’s going to have to take that out over a 5-year period or based on her your life expectancy. So, make sure it’s properly named. If you name a minor child as primary beneficiary, they get to stretch that IRA until they reach the age of majority and then at that point, it flips over and they have to take it out over a 10-year period. So again, when we talk about beneficiaries, make sure you’re updating it. Let’s say you got divorced and you still have your ex as primary beneficiary. I don’t know if that’s [clears throat] what you want to happen. So if something happens to you, this money goes to your ex versus maybe the kids or someone else that you want this money to go to. So make sure you’re updating your beneficiaries on your IAS. You can name a trust as a beneficiary on your IRA, but they can be costly. But the biggest thing to name the trust is you want control. And what I mean by that is that if you have a son or daughter that they make a dollar, but they spend $1.50, you might want to come in and say, “Hey, if something happens to me, I’m going to put this money into a trust to control how much you spend each year.” So with trust, you have a little bit of controlling power from the grave or you know that that might be one reason why you set up a trust. So again, if you’re thinking about setting up a trust and you want to put your IRA within it, talk to an attorney to to figure out what is the best way to accomplish that. Let’s talk about spousal IRA beneficiaries. So married couple, one spouse passes away. You have two options. You have the option of, hey, I’m going to take that money and just put it into my name, treat it as my own, or I’m going to leave it as a beneficiary option, beneficiary IRA. So let’s first talk about the first one. Your husband passed away. He has an IRA. you have the ability to say, “Hey, I’m going to take this money and just put it into my own name and treat it as my own.” Now, if you do this, be aware that again, if you’re under 59 and a half, you’re going to be subject to that 10% early withdrawal penalty if you needed to take money out. So, if you are under 59 and a half, you might want to treat that IRA as a beneficiary IRA because if it stays as a beneficiary IRA, then you can still take money out of that IRA and avoid paying that 10% early withdrawal penalty. Another reason that you might want to remain as beneficiary is that your your spouse has, you know, let’s say 10 years difference between you. Let’s say that your spouse, you’re 75 and your spouse is 65. Your spouse that’s 65 passes away. Well, instead of taking that IRA and combining with your own, you leave it as a beneficiary and your RMDs on that IRA is going to be subject to RMD rules once they would have hit age 75. Or flip, let’s say flip the scenario. Let’s say that your husband that’s 75 passes away. You might want to take his IRA and move it into your own IRA because you’re not going to be subject to RMDs until you turn 75 versus him already subject to RMDs. So, there are some pluses and minus to keeping moving the money into your own name or leaving it as a beneficiary.

    Okay, I know we talked about a lot and ultimately the the thing I want you to understand is that we are here to help you answer a lot of the financial questions that you might run into such as creating withdrawal strategy, doing Roth conversions, when should I take social security, all of these financial questions we can help you with. One thing I like to look at is something like this, and you might have seen this before. It’s climbing the mountain. Sometimes climbing the mountain, people say, “Hey, I’m working. I’m saving. I’m working. I’m saving. I’ve retired. I’ve reached the top of the mountain. Yay. We throw a party for you.” But sometimes going down the mountain is the most dangerous. And I would say that’s the same for retirement because there’s a lot of things that you don’t necessarily think about while you’re working that now you have to think about in retirement, such as, hey, is my Part B premium going to increase because of my income? Am I going to be paying more taxes? What about longevity or health care risk, inflation, the market declining? All of these things you never really think about until you’re in retirement. So, you have to watch out for some of these things. And some of the ways they would look at all these types of risks that you might be faced with in retirement is creating a financial plan. So, Richard and Deborah came and saw us. You know, Richard, Rich is going to retire at 67. Deborah’s going to retire at 65. Richard has some health issues. So, we have life expectancy of 85 for him. Deborah’s going to uh probably live beyond 95. They have assets in the 401k, savings, house is completely paid off. Their income while they’re working that we know what their social security looks like if they turn it on at 65, 67. Richard used to work for United, so he has the PBGC the they want to live on $5,000 a month of retirement. We built in health care, healthcare increases at a much higher inflation rate than normal stuff. Uh travel, they want to travel for the next 10 years after retire richer retires. And we’re looking at federal and state taxes. They are still contributing to the 401k, maxing it out and receiving a 3% match. So the first thing that we do is put these pieces together and we say, “Hey, based on the income you have coming in based on when you want to turn social security on, are you able to replace your income in retirement?” And that’s what this picture shows us. picture shows the blue is their income. Dark blue is social security. The teal is the PBGC. The yellow is withdrawals that they’re doing. The red is the required minimum distributions. And then when Richard passes away, we lose the social security benefit, but we’re still able to replace Deborah’s income throughout retirement up to age 95. We will then look at tax liability. while they’re working they’re in a 22% one retires they’re you know 22% they have this window where they really don’t pay any taxes and then taxes come back into the picture because of required minimum distributions they’re in a 12% tax liability but when Richard passes away Deborah’s going to be in a 22% so her taxes are going to increase so we said okay let’s consider doing Roth conversions when you completely retire and see if that makes sense and so we looked at doing filling up the tax bracket. We want to fill up tax bracket up to 12%. And stay within a 12% see what the benefit would be. The yellow represents what we can convert in those years and stay within a 12%. And ultimately we’re coming in and say by doing so there’s $112,000 that you are actually keeping in your pocket. That’s money otherwise if you didn’t do a Roth conversion that would be going to the IRS for them to spend any way they want. So, not only do we help you reduce your taxes, but we also increase your net worth. Well, let’s consider Richard delaying social security until 79. Is there any benefit of doing so? Well, break even based on this scenario of 79. We know Deborah’s going to live beyond 79. So, it probably does make sense to delay Richard till 79. Let Deborah continue taking her social security so that when when Richard passes away first, Deborah will always get the greatest social security benefit. Well, Richard wanted to consider retiring early. Let’s consider retiring at 62. Is that possible? Yeah, we’re able to to run this analysis and say yes. If you want to retire early at 62, you’re able to do so. All that’s happening is you’re leaving less money to the kids. So, it’s your choice. If you want to retire early, yes, you can do so. So, this is some of the planning that Kim and I do for members of the credit union to help you kind of visualize and understand your financial situation. and we come in and show you what’s bad, what’s good, what’s bad, what are things you can improve, what are things that we can help you reduce your tax liability, and maybe look at is there a way to maximize your rate of return, but also at the same time reduce your risk. So, [sighs and gasps] with that, I’m going to open up to questions. Um, I know I covered a lot of information. There’s a lot of information when it comes to IRA planning, but um, Kim and I have been doing this for over 20 years. each of us have been doing this for 20 years. It’s very rare that we come into something that we we don’t necessarily know about. Um I’m going to also put a poll out there. If you’d like to schedule a meeting with us, please let us know on the poll. Um and we’ll make sure we’re we’re going to reach out to everybody anyways next week. But um if you’d like to to re reach out to you, just just let us know. And so the first question Yeah. the first question, Malcolm, is what is the fee to do a plan? Yeah. So here at the credit union, again, Align Credit Union. We’re employed by the credit union. The credit union is a nonprofit. We do not charge a financial planning fee to do any of the planning. We just don’t. I mean, it’s part of the services that we provide. We’ve thought about charging a financial planning fee, but again with the credit union, we’ve decided not to. Now, at the end of the day, we’ll do all this planning for you, and it we’ll get to a point where it’s like, hey, if you want to hear specific recommendations from us, we’ll talk about those recommendations, and there might be a fee associated with implementing some of those recommendations. But we don’t know until we’ve gone through the financial planning process with you. You want to add anything else to that? Yeah, you know, we really look at it as going through that planning process as your opportunity to get to get to know us and see if you think we’re someone you could work with and trust with your life savings, that kind of a thing. But, uh, let’s see. Can you post the link to your blog again? Uh, I have that at the end. See, it’s at the beginning in the resources tab would be my guess.

    And that is all the questions so far. Come on. You guys got more questions than that. [laughter] [clears throat]

    Nothing. Huh? Nothing. Nothing. Nothing. Nothing. Nothing. Nothing. Okay. Hey, it’s okay. Yeah. Well, if you think of something when we reach out to you, um, you know, just Oh, here’s one. I have a question. Okay. Great. Pipe away.

    Not sure Martha if you’re typing in a question. Can’t see that. Uh let’s see. Yeah, Kim. Yep. We’re going to talk next week. Yes, we are. Can you show the slide again with the 100K? Yeah. Know what they’re talking about? Yeah. I think it’s when it comes to like CDs and dividend stocks. Oh, the taxation on that in the two different accounts. Yeah, that’s what that’s what she’s talking about. Yeah.

    All right. She said, “I can’t type fast enough.” No worries. No worries. Do you want to just run through this slide one more time, Malcolm? Maybe that would be helpful for everybody. Yeah. I think the the biggest thing to take away from this slide is just it’s kind of the breakdown of where assets are held. You know, again, certain assets create certain tax liability. So, for example, like CDs, CDs earn an interest. That interest is taxed at ordinary income where where you might own dividend stocks that as long as they’re qualified, they’re going to be taxed at a lower tax rate than maybe interest from CDs depending on what your tax liability is. So, this is just breaking down kind of running an example of understanding where assets might lay to be more tax efficient when it comes to your to your own situation.

    Okay. Well, hopefully that answered your question, Martha, but anybody else, if you come up with any questions when we reach out to you, just jot it down and we’ll be happy to answer that when we talk um next week. So, I think that’s it. Anything else you’d like to say, Malcolm, or No, thanks. Thanks for attending and I look forward to talking to you next week in our tax planning webinar. All right. Thanks, everybody. Bye-bye.

  • 07/21/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    go.shenhomes.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to uh go over all these bonuses right here. Uh you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat uh if you’re booking call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the foundations as well as the mindset section. Okay. Now, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know technically that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube, right? And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. And this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then the also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable, right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, but if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was the very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. And this is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And by the way, just got word, guys, these slots are almost gone already. Uh we just have a few left. So don’t wait on this. Uh go to go.shane.com. uh or click the link in the chat right now. Again, we can only accept a a limited amount of people in. We have about a 18% acceptance rate of the people who actually apply. Only about 18% of them we actually accept and it’s that’s historically it’s actually going down from that because we can only work with a limited amount of people and we even even the call slots. We only have a limited amount of call slots at a time. So definitely uh click that link in the chat. Go. Uh scan the QR code or click the link in the chat uh to sign up while you still can. The next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video ideas to have the highest chance of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent. Okay, very important that the title, the thumbnail, and the intro are all congruent with each other. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. And this is where we actually make uh money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. Very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And I think we might have uh less than five slots now, guys. Uh so, definitely take those spots, okay? Go to go.shenhomes.com. Uh click the link in the chat. uh uh right now, etc., etc. You can scan the QR code when it pops up as well. Uh yeah, we we already have probably less than five slots now. But yeah, cash code system very important that you’re actually getting the right views and then monetizing those views correctly. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, Claude skills, all built for one thing and one thing only, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time like Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chatbt or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak of uh this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views and grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off of the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Uh someone 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another crossed 5,000 subscribers. Uh this one got 39,600 views in their first month uh on the channel, got 800 subscribers. So this isn’t just a course that you buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few examples. This is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, then book a call now so that we can uh see if we can get uh help you succeed. Uh so, go to go.shenhomes.com, click the link in the chat right now, uh or scan the QR code when it pops up. And this the exact system is responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s another example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is also the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph right under the video if you’re familiar with the YouTube analytics. Just as an example, this uh uh graph you see here is what you’d usually see when you look in the YouTube analytics. And of course, I look in my client’s analytics all the time. This is typically what I see. Something like this. So this is the typical video right here. And then the graph, the line here is how much views they actually got. But you’ll notice that there’s no shaded part in this one right here. And the reason for that is, you know, I was looking in the client account and I’m like, what the heck’s going on here? This is weird. And the reason for that is because this client had been po uh posting for eight years on YouTube and never had a single video take off. All their videos got hundreds or maybe a few thousand views max. Okay? And so when this video, which was our very first video that we posted with them, took off and got over 180,000 views, it basically broke the YouTube studio uh system, right? So there was no shaded region because there probably was one, but it was so low that it actually blended in with the bottom line here, the x-axis. So, that just I I thought that was kind of funny and I thought I’d include that. That just shows how good our systems are, right? It was so much bigger than anything that they’d ever posted before that, but the shaded part was very close to the x-axis. This one right here, this person started off got 1,456% more views than usual in the last 28 days. So, they basically started off with us from scratch, got 8,000 subscribers right away. Made over $900 just from AdSense revenue. Again, AdSense is some, you know, just a fraction of what you can make. It’s about 2% of what we make. So, if you’re properly monetizing, you can make a lot more than that. But that’s what’s shown in the studio. This person right here is one of the category kings. So, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in many, many different niches. Of course, we have a like hundreds of them and like micro niches, small niches, but we even have a ton of them in some of the biggest niches out there. So, this particular person, they want to remain anonymous, but this is a huge niche, okay? Uh very, very competitive big niche that they’re in here. It’s a niche that you would know about and they are literally number one. They’re getting 8 million long- form views every single month, making $50,000 just from AdSense alone. And this particular business is going to make 20 to $30 million this year. So, absolutely crushing it. Okay, so $50,000 just from AdSense alone. Literally number one in a very big niche that you would know about. Uh this person right here uh booked five. And by the way, with with the category king, category queen thing, uh we have lots of people that are different category kings and category queens. Some of them uh that they are okay with us making it public. Some of them kind of just want to remain anonymous and I totally respect that. Right. Uh this person right here was brand new on YouTube, brand new to business, was a complete beginner in every sense of the word. They scheduled their first sales calls and closed four out of five bookings. So 80% of the calls that they booked, they closed a person uh with on a brand new product with a brand new channel. And the reason for that is I mean if you if you ever have done sales before, you’ll know that 80% is absurdly high, right? So the reason they were able to close these people is because uh of their YouTube channel because they were essentially a cashier at that point. The people that were coming from their YouTube channel already knew, like, and trusted them. And so it was very easy for them to actually just sell them something, right? And so usually when you start off in sales, you’re going to close like 10 or 20% if you’re lucky. Probably more like 5 to 10%. For most people, but 10 to 20% if you’re maybe you’re a little bit naturally talented. But this person was closing 80% of their calls right away with a brand new product and no experience from their YouTube channel that they just started, right? So yeah, that just shows the power of YouTube. Uh Bill, on the other hand, transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. I think his best month was over 70,000. Uh, and basically he said, “Shane, helped me out with this keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Now, Bill has a very big full-time job. He works in finance in New York. So, he has a big full-time job that just makes like he makes a ton of money. He probably makes over half a million a year in his full-time job, but he started YouTube on the side, and now he’s supplementing his income income with YouTube as well. Sean was stuck making about $30,000 a month. He scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So he said he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the backend systems that actually drive revenue. Now Sean here is another category king. He’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche, which is a pretty competitive niche as well. And we got him to making over 500k in a single month. Cheryl is next. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. And we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. no idea what to make, no experience, and in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And now she has 35.8,000 subscribers, and her channel got 4.2 million views already. Three of her videos are already over 600,000 views. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional, this could be for you. or if you’re just a healthcare uh if you’re just a professional in general who uh is an expert on something or you answer the same questions every day, day in and day out, this could be for you as well. So, I mean, there’s so many different examples of this. Helping people with different software like Salesforce, HubSpot, etc. There’s different software you help people with. Uh answering the same questions to your patients or your clients or your customers over and over again. Answering the same questions to other people in your company over and over again, etc., etc. If there’s a lot of people who have those pro uh those problems, chances are you could make a YouTube channel about it and solve those problems for people in mass, right? And that’s exactly what Nurse Jen did here. She was in the same exact system that you were uh in right now just a few months ago, and she’s already gotten insanely good results right off the bat, making a full-time income and absolutely crushing it. So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry, and I basically know all the different coaches, the uh consultants, the agencies, the service providers, etc. And I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually, the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations. And so, they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases, working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract, right? And the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s known as a build and release offer. And I have some friends that do this as well. And basically, they’re like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really know what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build release. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channels for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they charge usually about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year, I was in two. This year, I’m in another two, and these are extremely valuable. I learn a ton of stuff from these masterminds, and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000. And it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes and opportunity cost if you tried to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re going to be offering something that we’ve never offered before. Okay? We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, click the link in the chat, or you can scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one grow your business faster call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam, and he was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. That changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes and mentored me. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel, the entire direction of my professional life, the entire direction of my life in general. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million sub uh subscribers and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily, but this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking. So definitely don’t wait on this one. And by the way, I just got news. Uh we ran out of spots, but we opened up a few extra spots. So, if you still want to jump in or if you tried to jump in but you couldn’t find a good spot for you uh to to book the call, then go ahead and uh click that link again. Go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the YouTube idea generator. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways. A chat, both a chatbt and a cloud AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, homes.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use the chatbt or the claude uh version, we built it for both. Um so you give it a video idea that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.jnomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro worth $7,000 easily. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video. And when I say tell, I mean you literally talk to it, right? To inform, to entertain, to sell, to motivate, to inspire, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attentiongrabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, the chatbt or the cloud version, whatever you are to use. Now, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re gonna be paying 3 to 5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what it looks like. The same tool running in both chatgbt and cloud version. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script. a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So, go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat.

    Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe, and this is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, um, and it really just doesn’t matter how good your video is, right? So, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you can be paying like $1,500 a month easily. That’s for part-time work, and that’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. Because there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. You don’t just want to get views, you want to get the right views. Okay? And this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology of why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. Uh why certain thumbnails get the right clicks and others don’t. Um and on the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You just click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so you can build your own. So go to go.inhome.com/ com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI worth $4,997. Everyone wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That is the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized. That’s when it starts to feel real. Now, think about what this replaces. A custom growth strategy from a YouTube consultant runs 1500 to 3,000. And that’s one static plan that’s outdated the second the algorithm shifts. You get the CloudAI version and the ChatgPT version. And it doesn’t just spit out random ideas. is it builds you a spe a strategy specific to your niche. So you’re not posting videos and praying. Uh you’re posting the right videos with the right audience at the right time. And it’s going to help you uh get those first 1,000, 10,000, etc. subscribers as fast as possible. And it’s going to show you the direct methods as well as some of the indirect methods that you can actually pay uh YouTube for instance to get those subscribers in a way where you actually get real good subscribers. So we’ll show you both methods. You don’t have to do that. Uh, second method, almost none of my clients do it, but there are a few people here and there that want to take advantage of that and do that. So, go to go.chain.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube funnel essentials via go highle, 30 days for free, worth $10,000. Um, and this is the one that most creators don’t even think about, right? You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have a funnel turning those viewers into leads and customers, you’re going to be leaving money on the table. If you hired someone to build a funnel from scratch, the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at5 to $10,000 easily, and that’s before they even turn it on. We’re giving you ours, okay? So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. And by the way, these are professionally written and designed funnels that cost us tens of thousands of dollars to hire the best copywriters in the world to do them. These are the exact funnels that we use, the landing pages, the sales pages, the application pages, all of it ready to go. very easy for you to just copy and paste your offer onto our offer. We built it that way to make it very easy. So, you’re not just building from scratch. You’re copying what is already making us money. And you get all the automations, the email sequences, the follow-ups, the booking flows. Everything runs on autopilot. Someone opts in, the system follows up, it books the call. Sometimes it even closes the deal all while you sleep. Plus, you get 30 days free on go highle so that you can launch it without paying a dime upront. So, go to go.chains.com/coaching, chains.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche profit engine, and this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And just like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and cloud version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000. And you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chat GPT or Claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside the content growth engine. And it is yours for life. So go to go.shenhhams.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTube uh creators advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it doesn’t work, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate in our program. That means uh last month we had a 1% refund rate. That means 99% of people who join stay because it works. Okay? And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and asked one question. All of our clients who finish the program, do you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of respondents said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.shmas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses total. The total value here is $64,497. Now, remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. and this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quickly because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or 5 days from now, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. scan the QR code right now, book your free strategy call, we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard cell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. With that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer questions now. So, go ahead and ask any questions you have. Uh, I’m going to go ahead and answer them. And the first question that we always get is, uh, I see it right here. What is the price? Okay. So, uh going back to let’s see this. Well, I’m not going to go back to the side, but when we talked about all those other things, there are people that have different needs that uh apply to us, right? So, there are always a few people, maybe 5% for instance, that either work at a big company or they’re the marketing manager for a big company or the CMO or they own the big company, right? And those people want to start on YouTube. they either want to start a personal brand or they want to start like a company channel on YouTube and uh the scope of work for that is going to be very different than the scope of work for someone who’s trying to start their own thing. Okay, so a lot of the time they want us to build out the entire department, make the SOPs, hire the people or train their existing people, so do corporate training, uh etc., etc. A lot of stuff goes into that. Um for that type of offer, it’s going to cost at least $100,000. So if you’re in that situation, it’s going to be at least six figures. Um and and it’s going to go going to go up from there. So it it that that’s that. Down from that we have a lot of multi6figure, 7 figure, 8 figureure business owners um that apply to work with us as well. Probably somewhere around, you know, 20 30% somewhere around there, maybe even a little bit more. And for that type of person, the scope of work is they either want us to just do the work for them or they want us to hire people to do the work for them typically, right? because the business owner is just too busy to do it themselves, right? So, they want to hire the people to do the work for them or just us do the work for them. Okay? So, a lot of the time we do like a build and release offer or something along those lines. And uh again, that’s a lot of extra work from us. That’s going to be anywhere from about 12,000 all the way up to uh $60,000 typically for for that p that type of person. So these first two offers, it’s us fishing for you or us building the system that fishes for you and hiring the people to operate the machine that fishes for you, right? Then this third offer, which is for probably a lot of you watching this now based on what you you guys said your careers were. Um, this third offer is we just teach you how to fish or we teach you how to build this the machine that fishes for you. Okay, so that’s what the third offer is, and that’s going to be $9,800 all the way up to about a little bit more than that if you want us to actually just come up with the ideas for you, which some people just literally want us to just done for you, come up with the ideas. So, it’s a little bit more than that if we uh you want us to do that, but yeah, $9,800 total or about $1,000 a month for the price. Okay? So, we’re totally transparent with our pricing. With that being said, it’s going to be very different depending on the scope of what you want us to do, right? So, if you want us to do done for you stuff, it’s going to be more expensive. If you want us to just teach you how to do it yourself, it’s going to be less expensive, right? But yeah, $9,800 or $1,000 a month, I’m not going to answer the pricing question again. Uh that will be the only time that I answer it. I also saw a couple people say that uh they were rejected from the call. There’s usually two reasons why you get rejected. One is that you indicate that you don’t want to start right now or two is that you indicate that essentially um uh you you have no money to get started, right? You you you need some startup capital to get started. The the program costs money. Of course, we hired 20 people uh 20, you know, coaches, CSMS, customer success managers, etc. uh support people to take care of the the clients in the program that it’s very expensive to do that and we had to do that to get people the results that we wanted them to get which is why we have the best testimonials etc etc in the industry but you know it costs a lot to do that so of course we have to charge a decent amount of money to do that right um but uh yeah so uh you know it does cost money to get started on YouTube it costs a little bit of money to start the program so that’s another reason why it might reject you but yeah we only accept about 18% of people apply historically It’s actually lower than that now. Um, but yeah, 18% of people who apply historically we accept them. Um, and I totally get it. If if uh if you’re not a good fit to work with us, it’s it’s no problem. Some people aren’t a good fit at first and then later on they come back later and they are a good fit. Um, but uh yeah, basically if uh if you want to try to apply again, you can. Um, but uh we have to be very strict on who we allow into the program cuz we want to make sure that we can get results for you. So we only allow people into the program that we think we can get results for. So one of the biggest things that we look at is your niche. For instance, on the call that you book, we actually help you dial in your niche a lot of the time. But that’s one of the biggest things that we look at is um if you’re, you know, just trying to do some sort of entertainment or passion type thing or if you really want to try to help other people because if you choose the right niche where you’re actually helping other people, it’s going to be a lot easier for you to monetize. So that’s one of the biggest things that we look at and that’s why for those types of people, we even allow them to do payment plans where you can get it less than $1,000 a month if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, right? Because we know that you’re going to be able to pay that money back faster in the future. Brennan, I had my call today. Haven’t gotten anything from it. You got to ask for it, Brennan. Gyps, thank you for your time. You got it, GI. My pleasure. Uh Stephanie, Britain, you have to ask for it. Yep. Cherish, do we get the bonuses even if we do not sign up? Um I explained in great detail uh the the bonuses and I even said it several different times uh the the details of each one. Cherish funds are low right now. I’ll go Cherish. Okay, awesome. So, uh, like I said guys, um, go ahead and ask the, yeah, uh, go-sh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, go ahead and ask your questions. This is a incredible opportunity for you guys to ask someone who is one of the, you know, top 0.1% expert on YouTube. Any questions you want on YouTube, uh, there is a concept called garbage in, garbage out. It’s called Geigo. The quality of your questions are going to determine the quality of the answers. So, if you don’t ask quality questions, I’m not going to be able to give you a quality answer. So, please put a little bit of thought into your question, right? And I’ll be able to give you a much better answer. So, context and and thought go a long way. Um, okay.

    Okay.

    Jennifer, you can get the generator for free. Do we have to book a call for it? The generator, the YouTube niche profit engine. You can book a call and get that for free. The uh niche validator, I think you might be referring to that one. You can just scroll down a little bit or probably scroll up and uh you’ll you’ll see the niche validator. That one’s for free.

    Joe said, “I did not get you some guy. Josh said he was a consultant.” Um you zero people will be able to talk to me directly. Uh I of course I’m not going to talk to anybody who’s not a client already. Um, so yeah, the onetoone grow your business faster call with Shane, that’s for five of the first people who sign up. Just just do a little bit of math in your head. Just just think about it, Joe. Like obviously I’m not going to be able to talk with uh people who who sign up. Like that the purpose of that call is to see if you’re a good fit to be in the program. Um just just do use a little bit of common sense, Joe, and and you know, you’ll you’ll be able to come to that conclusion. Um the call is not directly with me. I never said that it was. But now this call right here, five people who can win this call. uh who join the program. And the earlier you sign up, the higher the chance you do have to win this call. I typically charge at least $5,000 to do a consulting call. Um and yeah, so this this call is the pre-work before the consulting call, the consulting call itself, and then the postwork follow-up. So it’s easily worth like $12,000 overall. And five people can win this one. Paul, upsell after upsell. Okay. Okay, Paul, just leave. Nicole, so your program has a full 90-day bon guarantee. Yes, we do, Nicole. And only 1% of people took us up on it last month. So, uh, those people are very, very happy. Ardan, do you accept CLA? Um, I don’t know if we accept CLA specifically, but we do have in-house payment plans if if you need that. Hanan, tell us something about AI voice and video. Tell us something about AI voice and video uses in video production. And I heard YouTube start to stop AI content. Okay. Uh yeah, Hanan. Um yeah, so we we don’t recommend using AI voices, guys. Uh pretty much ever. There’s almost 0% uh zero uh times where we recommend using AI voices. Um AI avatars where it’s where it kind of looks like me. So for instance, right now, obviously this is the real me, right? But I I could take this and kind of turn it into an AI avatar and it would kind of look like me a little bit. That sometimes works. Uh it’s a very case by case basis. I’d say maybe like 10% of the time you can make that work. Um it it really depends on the niche and like what you’re doing. Um but that does make it easier because you don’t have to really focus on, you know, talking to the camera. you can kind of just like read the script and then your AI avatar does the actual talking uh or or does like the you know that kind of thing. But it also is kind of hard to pull off and make it look right. Um you have to have very skilled video editors to make that look right or or just edit it yourself. Um but yeah, the AI voice definitely don’t recommend that in 99.9% of cases. Like you are very likely going to get your channel banned if you use an AI voice.

    So yeah, generally speaking, don’t recommend that. Uh YouTube is pretty clear that they do not want inauthentic content and AI voice is one of the indicators that it is inauthentic content. Okay, so hopefully that helps. Steve, sorry. Will there be a replay of the webinar? Um we will be sending out a replay to all the people who attended. And guys, go to go.shanehomes.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat.

    Yes, Latasha is in. Awesome. Stephanie, thank you. You got it, Stephanie. Barb, thank you. You got it, Barb. Okay, Ross. Uh, yep. It’s just literally the comment directly above your comment is the niche validator, Ross. You just got to got to read a little bit. Uh J. Uh Joseph, finally I’m going to eat dinner with my family. Awesome. Joseph, Alexander, you didn’t have to book. All good.

    Mark, sounds like only people already making six figures are the only people that qualify here. Nope. We’ve had a lot of people making less than that uh qualify. Um, generally speaking, the people that uh do well in the program are people who are they they have something to offer the rest of the world. Um, so they’re an expert on something or they spend a lot of time doing something uh or they’re documenting their uh journey of becoming an expert at something. Um, so we do work with a lot of people who have a lot of industry experience in different industries because of course you have a lot of industry experience. You probably know where the demand is in your industry and you can make content to kind of meet that demand, right? So, and you’re also an expert on that, so it’s very easy for you to talk on it. Jacob booked. Awesome. Ross, then where is the tool? Uh, Ross, what man? Ross, you you might have won the award. Like, I I have to say literally right below your comment, Ross, is the tool. So, right above your last comment and then right below your current comment was the tool, Ross. Just just read read the comments from the admins. John, investment level isn’t a problem. My question is, can I use a good photo and hey Jen to uh create the videos? Um, yeah, you can you can use Hey Jen to to clone yourself. I I do recommend using your own voice or or a voice uh to do it though. So, hey Jen, you can kind of get away with cloning your physical picture. Um, especially if you make the types of videos where you’re in the bottom right corner and if you do that, it’s kind of hard to tell it’s it’s hen. Um, there are definitely ways of doing that. We we’ve also had a lot of luck and success doing it with uh uh ads as well. Uh, but on YouTube specifically, you really want to use a real voice. they can detect if it’s an AI voice. They can just detect it automatically.

    And so you really want to use a real voice um in 99.9% of cases. Um if you look at all the channels getting banned, I mean it’s almost all AI channels. I mean it’s just like people who are posting AI videos, those are the ones that get banned left and right. Cindy, thanks for the info. Have an appointment. Awesome. Cindy, good stuff. Edna, let’s talk insurance. It’s a way to take unknown and bring in clarity to understanding of basic level insurance, auto and home, how the claims process works. Does that sound like I am going in the right direction? Yeah, Edna, absolutely. I mean, in listen, insurance is like one of the biggest industries in the entire world. If you can make a channel that just covers insurance and all the the ins and outs of getting the most out of your insurance, I mean, that’s huge. I mean, Edna, check out just just in like you could even go more niche than that. There’s entire channels on YouTube that are making tens of millions of dollars a year just telling people how to get the most out of Medicare. How how how specific is that? So, not just insurance, but Medicare insurance, which is sorry, not just insurance, but healthcare insurance. And not just any healthcare insurance, but help a very specific type of healthare insurance called Medicare. Okay? Entire channels just about that alone. Look up the Medicare channels on YouTube if you don’t believe me. Those channels are making tens of millions of dollars a year and and they’re earning every penny because let’s just say someone doesn’t know how to properly use Medicare versus someone who does know how to properly use Medicare, which by the way, I think it’s really dumb that it’s that hard to use. But I mean, that’s just the reality of the situation. Um, but if somebody does know how to properly use Medicare, they’re going to save hundreds of thousands of dollars, maybe even millions of dollars, uh, by doing that, right? So, it’s it’s an absolute no-brainer. You’re helping a lot of people if you do that. So, yeah, definitely the insurance industry directionally. You’re super going in the right direction there. You could maybe cover all of insurance or you could niche down and cover specific types of insuranceances uh even as much as like Medicare niching, right? Okay. So, hopefully, but uh I would I would book a call just to to dial that in even further. Edna. Uh, Veronica, when do the uh, what do you scroll up and scroll down? Veronica, me. I was rejected guess because the money threshold. Yeah, like I said, if you have uh the the cost is $9,800 total. We probably are going to be raising the cost soon, but the uh you can get started for less than $1,000 a month. $1,000 a month or even a little bit less than that. Um, so if you can if you think you can you can handle that then then uh you can sign up and and do it. Theo so many programs what is the best program? I do not have so many programs. I have one I have one program. The other ones are done for you services. Okay. So if you need a done for you service where we literally do the work for you then we do offer those but it’s going to cost a lot of money. Okay. Because that that’s personalized. It’s different for everybody. If you just want to learn how to do it for yourself, again, we teach you how to fish or we teach you how to build the machine that fishes for you uh and and hire people to to run the machine. Then, uh you can just join that program.

    All right. And by the way guys, uh, go ahead and sign up. Go.coaching. I’m going to be, uh, wow, my mouse stopped working again. Um, I am going to be jumping off here in a little bit. Um, so go ahead and sign up while you still can. Go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Um, Aaron or whoever, could you send me updates on the uh, slot? Okay, there we go. Read my mind. Good stuff. Yeah, we almost ran out of slots again. So, go ahead and sign up for those slots. We did open up some new ones. Like I said, um we ran out of slots. We opened up some new ones. So, check out the the ones that are remaining. Um if you are watching this now, you’re still very early. This is a good chance you can win the 101 grow your business faster call with Shane. Very good chance you can win that. Uh if you’re still watching this here, once we send out the replay, all the slots are always booked up for the entire week. Um so, you know, you’re going to have a much lower chance of getting that. And this is only available for people who are on the call. Okay? So, uh, you have a higher chance the earlier you book and you’re still early right now if you’re watching this. Jennifer, thank you for all the valuable information, Shane. Good luck to all of your and growth and endeavors. Thank you, Jennifer. Appreciate you. Brennan, was this the paid VIP webinar? Nope. Paid VIP webinar was an hour before uh 600 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Got to read the email. Got to read the thank you page. Speaking of the thank you page, guys, um that that’s an important thing. So, uh, one of the biggest reasons why people get confused with stuff is they don’t actually follow the directions on the page after they purchase something, right? So, here are the directions after you sign up for the call. The call is free, but here here is the directions. It’s very important that you watch actually follow these directions, right? So, this one right here, it’s a 28 second video. Please watch the 28 second video. Okay. Um, right below the 28 second video is some directions. I know the sender. Follow these directions. Um, they’re very easy, right? It’s very easy to follow these. This is one thing we look at when we’re thinking if we’re going to accept you to the program or not. You there’s a much lower chance that you’re going to get accepted to the program if you can’t follow the basic instructions. Cuz that’s one thing we look at. Like again, we want to work with people who we can get results for. And if you can’t follow these basic instructions, then I just don’t know if we can get you results. So, after you sign up for the call, you’re going to a page like this is going to pop up or a page like this is going to pop up. Okay, there this one is a little bit more, right? This is a 10-minute video, but you’re either going to get redirected to this page or this page. Okay, so make sure you follow all the instructions in either of the videos. Okay, and when you scroll to the bottom, you’re going to see a bunch of examples of case studies from people that we have helped uh grow their YouTube channel. Now, these case studies, some of them are not even available publicly, okay? Cuz we do have a lot of clients that got great results, but they don’t want to reveal those results publicly. So, they allow us to show these case studies for people who kind of signed up for a call, who attended the live training and signed up for a call, but they don’t want to show the those uh case studies publicly. Okay? So, you’re going to see a lot of case studies in here that you’ve never heard about publicly. All right? And uh uh yeah, you’re going to relate to some of these, you know, like he he’s a stay-at-home dad, right? Uh Seph used to be a Hollywood film director. Okay. Um Carla has a tiny business where she had only like 1500 subscribers and she closed a six-figure contract. Um Laura is a project manager from Germany. Okay. Uh Nurse Jen, like I said, boom, crushed it right away with her channel. Uh let me let me look for another one here. Uh Tiffany, she sells physical products. Okay, so she’s a physical product. Uh she she you know she used YouTube to sell physical products, right? So you’re going to relate to these people either their background, what they sell, like their monetization method, um what niche they’re in, what industry they’re in, the spec the specifics of their life. Some of them are older, younger, uh male, female, uh they’re in a project manager position, they came from a trades, like something about their story is going to inspire you and relate to you. So, highly recommend checking out these videos as well before you attend the call and you might also get a good idea for for what your your niche is as well. So, yeah, guys, definitely check this out, the thank you page um before you um uh jump on the call. Very important. And I will actually be dropping those thank you pages in the chat as well. So, I’m just going to go ahead and drop uh the uh thank you page in the chat as well. So, there you go. Uh you can check those out before your call just in case you closed the window or something like that. Um definitely check those out before the call. Uh with that being said, uh let’s see the how long do we have access to the program? Six months. Roger.

    Um, thoughts on AI clone videos? Kind of already gave those thoughts. Uh, pretty pretty bad idea. Usually, you can you can clone the um your likeness, but definitely don’t clone your voice. That’s a bad idea.

    Richard, so are YouTube shorts as import uh as important as people are saying?

    No. Gosh, no. Yeah. Yeah. YouTube shorts are not as important as people are saying yeah YouTube long form content is where the money’s at guys you YouTube long form content is where the money’s at. So um don’t get me wrong like you you know shorts can still be good but YouTube long form content is definitely where the money’s at. Um ju just you know like that’s kind of obvious but but yeah uh you you shorts are a nice to have. You can do shorts if you want to. We do have training inside the program on how to redistribute content and do the shorts, but they are not a necessity. Long form content absolutely is a necessity. I would actually personally say that I think uh live I’m I’m much more excited about live uh streaming like live content on YouTube than I am about shorts. Um but long form content is is where the money’s at. That’s the best one by far.

    Nicole, um, can you talk about the viability of a learn with me kind of channel? For example, I don’t know what I’m an expert in anything. You definitely are an expert in something. Everyone has this same issue where the, oh, oh, I don’t think I’m an expert in anything. This is what we help you unlock. You 100% are an expert in something. With that being said, we can definitely help you to make kind of like a a channel where you document your journey of becoming an expert in something. We’ve helped a lot of people with that as well. So, learn with me kind of channel. Yeah, we can definitely help help you do that, too. Jacob, thoughts on YouTube shorts? Already answered that. Edna, please don’t uh please don’t be unprofessional to Shane. It’s all good. It’s all good. Yeah, no worries. Thank you, Edna, though. Reu, so then how does Faceless work? I already already explained that you can make an AI avatar of yourself, like I said. Um, I even gave an example of someone who did just that, Wiz of Vcom. Uh, so go ahead and watch the training again if you want to go over example of someone who did that.

    Yep. Um,

    go-sh.com/coaching. Scan the QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Uh, probably about 10 minutes or so left and then I’m going to I’m going to head out. I’m going to enjoy the rest of my day.

    Milin, you said YouTube is cutting down on AI slop. Define slop. No, I’m not going to define it. It’s pretty obvious. Um inauthentic AI slop content. Um if it’s not valuable, if it is um deceiving, uh YouTube is cutting down on that. And like I said, one of the biggest ones is if you don’t use a real voice. U YouTube is much more critical of that versus um the the actual visuals. the visuals they don’t care as much about, but the the voice um they they really care about. So, do not use an AI voice. Do you have designation? Personal brand looks to be closely if not uniquely associated with you. It seems to be a great way to get set up or to eventually pivot or sell the business created. So, someone is not permanently locked into the business. Is that the main benefit of your model or is it something else? Thanks. You got it. Yeah, great question, Jim. So, uh, if you if you look back through history, like so many of the greatest businesses in history started off as a personal brand. Just think about it. Ford, Hershey’s, like I could just go on and on. So many of the fashion brands, for instance, like Balenciaga, right? Uh, so many of the of the great uh brands throughout Carnegie Steel, you know, etc. Uh, they they started off as a personal brand, okay? And then they pivoted into a business. So you can kind of see like an example of someone doing this um in the uh in the uh uh content creation space is Dave Ramsey. So Dave Ramsey, it was the Dave Ramsey show for a very long time. Obviously that’s a personal brand. Um and then he pivoted to now it’s like Ramsay Solutions, right? Ramsey Solutions or the Ramsy Show or something like that. Um so it’s quite easy to actually just pivot from your personal brand to a business. Sometimes it does take a little bit of a time. uh to pivot. You know, it’s not like instant. Sometimes it can take a little bit of time. Um but, you know, it is something where you can pivot from your your personal brand to a uh uh business that you can actually sell if that’s what you’re interested in. Another really good case study on this is Huffington Post. So, Huffington Post originally started off as a personal brand, Ariana Huffington. Then it rebranded to Huffington Post and then it rebranded to Huff Post and they sold it for $100 million. So, it is there’s a lot of advantages to starting off with a personal brand. Much easier to grow your channel, much easier to uh you know, for people to know, like, and trust you, etc., etc. Um, and then there’s uh, you know, later on you can kind of pivot and then, you know, make it into more of a sellable business. And that’s all we we talk about all that stuff inside the program. But great question. You’re you’re asking the right questions. I like that. Jim Vikas, what about faceless channels? Already talked about that. Corona, what can you suggest I change on my videos to train YouTube that my audience is NT in news not in New Zealand?

    N I have put over ease specific countries in my title, descriptions and tag. Always talk about people wanting to relocate to immigrate or move to New Zealand, but YouTube keeps showing my videos to people in New Zealand. I don’t think it really matters, Rona. I really don’t think it matters that much at all. Just just get more people to watch your videos. Yeah, it really it really doesn’t matter at all. Yeah, don’t don’t worry about that, Rona. Just be like, uh, reasons why you should move to New Zealand. And if a lot of people from New Zealand watch it, that’s great. Uh, and then other people from other countries will also watch it, that’s great, too. It doesn’t m I don’t don’t worry about it. Just just make more videos and make like you’re worrying about stuff that doesn’t really matter, right? So, if you get like, let’s just say you get uh if you try really hard to not get people from New Zealand to watch your video, you might get a thousand views and all thousand are from people outside of the US. Or you could just make your videos better and make more of them. Get a million views and only, you know, 200,000 of them are from outside of the US and 800,000 are from New Zealand. But guess what? you still got 200,000 or 200 times more views by doing that than you did by hyper obsessing over uh you know uh getting less people from New Zealand to watch your video, right? Doesn’t really matter. It really doesn’t matter at the end of the day. What matters is you’re getting more of the right views. So optimize for getting more of the right views. Whether that’s getting a million views and 200,000 of them are the right views versus getting a thousand views and all thousand of them are the right views. Which one do you want to do? Obviously, you want to get 200,000 of the right views, right? So, whatever your strategy is, you want to optimize for getting the most of the right views. So, I don’t think it really matters in that particular case. All right, Jeff, regarding the topic of Cool. Nice job, Shane. Thanks. You got it, Zia. Thanks. You got it. Awesome. Malachi, thanks Shane. You got it, Malachi. My pleasure. Ray, thanks for the webinar. Uploading the niche validator was super smooth. Thanks. Awesome, Ray. Glad you’re enjoying it.

    Jeff, regarding the topic of don’t use AI voices, is there a valid use to translate your video? Okay, that’s a great question, Jeff. Okay. So, YouTube has an internal translation tool where you where you actually upload it in internally and it’ll actually do the the the voicing for you and uh and it does it automatically. Additionally, it allow it allows you to to use uh your your own translation uploads. So in in the case of AI dubbing, I think that would be the one case where right now YouTube is okay with it. Okay, AI dubbing. All right. Um, so YouTube is okay with AI dubbing right now. But in most cases, like with English content, if you’re if you’re English creator and you’re serving an English audience, English speaking audience, uh, they don’t really like that. Okay, that they have a lot of issues with that. All right, but AI dubbing would be the exception. So good, great question, Jeff. Eric, thanks Shane. I have a call for Thursday. Awesome. Eric, got to run now. Hope to learn more from you down the road. Awesome. Eric, my pleasure. John. Uh, based on your past comment, is using Hey Jen with my photo okay or not? Uh, hey Jen, in terms of Yeah, for for the visuals, it’s okay, but not for the the actual voice. The voice you don’t want to use. Susan, thank you Shane. I appreciate your time. Ciao, everyone. Ciao. Have a good one, Susan. Miji, thanks Shane. just tested the niche validator. Got a score of 9.4 out of 10. Oh, that’s solid. That’s solid. Miji, good stuff. Awesome. Brandon would love to do this. Yeah. Anyways, guys, uh go-sh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. We got about five minutes left until I’m going to head out. Okay. Got a roll. Be good. Got it. Awesome. John, awesome. Mike, Matthew, hey mate, recording available. I want to replay it again. Yes. Uh we will be sending out the recording um uh uh to people who actually attended the call. Yep. Yep. We will be sending that out. Miji, I have a follow-up. What an interesting presentation. Thank you all. Awesome. Miji, good stuff. Glad you liked it. Edna, fantastic. Started looking into it as I’m licensed in health. Good stuff. Keith Shane, it is hard to read the comments as they just keep scrolling. I will scroll up to see what I missed, but then it scrolls on me and I’m trying to read the chats. I’m just saying that there could only be why people are having a hard time reading seeing anything. Um, interesting. Okay. Well, I mean, you can just kind of scroll up, but but yeah, fair enough. Yeah, I I I’m actually curious. Is there some kind of way where we can display the comments on the screen? I guess that would be kind of nice, right? If we could display the comments on the screen, maybe uh Aaron, can you look into that? Is there a way for us to display the comments on the screen uh here on on Zoom? Uh Tony, I have over 25 years of experience in the IT industry niche. Oh, yeah, for sure. That’s awesome. That’s awesome. Okay, Aaron said he’s going to look into that. Great, great, uh, suggestion there. Uh, Keith. Uh, and yeah, Tony, definitely. Yeah, it I mean, there’s so many opportunities within it. I know a guy and I can’t say what his uh, channel is because he wants to remain anonymous and I I have I’ve actually consulted with him as well. Um, he gets about he’s in the IT niche. He gets about 500 to a,000 views per video and he probably make he be he’s making about 20 million this year. So, he’s crushing. Edna, I hope to get selected. I have a 15-minute call tomorrow. Awesome. Edna. Miji. Really? Thanks, Shane. You got it. Miji. Roberta, insurance is so huge that there’s even reinsurance. Yeah, insurance is a huge huge one. Don Shane, will we receive an affiliate link to use for your program when we sign up? We do have an affiliate program, Don. Um, we I think you have to apply for it within the program first. Um, we don’t really want like Yeah, we we do have an affiliate program within the program. It’s not really an affiliate link, but it’s an affiliate program. It’s it’s more of I’d say I’d say it’s more of a referral program within the program than an affiliate program. Um, because we have to we we can’t just do an affiliate thing because we have to make sure people are are the right fit to join the program. And an affiliate link, it wouldn’t really make sense. Affiliate links are for when like any anyone can join, right? Anyone can just give give money, right? Whereas a referral program is like, okay, let’s we got to make sure this is the right type of person to join the program first. But yeah, we do have a referral program within within the program. Um Melanie, I have a call booked. I’m excited to learn more about the most effective methods to begin. I’m already a digital content creator. I use content to drive traffic to my real estate listings and my online auctions. Awesome. I want to begin a YouTube channel to use the 25 plus years of experience in diverse genres to make a difference. I not only want to help others but to create a lifestyle less demanding for myself. Awesome. Melanie, love to hear it. Aisha Ganji, I’m in education thinking of starting and using the niche validator using both Chach and Claude. Now Claude knows me better because I work with Claude. Claude guided me to start in narrow then go broad. I don’t do Z. Chachi BT said start broad. Your opinion which one is better starting narrow or broad? Um I would say yeah you probably asked it different questions. With that being said, um generally it oof it’s it’s really tough. It’s a case by case basis honestly Aisha but usually we say to start narrow then go broad. Usually we tell people to do that but there are exceptions. It’s it’s a case by case basis. Um, yeah, I would I would say that Claude uh knows you a bit better and that’s probably why it had that additional context to to give you a different answer. Um, but it is a case by case basis. I I would personally say probably start narrow, but honestly, it’s probably best if you just uh ask the coaches a question. So So sign up for a call and you can ask them. Casey, fellow pharmacist here. Hey, awesome. niche education channel for selecting and using OTC products too saturated.

    It could be okay, Casey. Um,

    yeah, it could be okay. I I’m not that that one doesn’t really excite me too much, Casey. To be honest, I would say pharmarmacology knowledge could be a good one because there’s a lot of students who take that. Not just pharmacists, but like nursing students, etc. or people that just take pharmarmacology classes could be good. Um, so that that’s one option. Another option, um, you know, and then you could also, of course, like, you know, teach people how to pass the PCAT or whatever. That that’s actually a niche in and of itself is just passing the PCAT. Um, that would be super niche, but you you can monetize really well with those. Um, another one would be um,

    uh,

    helping people get into different pharmacy careers. You can also get specific with that. Of course, you have to get into the career yourself first. So, a good example of that would be um like industry careers, of course. Uh, another one would be um just educating people on like how the health care system works. I think there’s always a lot of opportunity for that. So, just as an example, like educating people on how the health care system works, different you could talk about different scandals that happened in healthcare like Purdue Pharmaceuticals, uh, getting a lot of people addicted to opioids, etc., etc., uh and just cover those kind of topics like the US health care system type topics. Another one is I I I this is a little noty related but um just uh using international healthcare. Um so we’ve used healthcare for instance in um almost everywhere I go I try to use the healthare systems just to get an experience of that. Um so we’ve used healthcare in Thailand for instance it’s really really good in Thailand. Singapore extremely good in Singapore as well. Uh, and to be honest, I’d say it’s it’s better. It’s honestly a lot better than the the US healthcare system. Uh, especially for the the value and the price that you get. It’s it’s quite it’s quite good. Um, but yeah, there there’s a lot of opportunities there, Casey. Um, the reviewing OTC medications in general, it’s like could be okay, but I I just think there’s probably better opportunities. Rey, not understanding how Faceless works if no avatars and no AI voices. What? What? Man, no. You use a real voice from a real human being and you can use an avatar, right? And Ray, to to be honest, if you’re having a lot of trouble understanding that, I just recommend just don’t don’t sign up for a call. Just don’t don’t sign up for a call. Yeah. We we want people who want to help other people. We don’t want people who want to just create like AI slop on the on the internet. So, uh don’t just don’t sign up for a call. Doc, appreciate the info. You got it, Doc. My pleasure. Greg, when do we get the replay? Uh should be within the next 24 hours or so. Greg, Aaron, thanks so much for the information. Looking forward to the call I booked. Awesome. Aaron, uh Don Cow, have a good one. Don Cow, uh Melanie, thanks Train followed your for better than a year. I find the great deal of similarities in our stories. I look forward to my call. I have many questions about the best way to get the channel launched. Spec specific niche nine. My niche will be a learning tool, but also offer done for you packages and subscriptions. Awesome, Melanie. Good stuff. That sounds like a monetization method, not a niche. But but I but I like where you’re going with that. Okay. Uh last call, guys. Like I said before, oh whoops. Like I said before, guys, make sure you check out these thank you pages. Um I’m going to drop those right now uh into the chat. Check out the thank you pages. Uh additionally, I am going Oops.

    Oh, there we go. Okay. Additionally, I’m going to drop myself the one-on-one call. Uh if for whatever reason you can’t sign up to this, I totally get it. Uh you can just copy and paste this. Also, the thank you page is right there. Just in case you close that, make sure you go over the information on that page after you sign up for a call. Okay? Definitely make sure you go over the information after you sign up for a call. Um also apply for the one-on-one YouTube coaching there. You can do that. You can also screenshot this. So, like I said, if you’re driving or you’re just busy for whatever reason, you’re doing your dishes or whatever, you can’t sign up right now, you can also just uh copy and paste this. You can screenshot this and uh sign up later on. But just make sure you sign up within the next 24 hours, okay? All these bonuses are going to be gone after that. With that being said, thank you so much, guys. Had a great time answering all your questions, uh giving you guys all this value. Keep posting. My my best piece of advice, guys, take action, okay? Take action. Um, you know, that’s going to be the most important thing. Take action on things. Uh, take risks. Most people don’t take risks. Most people don’t take action and that’s why they don’t get results. Okay. Um, and with that being said, hope you guys had a great one. I’ll see you guys next time. The lighting was really, really bad. I’m going to try to make sure the lighting is better next time so you guys can see me better, but I I did my best kind of like situating the desk, but the lighting was super bad this time. With that being said, I’ll see you guys next time. Have a good one. Thank you so much. Cheers, guys. Bye.

  • 07/21/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Good morning folks. Fantastic. Jake, thanks so much for prepared remarks. You probably saw we have folks from all over today. SoCal, Sou Falls, New Jersey, Minneapolis, and Puerto Rico. Good to see you all here. Uh for anybody that’s new on the line, feel free to drop any and all questions in chat. If ever I see like kind, I’ll group them together and then once we get towards the end, I’ll just ask if I’ve missed any. So, ready to get started here? The first one we have is from Todd. Could you comment on the passive income angle specifically when bonus depreciation cost segregation tend to fall over time and true taxable passive income is experienced? Yeah. So there’s a lot to talk through in here. Let’s let’s split out first um the idea of passive income versus active income. So passive income is just receiving, you know, making an investment where you don’t have any involvement in the actual operating activities and you get to earn the the the returns. Um, it’s considered passive because you’re not actually doing any of the the work. It’ be different than if you, you know, owned a rental property yourself, more active income because you’re actually out there, you know, doing the work, swinging the hammer, um, collecting the rent, etc. So all the arrived investments would be considered passive income which isn’t a um you know is is more just for you to know that hey as you make an investment you don’t have any obligations to fill out any forms you know review any contracts uh deal with contractors do anything in that sense. The tax side of things is going to be a little bit a little bit separate here. So, um there is a passive income implication for taxes, but specifically when you talk about depreciation. Um the whole idea is that you have this depreciation expense which is something the IRS lets you have for owning you know a piece of real property that you know um you know they g give you an extra deduction where you can reduce your taxable income each year and you don’t actually pay anything for that. So, as an example, you know, you take a depreciation deduction of maybe $5,000 per year. That lowers your taxable profits by $5,000. It means you pay less in taxes, but there isn’t actually a depreciation bill that you go pay. Now, the the strategies that Todd’s referencing around bonus depreciation and cost segregation are more advanced techniques where you can basically accelerate the speed of the depreciation in order to get those big deductions faster. Um, we don’t do those at arrived. Um, namely because part of our structure means that we actually can’t distribute a loss. So, we’re getting really technical right off the bat, so apologies, but basically the best we could do on our tax forms is give you a 0 tax form that says that, you know, you may have received a bunch of dividends this year, but none of it is taxable. The strategies that incorporate bonus depreciation and costs are ones in typically in which you have a partnership structure because then you can distribute a loss. you can actually get a negative $5,000 for your tax return, which will lower your taxable income. So, the arrived investments tend to have enough depreciation on the single family homes to wipe out any of the profits anyway. That’s why we’re not doing any of the the bonus depreciation or cost sag type of stuff. Um, the depreciation expense on the homes just kind of wipes out the income and so you end up receiving the cash flow. So, you end up receiving the passive income because we’ve still generated the cash from, you know, collecting rent and paying the expenses. It’s just that there isn’t any profit because that depreciation expense is enough is large enough to kind of lower the taxable income all the way to zero or below. There’s a lot of in-depth content right at the beginning. So Todd in particular, let me know if you want follow-ups on that. And anybody else, please, I hope you aren’t, you know, fully rolling your eyes and falling asleep quite yet. No, Jake, I think it’s absolutely fantastic. Uh the point of this webinar is to ask anything from 101 to 501. So keep the questions coming our way. Very much appreciate the level of detail and great question, Todd. All right, I can take this next one from Christine. How often are vacation rentals added? Great question. We’re currently we’re focused on operational efficiencies for this asset class. We have roughly 40 on our platform. As of right now, we don’t have more in the pipeline. That said, they can become available on our secondary market. This is a peer-to-peer marketplace where existing investors can place shares for sale in existing properties. So that that’s one way to get access to uh existing vacation rentals on arrive to date. You must uh be on the platform for at least 60 days and have a trade at least 60 days before that window opens. They run on a monthly cadence. Um and it’s a great way to get into those properties. All right, moving back over. I can take this one quickly from Selena. Can I uh how about oh it was can I buy shares in the name of the trust and then another was LLC. So yes when you create an account you can choose personal entity or retirement account. One thing to note here when you are creating an account we still require your first and last legal name when you’re going through the process. And then you’ll have a separate section where you’re entering in u trust or LLC so on and so forth. Sometimes we have folks that plug in their LLC name as their legal name and then we have to flag it later. So, just to make that as easy as possible. Um, love this one. Really quickly, Jake, maybe we say why no on K1’s and why we kn do 1099 dibs. Yeah. So, with the tax stuff we were talking about, you know, most of the arrived investments are taxed as REITs, real estate investment trusts, which allows for a couple of extra um, you know, tax benefits and passroughs to investors. Because of that, um, REITs distribute 1099 DIIBs instead of K1s, which is what you might see if you’ve invested in a real estate partnership or some form of syndication. And what’s really nice is that first of all, the 1099 div is a much easier form to actually file your taxes with. It’s like a half a page form that you can drag and drop on Turboax if you’re doing it yourself. Um, it’s really, really simple. K1s are, you know, multiple pages and get a lot more complex and cost a lot more if you’re using a CPA to file your taxes. The other huge benefit is that if you’re using K1s, you might trigger state taxes in other areas. So with Arrived, if you’re in California and you have investments in 15 different states, you’ll only pay your California state income taxes and your federal income taxes. You don’t end up needing to file a state income tax report in Louisiana and in Arkansas and in Alabama. Um, and that is sometimes the case with K1s. Fantastic. Awesome. For anybody that’s dealt with K1s, they’re definitely a headache. So the 1099 devs were a a major uh foundational piece from the inception that goes towards a passive investment. So very excited on that one. All right, moving back over here on fees. Nishant had asked, “What are the fees charges by arrived on single family investment?” Yeah, so I’ll I’ll broaden it a little bit to just talk through fees in general. Um the best places to look is going to be on each investments page. Um, if you go to the financials tab, there’s a little breakdown section that says, you know, what the fees are for that investment. In general, there’s two types of fees on arrived um, for each of the investments. There’s generally an upfront sourcing fee and then a recurring asset under management fee. And that sourcing fee is kind of a one-time fee that’s paid to arrive for our work in, you know, identifying and acquiring the asset. So on a single family home, it’s a onetime fee that is, you know, for our work in finding the property, writing the contract, getting it under contract, um getting it securized, and ultimately bringing it to the arrived platform. Um that fee is a is built into how much we’re raising for a particular property. So if you when you go to make an investment, if you say, “I want to invest $1,000,” you don’t get hit with a taxes and fees section at the end. You invest $1,000 and that sourcing fee is already baked into, you know, that $1,000 investment. After that kind of one-time upfront fee, then there’s a recurring assets under management fee. And that goes to our team for all the work in, you know, supervising the the property managers, you know, running all the operations, making dividend distributions, providing all of the reporting and information, the tax documents. Um, that’s the smaller of the two fees. Um, and it’s just paid out of the cash flow that the property generates. So, as we collect income from all the different investments, we pay all the expenses, we pay this arrived assets under management fee, and then everything else gets distributed out to investors. Um, the fee amounts, so there’s those two fees, the the upfront sourcing fee and then the recurring assets under management fee. Each of those is going to differ by asset class, but be the same within a category. So there’s one set of fees for the single family individual properties. But if you’re looking at five different single family individual properties, the fees are going to be the exact same in between, you know, each of the five. Um, but if you’re comparing the single family fund versus the private credit fund, there is a slightly different fee amount for the, you know, the the real estate income fund versus the single family fund. Um, and again, all of that information is available on the pages if you go to that financials tab. Um, we also have all of our SEC documents linked from there as well if you want to go read the full legal ease on all of them. Fantastic. Awesome. All right, I can take this one quickly from Wambda. Can I invest under my daughter? It’s a good question. So, as of right now, Arrived is open to folks who are 18 years or older, reside within the 50 United States, US citizen, permanent resident. So, we don’t have the option for you to invest on somebody else’s behalf. However, you could list your daughter as a beneficiary. Um, Jake, any other feedback that you have in terms of limiting accounts? No, that’s good explanation. Awesome, Wanda. Great question. Let us know if there’s any other there, but very much appreciate that you’re thinking of wealth for your daughter um and investing in real estate. All right, moving back over here. I think we cruised through all the questions here. There’s one in here that didn’t get asked specifically that I think is really important. We touched lightly, Jake, on secondary market, but if you could walk through liquidity for all offerings. We chatted briefly in prepared remarks, but I think it’s always a good one when folks are determining where to park their hard-earned funds. Yeah. So, there’s two there. All of the arrive investments have a liquidity option, and there’s generally going to be two different paths. The first is going to be a redemption program, and that’s going to apply for the funds. So if you’re investing in the real estate income fund or the single family fund, you would use the redemption program. And the redemption program is an opportunity where you can redeem your shares. So effectively, you can sell your shares back to the fund and the fund repurchases shares from all the different investors. That redemption happens at whatever the current value of the fund is. So if you invest at, you know, $10 a share now and three years later it’s appreciated to $12 a share, you would be able to redeem at that $12 a share value. you capture the appreciation that’s happened in the time in which you’ve owned those shares. Um the uh there are there are fees for redemptions um but they drop off after 3 years. So I think it’s a 1% fee um for redeeming before 3 years and then after that 3ear mark it drops off completely to zero. So the idea being that you can invest you can hold your shares for a number of years. you know, we’re trying to disincentivize short-term trading and just kind of say, hey, I’m gonna trade in now and I’m gonna redeem next year. Goal being, hey, we want to build a longer term real estate vehicle. And so having that, you know, that extra flexibility means that investors can exit if they need to um with the cost of some, you know, kind of financial penalty. But if you hold for, you know, three years, then there is no, you know, um there is no cost of liquidity. The redemption program is open four times per year. So you can submit a request any time and then it just gets batched and into our system and processed once a quarter when we review them and then actually make the payments. So it’s a good kind of semi-liquid option. You know, it’s it’s definitely takes a little bit of planning. You can’t just say, “Hey, I arrived. I need this cash, you know, tomorrow.” Um, you know, because you’ll submit your request and it might be two or three months until you actually get that payment out. Um, but the funds all have a 100% track record of paying out, you know, all of the redemption requests and so it’s a pretty robust option with a lot of certainty. Now that applies just to the funds for the individual properties, the single families and the vacation rentals. We have a secondary market and the secondary market instead of you know it being arrived that’s buying your shares it is actually other arrived investors. So that secondary market looks a lot like the stock market where you can say hey I want to sell shares of this particular property and I’m gonna have to pick how many shares I want to sell and what price I’m willing to sell them for. And then the secondary market will actually match, you know, buyers and sellers um to kind of see, hey, who’s got the best price and then it’ll kind of facilitate that transaction. Um the fees are a little bit higher for selling on the secondary market. It’s about 2% um fe trade cost to buy or to sell, though we hope we’ll be able to decrease that over time. The secondary market runs a little bit more frequently. It runs monthly, you know, generally around the first week of the month. Um, and for you guys as newer arrived investors, it’ll give you guys the option to be able to, you know, buy into a lot of different arrived properties because of course you can use the secondary market to sell shares. You can also use it to buy into past properties that arrived is offered. So, we generally have a couple of new investment properties funding at any time on the site. But the secondary market gives you access to the back catalog of, you know, 450ome individual properties that may be in different markets that we don’t have that may have been bought, you know, a couple years ago that may have um, you know, an interest rate, you know, a loan with a good interest rate on it. So, it’s really kind of an interesting place for you to be able to build out your portfolio as you get started on your arrive journey. So, that’s um, how liquidity works in general. There’s that redemption program and the secondary market. They both function a little bit differently. They both have kind of pros and cons to each one. So definitely something to kind of weigh and consider as you’re kind of getting started on making an investment. Um but it’s good to know that, you know, hey, if you need to, there is a path to be able to exit. Um just depends, you know, on what your kind of preferences are based on, you know, what you’re interested in investing in. Obviously, real estate works best as a long-term investment. So the with anything the the goal might probably you know for most people is you know probably 90% of investors don’t use either one. Um you know most people just invest and are going to hold their investment until we eventually sell the properties and kind of distribute the cash and wind down the investment. But for all of you it’s good to know that there is a path to liquidity should you say hey I’ve invested it’s been two years four years six years whatever um and I need to reallocate use the funds for something. Um there is a way to do that. Absolutely. So yeah, Jake, thanks so much for walking through it. Folks, let us know if there’s any other questions there. Again, it’s in prepared remarks as well. We’ll be sure to send out the recording. All right, another good one from Todd in here. Are there any plans to add pads split or furnish finder properties in between our long-term rentals and vacation rental properties? Nothing planned right now, but certainly the arrived model is flexible and could do those kinds of things in the future. um basically any real estate, you know, we could take and kind of say, hey, we know how to fractionalize it, you know, split it up into pieces and we know how to operate it. So, no plans right now. Um there’s some other asset classes that we’re kind of eyeing um as we think better opportunities in the short term. Um but eventually those things may be on the road map. Absolutely. Yeah, great question. Very much appreciated. I think we cruise through all here. So, folks, keep us honest. If there’s any other in chat, let us know. We’d be happy to answer. Jake, what are you most looking forward to coming up in Q3? Um, I’m excited for the new auto invest feature that the team is working on. Um, people love investing in things like the real estate income fund because it’s got a, you know, 8 8 and a half% um, kind of cash return, but it’s challenging right now because you have to come back and make an investment each time you want to add funds. And um the arrive model since you can kind of invest in smaller amounts is really similar to a 401k where you can you know you can invest a little bit over time over time over time and over a number of years build up a portfolio that can kind of carry you into retirement. So I’m really excited about autoinvest because it’ll let people just kind of set up an auto investment so that you don’t have to keep coming back every month to make that contribution. so that you can kind of set it up and then kind of walk away for six months and not miss out on kind of continuing that process of adding more cash in in order to kind of build wealth and start to compound your returns. So team’s been working hard on that and it’s been a a well requested feature over the years and looking forward to that coming out this fall. Absolutely. Well, Jake, you’ve been imperative in building the foundation of Auto Invest. So very much excited. uh right now when you receive dividends, we do have the option. You simply like apply it towards an investment, but set it and forget it will be extremely exciting. So very very thrilled for that to come out. We’ve had a lot of feedback on that over the years. So to Jake’s point, if you ever have any features or asset classes that you want to see, definitely let us know. Our goal is to build for and buy each investor on our platform. So keep it coming our way. Uh I think we cruise through all here. Jake, any closing remarks before we shut our virtual doors today? No, that’s all I’ve got. Um, thanks for being a great a great audience. It was great to chat with you. Um, and don’t be a stranger. Feel free to choose a note at supportive.com and happy to keep some of the conversations going. Fantastic. Well, Jake, thanks so much for your time walking through all the questions for folks that spent 40 minutes on your Tuesday morning and afternoon. Very much appreciated. Love the engagement. Fantastic questions. Uh, high level and in-depth, which is wonderful. To Jake’s point, feel free to reach out to supportive.com. You can use our chat function in the bottom righth hand corner of arrive.com. Uh, Wambda, we do have an app. We have an iOS app currently. Uh, we are working on Android for the future, but we do not have a ETA on that at the moment. But I will say Arrived is accessible on all browsers. So that includes mobile browsers. Uh, the majority of like even updates within your account would need to take place on browser as well. So, it’s uh there’s definitely a lot of flexibility there, but we’ll be sure to uh keep you posted. If you are an Android user, you can always reach out to supportive.com. We can add you to that paid when it’s live. But I think we covered all today. Uh we’re typically releasing properties on a weekly, bi-weekly basis. Our fund investments are always open. And then again, if you’re interested on properties in the secondary market, if you make an investment today, it just has to be 60 days from the start of the next window. So with little sometimes folks will hit that 60-day on the day that it’s opening. So that’s technically missed. It would have to be directly before. Uh but very excited for what’s to come. Hope you all have a great day and happy investing. Thanks folks. Have a good one. Bye y’all.

  • 07/21/2026 – Alliant Webinar – How to Get Rollover Ready

    So, good afternoon or actually good evening everyone. My name is Baptiste Brunner and I’m one of Alliance financial consultants based here in the great state of Texas. I’m part of a team of financial professionals with the credit union who just give regular educational webinars, help out our members, uh, you know, broaden your knowledge, help you understand more about the ins and outs of retirement. And again, I’d like to just start by thanking all of you for taking the time to learn about, you know, becoming rollover ready and finding out the options available to you with your workplace retirement plans and you maybe learn about which option might be best for you depending on your situation. And of course, as always, we will reserve time at the end to answer any questions you may have. And when that time comes, you may ask your questions in the chat section or the Q&A section. Go ahead and identify those now if you’d like, and I’ll be sure to get to them then.

    And here’s a new disclaimer that we have. Um, just please don’t put any AI note takers in here. This is apparently proprietary. Uh, so please don’t do that. If you want to take photos, I can’t stop you from doing that, but just please don’t put any AI note takers in here.

    And my next webinar that I have coming up will be on Thursday, August 6 at 2 p.m. You can be covering life insurance. Bunch of different types of life insurance out there. Everyone should have some form of life insurance. Whether it be your workplace plan, and if your workplace plan isn’t enough, maybe getting a term policy. Uh whole life and universal is a different story, but maybe that might be what’s best for you. But join us for this one. It’s a great webinar. And then for the next evening webinar, mark your calendars for this one, especially if it’s coming up soon. Becoming savvy on your social security. It’s going to be t Tuesday, August 18th at 6:00 in the evening, Central time, 7:00 Eastern. Go ahead and put this down in your calendar. This is a great webinar here.

    And of course, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We’re focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, you know, saving for retirement and much, much more. But go ahead and take a look at our website. That’s a ris.allcreditun.com

    uh/events to check out our webinar schedule. It’s not just me giving these webinars. We have a team of 12 folks with the with the credit union who are doing these regularly. We have a podcast which we will be updating again soon. great topics there. And then website, our blog, resource center, a lot of information. And it’s a free service. It’s a free resource center available to you, our members. Excuse me.

    Pardon me. I might need to do that a few times today. I have a frog in my throat today.

    And many people may be telling you how easy it is to do a rollover. But what they may not be telling you or even be aware of for that matter is the many options and the rules governing the how, where, and when you can perform a rollover and the wrong choices or timing. They can create very, very costly taxes or penalties. So, I’m here today to explain to you some of your options and help you to understand the consequences of certain decisions. And when you’re officially retired or started work at your new job and you complete your rollover, assuming that that’s the path you decide to choose, my goal here today is for you to look back and say, “Wow, that was pretty easy.” You may have heard of something called the DO fiduciary rule, Department of Labor Fiduciary Rule. It was passed with the intent of protecting investors best interests when an adviser makes a recommendation on an IRA roll over from retirement plan. And when deciding to perform a rollover, there are many things that should be considered. And when you’re working with a financial adviser, you should ensure that they are serving in a fiduciary capacity, which means that they must put your interest first. And while it seems that all financial adviserss should act in a fiduciary capacity, unfortunately, not all do. And before the rules officially went into effect in 2018, the US Court of Appeals issued a decision to vacate the rules as a whole. However, I want to mention it because it could be reinstated and it is good for you to have an understanding of what a fiduciary is and also institutions can still hold their advisors to the fiduciary standard which many do. And as with most financial decisions, everyone’s situation is different. Yeah, the rollover decision needs to reflect how the sending 401k plan stacks up in comparison to the proposed IRA in terms of investment options, fees, expenses, and the services that you’ll receive in exchange for those fees.

    Now, whenever I have something important to do, I make a checklist so I don’t forget any important steps. And today, I thought I’d share a checklist I made for my clients when they are thinking about their rollovers. And let’s go over these step by step. Pardon me. We’re going to go over these steps one by one. And unfortunately, because we do have a limited amount of time today, I can’t get as deep into the issues as I’d like, but I want you to be aware of these issues and either research them on your own or talk to someone about them so you can avoid any common rollover mistakes because some mistakes are quite costly in the form of either taxes, penalties, time, and they just can’t be fixed at that point. and you will have to live with the consequences for the next 30 plus years.

    Okay. So, the first step to take is to determine what do you want to do with the money currently in your 401k or your other retirement plans. And this can make a difference in how much you roll over and where you roll it to.

    How many of you have saved enough that you can fund retirement without tapping into your employer’s retirement plan? Or you have a pension which will support you in retirement and you’re you primarily want to use your retirement plan to leave an inheritance to loved ones. You know, if so, you may wish to consider a Roth conversion for part of the funds to provide potentially, you know, income taxfree withdrawals to your heirs. And we’ll review that option in a minute. But how many of you see your retirement plan as being a source of funds to help support your living expenses in retirement?

    How many of you make or are considering making generous donations to charity? You know, cuz the use of your retirement plan may be a tax advantage way of doing that, which we will review in a little bit. And of course, everyone’s dream. But how many of you are going to go just go buy a big old boat and go fishing? Yeah. nice goal for retirement, but these funds may not be the best to use for that purpose due to the tax bill and a lump sum distribution. And as you can see, there are a number of goals to consider besides just deciding on a retirement date. And those goals should drive your retirement plan. And there are a number of different strategies you could utilize to achieve those goals. And that’s why we need to decide at the outset what you would like to do with your savings. And once that is decided, then you can move on to the next step, which is choosing a distribution option. And a distribution is the term the industry uses to indicate you are taking money or assets out of a retirement account. So let’s use that term here so you’ll be familiar with it when you see it in the paperwork. Now, there are three primary distribution options available to employees when they retire from a company.

    One moment, please.

    Now, let me just say as we go over these options, there are a few right and wrong answers here. There are a few right and wrong answers here. There are expensive and non-expensive answers though, simple and complex, but no right or wrong answers. It all goes back to what you want to do with your money. However, not following the rules for the option you choose could cost you in taxes, penalties, fees, and time. So, let’s avoid all that by reviewing the rules, and thinking through the consequences. All right, so what are our three options? You can roll over to an IRA. You can cash it out. You can leave it in your current employer’s plan. And we’re going to look at the pros and cons of each of these. So, your first option is to do nothing at all. You can leave it in your employer’s plan where it is now. If you have a good plan, that might be the way to go. But the investment fees in the plan may be lower than the fees for mutual funds and other investments with an IRA, too. There’s probably no advisory related fee as well. And if you’re 55 to 59 years old and may need to take a withdrawal from these assets, it may make sense to leave assets in the company plan because you can withdraw from your 401k at 55 if you’re retired early and you’re going to be able to avoid those early penalties. That’s just the separating from service. So you get to avoid that 10% penalty but at by 55 but before 59 and a half. And one of the benefits of leaving your savings in your employer’s plan is that assets in an Orisa sponsored retirement plan are shielded from creditors. Whereas IRA assets may not always be. It just depends on state laws. You know in California, Georgia, Maine, South Carolina, and Wyoming, neither an IRA nor a Roth IRA will be sheltered from creditors. But in Alabama, Mississippi, Montana, Nevada, and West Virginia, a Roth IRA will not be sheltered from creditors. However, within a retirement plan, you are limited to the investment options available by the plan. Your HR department, you know, if you have a 401k, Fidelity, Empower, Vanguard, doesn’t matter who, but your HR department picked the plan provider, i.e., let’s say use Fidelity here, and they selected 20 25 different investment options, and that’s all you have available to you. you know, 10, 12 different target date funds, a couple of index funds, maybe some cash funds, and some bonds, too, but that’s all you have available to you. It’s not that large of a selection. And another downside to leaving your savings in the company plan is that you will probably no longer have access to loans should you need to take a loan against your plan assets, nor can you make contributions to the plan. But if if you roll over to an IRA and have earned income, you still can. Now, another consideration is whether or not the plan document mandates a force distribution over a 5-year period for beneficiaries in the event that you pass. And you may want to stretch it out over their lifetime. But some plans may not give you that option.

    And your second your second option is to cash out your savings, take the money, and run. Unfortunately, Uncle Sam would also love that as it would create an immediate income tax bill. But first, your company has to withhold 20% of your account balance for federal income tax. And depending on your tax situation, you may owe additional taxes or get a refund for a portion of that withholding at tax filing time. But next, if you are younger than 55, you’re going to be subject to a 10% penalty. And then to pile on the misery, this distribution will be counted as ordinary income and it could bump you into that next higher tax bracket. And if you’re in trouble with creditors, now you have some assets they can potentially attach to. But it’s the taxes that can really, really hurt. And of course, you’ll have to pay taxes. But cashing out now means paying them all right now and what is presumably presumably presumably one of your peak earning years. Folks, my apologies. Having a little stutter bug today. And your last option is to roll your savings into an IRA. Now, most of you probably are pretty familiar with IAS, but I just want to bring some points to your attention. Big advantage is that IAS offer you many more options than most 401k plans do. You don’t have to stick to mutual funds. You can buy those individual stocks, ETFs, and much more. In addition, you can now work directly with a financial adviser to help guide you through the rollover process and help you invest the funds within your retirement plan. And previously, you were restricted to the available investment options within the plan and obtaining the advice of a financial adviser regarding plan assets that was highly restricted. This rollover will be a significant part of your retirement planning and a financial adviser can help to prepare a comprehensive review of your financial situation and strategies for maximizing your standard of living in retirement. Possibly come up with maybe some good tax planning strategies, too. However, the downside to an IRA is that you are in control and you have a lot of options and options can be overwhelming. Now, unless you’ve done your homework or you have help from retirement specialists, of course. Speaking of which, we need to talk about the different types of IAS. And the two most commonly known are, of course, the traditional, like we’ve been talking about here, and then there’s also the Roth. A Roth IRA offers many of the advantages of traditional, but comes with a couple of tax lists. And by converting to a Roth IRA, you would have to pay taxes today, but you’ll never be taxed again on withdrawals and future earnings. And another advantage to Roth IAS is that you aren’t forced to start withdrawing money at 73 or 75 like you you would be with a traditional IRA when it comes to RMDs, those required minimum distributions because you’ve already paid the taxes on them. You’re free to choose when you want to withdraw funds. Downside is that you’ll have to pay taxes today on any of the amounts that you roll over to the Roth. And there’s also that fiveyear waiting period and you can’t start taking money from the account until 5 years have passed or until you’re 59 and a half. However, after 59 and a half, you can withdraw as much as you want of your contributions tax-free without any 5-year deadline. As you can see, it’s it’s complicated. And if you’re thinking of moving to a Roth, do your research and really talk to someone about it. And you can always call me. I’ll be glad to answer your questions. I’m going to offer that to you at the end of this here, too. Now, your next step is to consider the sources of funds in the plan. And if you were contributing a fixed percentage of your salary, your 401k plan over time, your schedule contribution may have exceeded the annual contribution limit. And many plans will allow these additional contributions to be made through what are called after tax contributions. And these after tax contributions may be a potential source of a rollover to a Roth IRA. You’ve already paid the taxes after all. And another reason to review the source of your funds is you may want to consolidate accounts so they’re easier to manage and you can save on fees.

    Now the chart in the screen shows all the different types of retirement plans and how the funds in each type of plan can be rolled over. If you want to take a photo of this, go for it. Um I I don’t want to read through this entire slide cuz it is a lot for really just showing you that just about everything can be rolled into everything. and just keep it likeminded. So all traditional funds can about be rolled into any other type of traditional account. So if you have a 401k pre-tax, you can roll it into a traditional IRA into the next traditional 401k. If you have a pension, you can do the same thing with it. 403bs, same thing goes all the way around. But if you follow the chart, retiree with a 401k can roll over his account into an IRA. that retire retiree also has a SE IRA from his self-employment income. If you consolidate those 401ks and SE IAS into one account and you may also want to take this time to review all of your existing retirement accounts and consider consolidating them. You know, perhaps you have those old 401ks or an old SE or simple IRA from a previous job. Maybe have a thrift savings plan from an old government or military jobs. Those are all under the same umbrella to where they can be with um rolled over into one another.

    Remember earlier when we talked about goals like giving to charity or leaving an inheritance and that requires some advanced planning strategies or suppose you have company stock in your plan. you may want to convert to a Roth IRA. And when you hear the term advanced planning techniques, you may think it’s just, you know, for the rich and famous, but not really, not in the slightest. Let’s take a look at some potential scenarios that may affect you.

    Pardon me, folks.

    Okay, so let’s take the case of Jane here. Jane recently retired at 66 as a teacher and her pension and social security payments are more than adequate to support her current standard of living in retirement. And Jane has been a diligent saver and has about half a million dollar in non-retirement assets which she plans to use to fund two nice vacations per year. And she has $250,000 in her 403b plan. And for those of you who are unfamiliar with the 403b, it’s the equivalent of a 401k plan. It’s just for public education institutions and nonprofits.

    Now, when Jane reaches age 73, she’ll have to begin taking her IRSmandated required distri minimum distributions. Those are RMDs from her 403b or her IRA, assuming she performs that rollover. But these required minimum distributions are taxable to Jane at her ordinary income tax rate. And when Jane passes and her children inherit her IRA, they’ll have to continue taking her RMD and adding that RMD to their ordinary income tax every year. However, a Roth IRA does not have an RMD requirement while Jane is alive. Withdrawals after age 59 and a half are income tax-free, and withdrawals from an inherited Roth IRA will be income tax-free for her heirs. And if Jane does not require her retirement funds to support her standard of living in retirement and converts her 403b to a Roth IRA, she can now eliminate her RMD requirement and pass these assets to her children free of any future income tax, thereby allowing the assets to continue to grow tax-free throughout her children’s and even maybe her grandchildren’s lifetime. Let’s take a look at an example. While this can seem like a lot of information on the chart here, let me summarize it for you. All IRA owners who are age 73 or older, or 75 if you’re born after 1960, you must start taking RMDs from your IAS. And these distributions are taxable when they’re withdrawn. So therefore, assume that Jane leaves her 403b assets in her 403b plan or rolls them over to an IRA. And let’s just assume she achieves a 6% annual rate of return while withdrawing her RMDs in the beginning of each year, she can potentially incur more than $120,000 in income taxes. And if we assume that she saves that after tax RMD amount each year, her inheritance to her children could potentially be $335,272

    in a beneficiary IRA and an additional $328,759 in that taxable account by age 90. In summary, this would be a $683,756

    inheritance. and Jane would have paid $120,000 in income tax on R&Ds throughout her lifetime. Let’s not forget that that $335,000 left to her children would also carry an income tax on distributions from the beneficiary IRA.

    Let’s take a look at what that inheritance may look like if Jane converts that 403b to a Roth IRA. All the funds that Jane converts to a Roth IRA will be realized as taxable income in the year she converts them. And for this reason, we will spread out Jane’s conversion over a few years so that her income tax bracket does not substantially rise in the year after her retirement. But if we assume that Jane converts her 403b plan to a Roth IRA over a 4-year period and remains and she remains in that 28% tax bracket and achieves that 6% net rate of return, she could potentially leave her children $772,000 in a beneficiary Roth IRA, which is now not subject to any of those ongoing capital gains, RMDs, or income tax on those assets. So, by performing a Roth conversion, Jane would have paid nearly $45,000 less in income taxes over her lifetime. And she’d also be able to potentially leave her children more money in the form of $772,000 free from any further income taxes at age 90 as opposed to the approximate $683, 335 of which was subject to that income tax. Now, this analysis assumes that Jane pays the 76,000 in taxes due in the conversion from the amount of money converted to the Roth IRA. Let’s look at the potential inheritance should Jane pay the income taxes from her non-retirement savings. Under the same set of assumptions, if Jane were to pay that 76,000 in taxes from her non-retirement, that taxable brokerage account savings, which she’s earmarked for her annual vacations, she could pay the same income tax, but leave her children almost $1.1 million, free from any further income tax.

    So, to summarize, a Roth conversion can create a more tax advantaged inheritance for your children or even grandchildren. But maybe perhaps this charitable giving is important to you. So if you’re age 72 or older, you can distribute up to 100K from your IRA directly to a charity without the IRA distribution being taxable. And if you’re considering a sizable contribution to charity or would like to avoid realizing tax on your RMDs, you can roll over your retirement plan assets to an IRA and make distributions directly to a charity without increasing your taxable income. And then another advanced planning strategy, it revolves around company stock. So if you have company stock in your 401k plan, you know, and if you love the company and stocks done really well, you should consider taking advantage of the net unrealized appreciation or NUA and potentially saves you big on taxes. And while you should review an NUA analysis with your tax professional, let’s just take a look at an example.

    So, distributions from an IRA or 401k are taxed at ordinary income tax rates, which are higher than long-term capital gains tax rates. And if you have company stock in your 401k, you may be able to distribute that stock from your 401k and realize a capital gain rather than ordinary income taxation when you sell the stock. But in order to take advantage of NUA, you must elect a lump sum in kind distribution from the plan. That is a total distribution from the plan of all assets and you can then roll over the non-comp stock portion to an IRA within 60 days. But all the assets must be distributed in kind to you for the company stock portion of the plan assets which will not then be rolled over. you will realize the basis in the stock as ordinary income and the remaining unrealized gain net unrealized appreciation would be taxable as a capital gain upon sale. So let’s take a look at this in action. So if you withdraw 50,000 in company stock with a basis of $7,500, you’ll potentially owe $1,800 in tax today, assuming a 24% tax bracket. After taxes, this will leave you with 48,200 in stock. Now, if this stock continues to grow by 8% per year for 10 years, you could potentially have $104,27 in stock in 10 years. And the stock in 10 years, if so, could generate taxable gain and then net you $82,200 in after tax bucks. Let’s look at what happens when if you leave the company stock in your 401k plan and withdraw the funds in 10 years. So, similar story. You leave 50k in common stock with the base $7500 in the plan and allow it to continue to grow by 8% for 10 years. You’ll have $107,946 in assets that can be withdrawn in 10 years. However, that withdrawal would be subject to ordinary income tax rates. And assuming the $107,946

    withdrawal does not push you into a higher income tax bracket, that is $25,97 in taxes, leaving you with 82,000, a little over 82,000 after taxes. And that is only slightly less than had you taken advantage of the NUA. But prior to the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from back in 2018, I believe utilizing the NUA often resulted in a much greater net after tax amount. However, the new law kind of lowered ordinary income tax rates while leaving the capital gains brackets as they were. And for this reason, depending on your situation, might not be as great as a difference between utilizing NUA and not depends on the person. We’d be happy to run that assessment for you. All right. So, step five. So, are you ready to perform a rollover? Let’s take a look at what you need to do. One of the first things to do when you’re ready to roll over your assets is to choose an advisor. And according to IRS rules, every IRA needs to have a custodian to watch transactions and keep records so you know, penalties and taxes can be deducted. And you will need one of those. However, there are different types of advisors to choose from. For many of you, your rollover is a significant amount of money. You’ve been saving for 20 to 30 years, investing it, growing it, and it represents a large percentage of your retirement assets. And naturally, there are plenty of firms that would like to manage that money for you. Independent adviserss, banks, brokerage firms, fund families, insurance carriers are all interested in managing your money. In fact, there’s so much competition out there that everyone has made it as easy as possible to roll your money over. So, in reviewing possible advisors, run them through a vetting process. Ask them if they’re a fiduciary. Ask them if they’re held to the fiduciary standard. Interview an adviser and talk to them about their investment process, type of financial planning services they will offer you, and of course, those pesky fees and transaction costs that are associated with working with an adviser. Ultimately, you are entering into a relationship that you hope will be long, maybe even 30, 40, 50 years. And you’ll need to find a firmer individual with which you feel most comfortable working with.

    All right. Now, it is time to begin the rollover process. And the steps are pretty simple as you see here. And fair warning, when you check with your 401k provider, be prepared for a spiel and either leaving your assets with the plan or rolling over to their brokerage IRA. You may have heard it already is they will certainly get more aggressive the closer you get to retirement. But at this stage we will begin the process of notifying the 401k plan and your former employer and completing the paperwork. And you need to be very meticulous in this process. Remember when we talked about the NUA strategy and your one chance to get lower tax rates on your company stock. Well, you may be prepared. have all your ducks in order. But if you give incomplete or wrong instructions to HR, you can get stuck without any way to fix it. And I go through the paperwork with all my clients, including calling the 401k provider together and working with HR when necessary. Then it’s good to have a second set of eyeballs monitoring this process because the wrong box checked or an instruction not properly communicated could subject you to taxes penalties and possibly even delay your ability to access your funds. And this is where a competent advisor can be most helpful. You’re in control now. So you need to be sure to monitor the progress of this transaction so nothing falls through the cracks. It shouldn’t, but this is a serious chunk of change that’s moving around subject to bureaucracy and human error. And I I like to watch the whole process like a hawk for my clients. You should, too. So, now that you’ve opened an IRA with a custodian and received all the paperwork, it is time to now fund your new IRA. And you can fund your rollover through a direct or indirect rollover. Through a direct rollover, the plan sponsors will send a check directly to the IRA custodian. And when performing an indirect rollover, the plan will send you a check for the balance of your account. You’ll in turn forward a check to the custodian of your IRA. I never suggest for anybody to do an indirect rollover because you have to be very careful. If you elect to perform an indirect rollover and if the funds are not deposited in your IRA within 60 days, the rollover will then be disallowed. the entire amount distributed from the retirement plan will now be taxable and may even be subject to early distribution penalties.

    All right, so what are some of the common consequences of or um with the rollover? And the consequences of a mistake can be brutal. Let’s take a look at some of the common mistakes that people make particularly if they’re acting without an adviser. So missing that 60-day deadline just mentioned is a big one. If you don’t deposit rollover funds into an IRA within 60 days, the entire rollover is now taxable as if you had just cashed out the retirement plan itself. So, make sure that you select a beneficiary for your new IRA and that you name a contingent in case your primary beneficiary is not here to collect the account after your passing. And don’t rely on a will to dictate how these assets will pass to your heirs because the IRA beneficiary designation or lack of designation trumps anything that’s stated in your will.

    One moment, folks.

    Enrolling over company stock or not paying off your loans before you leave are more big mistakes. Then if you do not repay all outstanding loans against your 401k, you’re going to be taxing the outstanding balance, including a potential penalty if you’re under age 59 and a half. Finally, as tempting as it may be, cashing out your 401k instead of letting your savings continue to grow tax deferred. It’s just downright silly. You pres presumably got another 20 to 30 years left after all. I hope for all of you it’s more like 50 and 60 years.

    Now, I work with rollovers and soon to be retirees all day long. And here’s a list of just some of the services that we offer. If you’re having a hard time visualizing your future, we’ll put you through some scenario planning to get you thinking about the kind of life you want to lead in retirement. And if you need help budgeting, we can work with you to draw up a retirement income plan and withdrawal strategy. We can help you manage your accounts and consolidate them and structure them so you can set up a tax efficient withdrawal program that works for you. And of course, we can help with portfolio management. And we offer a variety of investments and financial strategies. We can work with you to find ones that are suitable for you and manage them for you if you like on an ongoing basis.

    Now, with that folks, it’s now time for questions. But should you ever need anything from us, if you need to ask questions, here’s our my information. Um, that direct number just comes to my computer. Works perfectly fine. But there’s my email. If you’d like to schedule an appointment with me, I’m sending out a poll right now. Or you can use this QR code here to schedule an appointment with me that through that route. But please ask your questions. Like we just mentioned, this is a very important process. You don’t want to make any mistakes that you’re going to have to pay penalties and taxes on for the rest of your life. Um, but if everyone would please real quick just answer the poll. If you say no or not at this time, it doesn’t hurt me or affect hurt my feelings. Uh, I just like to see that I had everybody answer the poll. But if everybody would answer, please go ahead. And for those who are saying yes right now, um I will be contacting you tomorrow via email. Um and looking forward to helping you with any questions you might have, whether it be regarding investments, rollovers, Roth conversions, we’re here to help with that. So with that, I’m going to start taking questions. Let’s see what we got today.

    Oh wow. First time in a while. No questions for me today. I must have been such a great presenter. Everybody caught on. It must be such a good uh good webinar.

    Here’s one.

    Why do you not suggest an indirect rollover? Um, just because of the the possibility of it all becoming taxable and reportable in one year. If you do a direct rollover, it’s made out to your new custodian. So, let’s say you’re moving it over to Fidelity. Check says Fidelity for the benefit of you, the client. That way if anything happens with the mail, it’s okay. Goes right through. I mean, there’s no problem there. You can always have a new check reissued. There’s no problem with um with ind with direct rollovers. Indirect rollovers. Uh if the check gets missing in the mail, now you have to talk to the IRS and have them forgive you in that case. So, just do a direct rollover.

    So, is there a way to split benefits in a 457b where a portion rolls over and you keep part of the money even if that amount is taxable? Of course. It’s called a partial distribution, partial rollover. Let’s say you have $500,000 in your account and you want to put $250,000 of it in your IRA and leave 250 in your 457. You absolutely can. And it’s not even it’s not a taxable event. Um folks, there’s about 15 20 more people that still need to answer the poll. If you don’t mind answering, I really would appreciate it. Again, yes, no, not at this time. If you say yes, we’re happy to help you. If you say no or not at this time, it doesn’t hurt my feelings. I promise you it’s okay.

    Yeah. Oo, here’s a good one. Aren’t there new Medicare rules or Medicare premiums are penalized if your income is higher some years due to cashing out retirement assets? So, it’s called Irma and it’s when your your Medicare is going to be based off of your modified adjusted gross income from two years earlier from and it’s ongoing. So, your Medicare cost, your Medicare premium from for 2026, what you’re going to pay in 2026 is based off of what you made in 2024. The more that you made, the higher your modified adjusted gross income, the higher more you have to pay in Medicare. Um, schedule a meeting with me. I’d be happy to go through that one with you. That’s a good question.

    At what moment do we roll over or convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA? It depends on the person. Um it’s but one thing that we can do for you is we can run a financial plan to find out when the most optimal time will be. Um, you know, I have some clients, I actually have a few clients who are very lucky and they’re retiring in their mid to late 50s and it makes sense for them to actually wait two to three more years cuz they want to spend some money right now. So, it doesn’t make sense for them to do it for a couple more years. They want to be in that lower tax bracket to do it. Everybody’s situation is different, but there is a solution to finding out when is the best time to do a rollover and when’s the best time to do a conversion. be happy to show that one to you too. Just schedule an appointment with me. Or wait, you said yes in the chat. I I will reach out to you personally then.

    Okay. So, the question going back to the 457 partial distribution one, I’d like to put a portion of 457b funds into an emergency savings account and largest portion into a Roth IRA. Would this be a partial rollover as well? Um, don’t do that. Don’t take out a large amount of money that you’re not going to use and just put it in emergency savings account. Just withdraw it whenever the emergency occurs. you you don’t need to pull out, you know, let’s say that you want to have 50 grand in an emergency savings account. Don’t you don’t need to have, you know, an additional 50 grand added to your modified adjusted gross income, not growing anything in your checking account, etc. It it’s I I’ll show you what I mean by it. Schedule a meeting with me and we can go over that, but it really doesn’t make the most sense to put it into an emergency savings account. What you could do if you want to just have some funds allocated for an emergency within your plan, let’s say it’s $50,000 is the amount you want to put into an emergency savings account. Put it into like your stable value fund within your IRA or your 401k. Get a 3 or 4% interest rate within your investment account. It’s still liquid funds and ready to go. And then the largest portion to the Roth IRA, like I mentioned, we can come up with a conversion strategy that’s good, makes sense for you. Just schedule an appointment with me and we can go over that together. Uh folks, there’s five more people that need to answer the poll. Again, it’s okay. Just say no or not at this time. Doesn’t hurt my feelings.

    Okay, I’ll be sure to reach out to you. Happens all the time at the polls. What is the benefit of indirect rollover? Um really I don’t want to say that there are any. It’s just more control in your part. I mean whenever you do when you do a direct one, let’s say you’re with Fidelity and you’re moving it on over to Vanguard, Fidelity is going to I more than likely mail a check directly to Vanguard and you never have to see the check. It’s just going to go straight into your new account that you already opened up over there. Great. You don’t have to do anything and there’s no possibility of any tax consequences or any penalties for delay of your new custodian receiving the funds with an indirect. Only time I’ve ever been asked if somebody wants to do it is somebody who just wanted to be more in control. They didn’t want us to have a check that we can’t even cash. They were kind of nervous that we might have, you know, people were nervous. This is your life savings. Um this is your retirement funds. People don’t want a stranger holding a c, you know, a check in their hand with that amount of money, but there’s no way to be shifty with these because it’s made out to the institution. So, nothing wrong can happen there. Um, honestly, I just would avoid indirect rollover altogether. Again, if if you have a bad postman and he’s one of those guys that likes to throw the mail out in the side of the road because he had a bad day, we all heard about those stories back during CO. Um, if your check just sat in the grass and, you know, never got to the next institution, penalty taxes.

    If you have a 403b with an ex employer, can you do a partial cash out? Well, you can roll all the funds over, but yes, you you can pull some funds out just depending on your situation. Um, if your next keyboard, are you older or younger than 59 and a half?

    Okay. Well, you can pull money out of your They’re older than 59 and a half, so you can pull out anything from your 403b whenever you want to. Um, whatever amount you’d like. If you need just 10 bucks out of your 403b, you can take out 10 bucks. No penalty. You just pay the taxes on it if it’s pre-tax account. Um, but you you might want to just consider, you know, if you have that’s an exemp employer, you might have a couple of different accounts, you might want to consider consolidating, but get with me. We I’d be happy to go over the specifics of it. And, you know, folks, I’m sorry for saying that so much. It’s just everybody’s different. two people might seem very similar on paper, might have similar amount of money and similar um similar accounts, might even be invested similarly, but they’re two completely different people. So, the strategy and the tactics are going to be different as well. The approach is going to be different. So, I have to say just ask questions, you know, and I can’t answer or get all of your personal information on a public forum, but that’s why we offer these consultations after these meetings. Not only do we want to educate you at these webinars, we want those who absolutely want help and want to understand things in in their ins and outs of all this financial advising and retirement planning. We’re here to answer those questions on a personal one-on-one basis. So, please schedule a meeting with me and I can go over that one with you as far as what what’s best to do. But outside of that, those are all of our questions for today. Um, I’ll stay on here for another minute or two, answer any other questions that come on. But other than that, folks, thank you very much for joining me today. I do appreciate it. I hope this is a good webinar. Um, before you anybody heads out, if there’s a topic that you think would be great that we talk about, go ahead and put it in the chat or the Q&A. I’m always looking to see another topic for us to cover outside of just traditional IAS, Roth IAS, rolling over things, social security, life insurance, life insurance. Sorry, I told you guys I had a bad frog in my throat. Um, but please let us know some good topics that you’d like to hear us talk about. We’d be happy to go over that. Absolutely. It’s a pleasure. Thank you very much. Hope this was a good one today. And like I said, I’ll stay on for another two minutes, but folks, take care and I will see you for the Social Security one in a couple weeks.

    Thank you.

    Thank you as well.

    Thank you very much. You have a great night as well.

    But that is it folks. Thank you all very much for joining. I’m going to sign off here. Give it about 10 more seconds for anybody to stop me for last second question.

    All right. Well, thank you all very much. Take care. Have a good evening.

  • 07/21/2026 – Adastra Studio

    to build a business in 2026 because all these tools require you to do all the work and even works. It will rely on you to even figure out how to make a video that sells. It will make the video, sure, but it waits on you. Well, tell me what you want me to create. I don’t know if it’s going to sell. You tell me. And that’s something that is holding everyone back. That’s holding you back. Because as long as you create videos that rely on you to figure out what the video should be about in terms of hoping it would sell your product, then you will always fall behind. Now, that is all about to change because instead of working with AI video tools, MISAN trained a video sales agent that gets sales using video. It is trained on seven figure, eight figure video sales letters. the exact videos that made you buy, the exact videos that made me buy. It knows exactly what is required that take a person that’s watching and by the end of that video or heck even in the middle of that video say I want to know more. It’s a video agent that can take any URL you give it and turn views into customers. Not just into viewers that then continue scrolling with the rest of their day, but that are stopping and saying, “I want this product. I want to know more about this business. I want to do business with this person. And all you have to do is give it your business and watch it generate video sales from scratch. That’s what it’s trained to do. The agent is not just a video generation tool. It’s a sales video maker. And if you want to make money, that’s the type of videos that you should release. videos that not only, you know, influence, you know, the algorithm that look good, that actually are, you know, great for people to watch, but that also make sales. And there’s no other AI video tool right now that is this level that can actually go ahead and turn a viewer into a sale. We can just, you know, maybe generate a viewer and that’s where it stops. It can try and sell a product, but there’s no training, no back data. And that’s where this right here changes everything. Let me ask you a question. What if we equipped you with your very own Adaster Studio that grows your video sales overnight? This beast of a machine launches campaigns that again are not just little, you know, videos that are nice to watch, but that, you know, have irresistible offers in them, urgency in them, scarcity in them that knows how to navigate the viewers emotions as well as logical based decision to making them say, I want the product or service or the link that is related to this video. Now, you’ll have a dedicated team of AI sales video agents that generate your campaigns, go out there, place them in front of the right people. If you have that, do you see yourself growing your business fast? Let me know. Just give me a yes in the chat box if you see yourself growing your business fast if you have access to this. And the person that says yes as well as Ahmed right here saying, “I created localized launch promo videos for multiple markets in a single session. Each one sounded natural, professional, not robotic. My international launches now have the same video presence as my English campaigns and markets I could never access before are now open to me. My Paul is saying my clients needed launch promos, product demos, social content every week. Before I dust was burning out trying to keep up. Now create full video batches for multiple clients in one system and consistently better quality than anything I produce monthly. Let me know in the chat box. Do you see yourself growing your business fab? And if you said yes, and I see a whole lot of yeses, pay very close attention because that’s exactly what Adopster Studio will manage and do for you. It will manage all of your sales videos in 2026. And when I say all of them, it works like a beast of a machine relentlessly selling any product, whether it’s clients, whether it’s stores, whether it’s, you know, digital products. It will go out there and push videos back to back to back to back, making sure the people that watch those videos turn into sales. Comment I want this if you want that inside look. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and see it from the inside out. Comment this in the chat because only then the demo will cue for you. Comment this. There we go. I see lots of people commenting. Comment, I want this. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Meet Addestra Studio. The AI sales video engine that turns any product into a professional ready to publish video ad. Paste any product link. Upload an image or type a rough idea and get a broadcast ready sales video in under 60 seconds. No filming, no editing, no voiceover recording. This is your complete Adestra Studio workspace. One sleek dashboard for everything. Monitor your AI videos, publish posts, cloned ads, and total social posts. social accounts, all from one powerful dashboard. Your balance and activity stats are always visible so you stay updated at every step. Let’s create a video ad for a real product. A pair of wireless earbuds I’m selling. I click AI video ads, then video ads chat, and my Adistra Studio assistant takes over guiding me step by step. It asks me what kind of video ad do you want to create. did ask how I want to provide my product details, a URL, manual input, or a sample product. Since my earbuds already have a product page online, I’ll go with the URL option. I paste the link to my product page. The AI reads the page and pulls out everything it needs. Product name, key features, price, and images. My product details are already filled in. I upload my brand logo and a couple of product shots, then click save product details to continue. I can set the voice and video style manually or let AI choose the best combination automatically. And on the right, the assistant keeps a running panel of every choice it locks in. Voice, avatar, language, and more. Anything it picks, I can change right there myself. I’ll set my duration and pick a vertical ratio for Instagram reels. And I can see that selection lock into the panel on the right instantly. Next, language, accent, voice, gender, age, and tone. For my earbuds ad, I’ll pick a bright, energetic voice. Here’s a short preview of how the voice sounds, and it locks into the panel, ready for me to swap anytime if I change my mind. Then I pick my avatar, the face of my ad. It locks into the panel alongside everything else. So, every choice I’ve made is right in front of me. If I want to change any of it, I just click it in the panel. Once I’m happy, I click save settings. All my settings are confirmed. I do one last check of everything I’ve locked in, then generate my video in one click. My earbuds ad is ready. I can render it now or switch templates to try a different creative style first. If I click view template, I can preview my same ad in a completely different style, still built from the same product details.

    Once I’m happy with the style, I click render and I’m taken straight to my video ads where my finished ad is ready to view. Experience immersive, crystal clear sound with our premium hi-fi wireless earbuds. Meet the earbuds that match your every moment crystal clear sound and effortless comfort. Enjoy all day wear with fast charging and seamless connectivity for zero distractions. Upgrade your listening experience today because you deserve the best sound. From here, I can edit, rename, download, or delete my video anytime. Here’s the best part. The AI has already built a polished, ready to publish video for you automatically. But if you ever want to change something by hand, you have a full editor at your fingertips. Just click edit video to preview and customize any slide before export. Edit scenes, review timing, and fine-tune your video with full control, scene by scene. Click global to customize your video across every slide at once. Avatar, voice, fonts, and background music, all matched to your brand.

    Or edit and fine-tune individual slides anytime, right down to the smallest detail. Customize captions, text styles, colors, backgrounds, and overlays, all from one editor.

    Adjust font size, colors, and positioning to match your video perfectly.

    Your AI avatar appears on each slide. Visibility, animation, shape, and screen position.

    Customize the background for every slide. Upload new visuals and add zoom animations for a more dynamic feel. Add overlays using your own uploads, custom URLs, or stock assets, and animate them with ease.

    Add stickers and emojis from the built-in library or upload your own to make your video more engaging.

    Repeat this for every slide. And once you’re done, click export. Your video is ready.

    Publish your video directly to social platforms in seconds. Choose your accounts. Add captions and tags. Then post instantly or schedule for later.

    prefer

    to do it all yourself without the chatbot, you can. This manual flow gives you full hands-on control from the very first step. Paste a product URL, try a sample, or upload details manually. Say I don’t have my own product page. No problem. I can browse Amazon.com right inside Adistra. Let’s find a great coffee maker to build an ad around and pull it straight in. I just confirm I have the rights to use the content and I’m ready to generate. I click generate and at Austra shows me all the coffee makers details it pulled from Amazon ready for me to review and manage. Since I’m in full control here, I can refine every detail myself. Product name, brand, category, description, and logo exactly how I want it. I add, view, and edit my media assets in a couple of clicks, swapping in the best product shots for my ad.

    Then I handpick the perfect avatar, filtering by type, gender, or category, or uploading my own instead of letting AI decide. With everything set exactly to my taste, I click continue to generate. Adistra gives me several video variations of my coffee maker ad to choose from.

    I pick my favorite, tweak it if I want, then render my final video in one click. Discover the Virtuo Next Your Gateway to six coffee sizes. From rich espressos to refreshing 18 oz brews. Experience the future of coffee with the slimmest, smartest, and most sustainable virtuo machine ever. Precision Brewing delivers a fullbodied coffee topped with velvety foam perfection in every cup. Choose from over 40 premium coffee blends, plus exclusive limited editions crafted for every taste. Before we dive in, what is Ad Spy? It’s your built-in competitor research tool. Instead of guessing what works, you can see the exact ads already winning in your niche across Facebook, Google, and LinkedIn. Then clone the best ones and turn them into your own AI powered ads in seconds. Let me show you how. To get started, go to the left menu, click ad spy, then extension. This is where you research and clone winning ads from the top ad libraries all in one place. Connect the Chrome extension, add your API key, and you can capture Facebook, Google, or LinkedIn ads instantly. Clone any ad in one click, capturing the ad copy, images, video, and metadata automatically. You can find Facebook, Google, and LinkedIn ad libraries in a click. Just click on icons and you will be redirected to their ad libraries

    where you can clone any ad with a click.

    Search for any ad, then click clone on the ad card. The extension captures all the data and media automatically. Your cloned ads appear in the cloned ads tab where you can manage them with quick action controls. View details, open the original source, create a new AI ad, or remove ads anytime. Click create ad to generate your own version using AI. Just enter your brand details and choose a transformation style. Click generate my ad and your unique high-converting ad is created instantly. Edit and refine every part of your ad, headlines, copy, media, and layout, or regenerate fresh variations instantly. Replace ad images instantly. Generate brand new visuals with AI or upload your own media.

    Click save and your ad is ready in my ads where you can edit or post it directly. Don’t want to start from scratch? You don’t have to. Adestra comes loaded with ready-made video templates for every niche. Fashion, tech, beauty, food, fitness, real estate, and more. Each one is professionally designed and proven to convert. Just browse the library and find the style that fits your product. Pick the template you love and it opens up ready to customize. Looking for a modern home that blends luxury, comfort, and smart?

    Then it’s as simple as one click to make it yours.

    Swap in your own product details, images, and logo, and the template instantly becomes your ad. No design skills, no starting from a blank screen. Just pick, edit, and you’re done. Top three trending gadgets you didn’t know you needed in 2026 number two will surprise you. First up, this magnetic power bank. Just snap it on your phone and it starts charging instantly. No wires, super compact, perfect for travel. Next, this mini bag sealer. It seals your snack packets in seconds and keeps food fresh longer. Just slide it and you’re done. And finally, this dancing jellyfish toy. It lights up, moves, and reacts to touch. No design skills. No starting from a blank screen.

    Manage socials, then social accounts. Connect all your social accounts in one dashboard. YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, and more. With secure OOTH connections, your credentials are never stored. Only encrypted access tokens. You can disconnect any time. Click manage to add or manage your accounts. Here’s where it gets really powerful. You don’t just create videos in Adistra. You publish them straight to social media without ever leaving the platform. Take the video you just made, write your caption, add your hashtags, and select every account you want to post to at once. Then choose post it right now or schedule it for the perfect time, days or even weeks ahead. Pick your date, set your time, and Addestra posts it automatically across every platform while you focus on everything else.

    Head to social post to see your entire content calendar in one place. Every post you’ve scheduled, lined up, and ready to go. fil

    published, scheduled and failed post across every platform from a single screen.

    Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved everything they just saw and wants to activate a Desra right now? You saw it firsthand the power of it. And again, what’s more important is the engine behind it. The way it creates video is not just, you know, creating more pretty pictures. It is generating sales, launch promos, things that actually move the needle forward. Now, that’s it for secret number one, instant views and clicks. I want to quickly go over daily video income. Because quite frankly, when you have a DASRA, nothing will be stopping you from seeing sales quite frankly every single day. Because with a dasher studio, you can instantly start getting paid online. Remember, video is the number one most consumed content type online and therefore also the number one most in demand by businesses. Now, first of all, you can launch Adustra sales video campaigns to promote affiliate offers on autopilot. Literally just pick an offer, product or service, grab the link of it, give it to a duster studio and generate perfect sales campaigns and watch, you know, affiliate offers being sold, your own offers, your own products or services. You’re getting inquiries left, right, and center. Just leverage the launch campaign feature and it does all the work for you. Now, better yet, you will get guaranteed clients and results, at least one client per week because businesses love spending on a do video campaign. So, actually going to show you Chris right here. Um, he said, “My client watched me build their video live in a meeting. Their exact words were, how much is your team charging us for this?” And I smiled and said, “$500.” He said this on the live call. Remember, he told me the story. I was like, “Wow.” Okay, repeat that one more time right here. He said on the call, “Well, just $500.” And he said, “Adaso is the best investment I’ve made this year.” He’s a marketing agency owner who made $500 per client in the first three months of access. And I still I told him raise your prices, but he’s content and he’s loving it and he’s getting more and more demand. Now, Fulton saying right here, I was terrified of creating review videos, no camera, no editor, no idea where to start. I tried a duster on Friday just to see and I had three review videos ready by launch, launched that evening. My cost perpetually dropped overnight and I’m embarrassed it took me this long. Now, here’s the beauty. If you want clients, you know, just like Chris, you don’t have to, you know, chase them. You don’t have to, you know, wait or hope or find clients. They’re literally waiting for you. You can list your search on Koli, Impact Shout Card, and right here you can see video, you get daily inquiries. You see right here, kohi.com. This platform is great for paid campaigns, and they’ll even send you free products. you can work with good brands, you know, that are looking for good AI promo videos. UC, same story. They’re looking to find and hire top creators. Impact.com is where you can work with a lot of health and wellness brands. And then Shout Cards, you know, has people buying a lot of video promos as well. And we even help you and hold your hand. List your searches on these places where you get daily inquiries. You’re making hundreds of dollars a day without a doubt. You can see right here income stream number two is you select from thousands of clients every day. You let Adostra Studio create high quality videos. You get paid on going to deliver in full. The demand is crazy. I can go to, you know, Facebook right now. I can put in right here live. Um I need video editor, right? I’m going to put it on posts and then I’m going to put it on most recent right here. Let’s see what happens here. Uh, one month contract job. I need a video editor to assist me. I need a video editor. I need a video editor. I need a professional video editor. I need a video editor. Right here. Uh, I need a video editor. I need a video editor. Here’s my number. Left, right, and center. Guys, it doesn’t stop. I need a video editor. Those who contact me looking for a video editor for my faceless, you know, channel. Looking for video editor. All these people. I need a professional video editor. You can like, hey, for my real estate, you know, we need it left, right, and center. Look at the amount of people begging, craving, you know, in different industries, niches looking for a video editor, dentists, realtors, and any other person. You know, you can pick up any of these by simply sending them a sample of what you can do. Same story. I can go to Upwork, right? And I can go here. uh explore recently posted jobs. I’ll just do the same thing. I can type in sales video or video editor or you know AI video. Press enter or promo campaign launch campaign. I can use any keyword. I only want to get paid 500 to a,000 or,000 to 5K. And right here generative AI video editor looking for skilled you know video editor $500. $500 we need an AI video creator $2,000 mean the clients are up for graphs. Now the stats on data already show video is the number one most consumed and in demand service right now. Now you’ll be able to select from thousands. There will never be a day where you don’t have a client. They’re every day out there. Take their product, put it into a Dastra, and you’re off to the races. Now, let me ask you, do you see how owning a Dastra Studio gives you instant revenue streams? Instant. Not something that takes 30 days or months to come up with or to get going. The moment you have it, you go out there and you make money. You either sell your own offers or do it for others and get paid or both. Let me know in the chat box. Do you see how owning a dash studio gives you instant revenue streams? And let me tell you, I see lots of yes coming in. This will allow you to quickly earn at least $1,000 per month. But better yet, everyone that gets a Dow Studio today, we’re going to actually help you achieve that. This is not one of those things where you grab it and you have to go figure it out. We’re actually going to help you achieve that because we’ve already done it countless times. Let me know in the chat if you love that. Let me know if you’re excited. That’s it for secret number two. Without further ado, because you were smart enough to show up to this live webinar, we’re going to do something special that will only happen on this very live webinar. Let me know who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the webinar special deal. Comment yes in the chat box. Who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the webinar special deal? I see lots and lots of yes coming in. Anthony, John, Melissa, Stephen, Robert, uh Mason, there you go. Ali, now here’s everything you’re getting. You’re going to get go ahead and immediately get access to the Adas Studio premium account access. You’re going to get access to the link to video engine. This will allow you to turn any URL into a finished sales video. Simply paste any product and immediately it will go ahead and create the perfect sales video that when a person is watching it, they don’t even know that they’re being sold yet they’re loving it. Now, on top of that, you’re getting the full launch promo video engine that again works by simply putting in a product link. main affiliate offer, your own offer, and everything is being taken care of. You get a full product demo sales video engine, the bonus page sales video engine, the social media attention videos, and my favorite, the traffic promo videos. If you’re looking for above than average traffic when you have a little bit of a traffic slump, you’re like, “Hey, I want some more eyeballs in that I can convert into sales.” It will create strict traffic campaigns that you can link to your sales video campaigns and you’ll be crushing it. You have realistic AI presenter axis which look completely real and on top of that 100% faceless mode engine. You can pick any actor any type of person that represents your business and immediately get started. You have professional AI voiceovers with even tone matched background music and international 20 plus language access. You get the text to video AI scene generation if you want your you know video to be in a particular scene a particular setting. Smart call toaction builder with a multi-format export whether it’s 1×1 9 by6 reels or more horizontal type videos. You’ll have all of them available specifically, you know, Tik Tok, YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, any type of platform you can start generating sales from and the full commercial license included. Now, let me ask you, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Let me know in the chat box because once you have this in your arsenal, like I said before, if there’s one thing you should double down on, one thing that I’m doubling down on, it is video. Video is the number one most consumed, right? Most consumed type of content online. But not only that, it accounts for 82% of purchase decisions. Now, that alone combined with having a dash studio puts you in the perfect position to start growing your business, start generating sales, start generating traffic using video. Now, I see lots of people loving it, but let me tell you, it’s going to get better because you’re on this webinar. You’re going to get what we call the webinar special. This is something we’re only doing on this webinar and it’s the webinar special bundle discount deal where we’re giving you all the upgrades that you normally have to pay thousands of dollars extra for at a massive included discount with some of them even completely free only on this webinar. Meaning on top of the Adestra Studio premium account, you will also unlock access to the Adastaster Studio unlimited pro. Now, if there’s one thing that you will need and want, it’s being unlimited. You don’t want to have a ceiling to the amount of sales videos, the amount of type of videos you can create. You want to make sure you have the unlimited upgrade. And this will be included for free in this webinar special bundle deal, meaning you be able to create up to 20 videos, four times the regular starter account capacity. Now, every day, this allows you to generate so much more traffic and sales. Now, premium avatar library, new styles for every single niche. You get the 4K ultra HD export, broadcast quality. You also get access to the full emotional range of the characters, captivating the audience even more. You get extended video length, so you can create long form video sales letters. You get all languages unlocked, so every market is accessible. Adastra branding is removed, so all the video outputs now have your brand on there. And split test variation. So one input will give you multiple split tests, multiple variations. So you can immediately start seeing which one performs better, which one your audience likes even more. And then on top of that, you get priority VIP render queue. Even in launch week, your videos finish first because you will be in the VIP lane instead of the standard lane. Now, more video power means more sales. And that’s exactly what you’re getting access to. meaning on top of the premium account, you’ll also have the unlimited pro. Now, it doesn’t stop there because you’re also going to get access to and and a lot of people love this. This is where most of our success stories come from is the done for you vault where we’ve already done the work for you. You’re going to get our 100 plus done for you templates that are proven to convert. I’m talking our exact launch campaigns, our exact affiliate reviews, our bonus reveal videos. Mind you guys, Misan has done over $1.5 million in sales. And like I said before, if there’s one person that knows how to sell through video, it’s Misan. You’re going to get it all on a silver platter completely inside your engine. You have a done for you bonus page, review video creator on done in minutes. It creates an entire bonus page that sells any product with the right video that people absolutely love. It turns clicks into customers over and over again. You have the winner alerts that shows you immediately when a video outperforms. You get pingked when a video starts scaling. You have a done for you launch video templates that are built for conversions. Just plug in your offer or product and it does all the work for you. You have unlimited research access so it does even deeper research into the pain points of your audience. What are they dealing with? What do they want to hear? What do they need to hear? What do they want to see? This type of data sets it apart from just a generic video maker to a sales video engine. You get advanced filters so you can sort per niche what type of video per platform even per format and so much more. You have a done for you review video script maker. So that is completely taken care of and a one-click clone to video. So if you find a winner, you want to duplicate it for another offer, you can in one click. And a live hook library. You see the exact opening lines that stop the scroll, meaning you will have everything to immediately get started. Again, who here is loving what they’re getting access to? You’ll have the Adashra Studio premium account, the Adash Studio unlimited pro plus the Adashra Studio done for you. If that’s not enough, you’re also getting the Adash Studio autopilot access. Now, normally this one is 997 annual. You’re going to get it included in the bundle for next to nothing. Meaning this means you get the bulk video creation. You can cue a batch of links at once. You don’t have to go one link by one link first this product then that product. You can go all your products back to back and distribute them over socials and start generating sales on the spot. You have autopublishing to YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Tik Tok, LinkedIn, all the places so you don’t have to sit and wait or manually do it yourself. You have set and forget it campaigns where it ongoingly keeps selling your offers true sales videos strategically. You have the CSV bulk upload so you have a ton of videos in one go ready to dominate online. Multi-account connect for multiple channels. full contentuler done for you and you have the auto repurpose engine so you can reformat what worked on YouTube to Facebook and vice versa and any other platform plus a performance dashboard to track all your incoming clicks because you’re going to get so much traffic that is going to turn into sales with the autopilot. You’ll be able to let Adastra Studio run while you sit back and watch the results happen. Meaning on top of the premium account, the unlimited pro, the done for you, you’re also getting the adapaster studio autopilot. Now, I see a lot of people already asking for the link, but let me tell you, it gets even better. You’re also getting the template club access. Listen, video is the number one go-to marketing strategy for everyone. That includes us and everyone else that wants to make money online. They need to go to video. And we see so many people not even doing that yet. And it’s a shame. They’re too busy, you know, working on their funnels, working on their this under that or other AI, which is great, but video is the core that will grow your business. And because we excessively leverage video, we’re going to take all of our templates and we go ahead and give them to you, upload them into your account, and we give you 20 fresh, currently converting templates dropped into your dashboard every single month for a full year. new niches, new hooks, new avatars that works, seasonal packs for, you know, we’re about to do a summer campaign. We’re going to put that into your account. Then obviously comes, you know, the Halloween campaign, etc. You know, you pick whichever you want to use. Maybe you don’t want to use a particular one. That’s fine. But every single template, even outside of the seasons, you can plug and play because we already proved that it works. Meaning on top of the premium account, the unlimited pro, the done for you, and the autopilot, you’re also getting a dasher studio access to the template club. And only on this webinar, and this is something we really can only do on this webinar, we’re going to give agency access. Now, this by far is one of the most valuable things because this includes your entire agency dashboards of a 100 client sub accounts. You can sign clients, give them their own account, and watch them pay you every single month, and you keep 100% of the profits. Every business is looking for a good video tool that can create their launch campaigns, their demo products. Everything that they need is inside of Dastra, and this thing sells like hotcakes. We’re giving you per client usage controls. You can set the limits to them. You can tell them exactly how many videos they can create or how much you want them to be able to use the software. You have client branded portal, so your logo is white labelled to your platform. So they see it’s not a dashra it’s you that has this amazing powerful tool. Now team access five seeds for VA. So you can even give this away to friends, family or your virtual assistants that you want to go ahead and put in there to start generating results for you. You’ve per client usage control so you can manage the limits and the credits. Once again, you have a DunF website that we’ve pre-built for you that has already proven to sign clients for our users as we speak that is ready the moment you go live today. Done client closing kit to effortlessly land clients. As a matter of fact, we’re going to do a live training where I hold your hand to land clients as well. Done few cold email and DM scripts and 500 pre-qualified niche leads. And this is the reason we can only do this on this webinar. You see, we went out there and pre-qualified a ton of leads specifically, you know, dedicated to the amount of people we have on this webinar today. So, everyone immediately has clients ready to close. We’ve already done the work. We’ve already prevetted them, pre-sold them, make sure they’re actually interested and they’re actually waiting for you to come in and actually, you know, give them videos and get paid. Now, we’re going to hand this out to you so you immediately become success stories, but this is something we’re only doing on this webinar. This is worth everything already. Meaning on top of the premium account, the unlimited pro, the done for you, the autopilot, and the template club, you’re also getting the agency access. Now, the total value of this combined, the real world value be over $9,841.

    And with Adastra, you can easily get paid $2,500 per month. Conservatively, I’m talking bare minimum, worst case scenario, you’re just making $2,500 a month. The demand is insane. Looking for video editor, edit VSLes for my e-commerce business, they’re willing to pay a,000. VSLE editor for e-commerce, again, 2,000. Promo video for our gym app, you know, and left, right, and center people are looking for videos, demo videos, review videos, launch videos, launch campaign videos, ad videos. And that’s why outside of this special webinar and especially since we already give you the clients ready to make money with the investment for Adastra will be $4997 annual. And we know for a fact in a whole year you’ll make so much more than that that it’s more than worth it. Again video is the number one most consumed and in demand type of content. Even if we took 50% off and just made it $2497, it will still be more than worth it because Adashar Studio is designed to earn you an income from day one. Now, we figured on this webinar, you know, we’ll do a 1997 annual and that is, you know, after this very special webinar, the next time you watch this, this is the price you’ll see. But because you’re on this webinar, we won’t even do 1997. We figured to drop it down to 497 annual, which is an insane discount. Let me know in the chat box who here agrees that 499 or 497 annual is an insane discount. There we go. Phenomenal. Where’s the link? I’ll take that. Fair. Should be more. Exactly. Now, let me tell you, it’s not even that. You see, if you comment live, and that’s our number one rule always to show up that you’re here, to show up that you’re live, to prove that you’re here. You know, we believe that if you show up live, we want to go ahead and give back and give you the biggest bang for your buck. Comment the word live. And if you want the live discount, this is something you’ll only be able to snatch up while you’re here. That’s why it’s so great that you show up live. There we go. I see everybody commenting live. Meaning instead of 497, we’re going to drop it down by a ton to go ahead and make it a one-time, not an annual, but a onetime 367. One time. And you’ll have this beast of a machine generating you sales daily. And guess what? To make it the ultimate deal, we’re going to hand out 55 live coupons. First come, first serve. And when you snatch up this coupon, consider yourself lucky because these fly off the shelf, making it only 267. Who wants to get all of this for just 267 one time? The premium account, the unlimited pro, the done for you, the autopilot, the template club, the agency access, and the handholding, the land clients, the 500 prequalified. You get everything for a onetime 267. And that’s only on this webinar. Only when you grab this right now. I’ll let the team drop the link only to the people that commented live because if you didn’t comment live, we’re going to not give you the special. Go ahead and drop the link to everyone that commented live and give them the special coupon to allow them to get access only 267 one time. This is only on this webinar. Everyone after this will see that 1997 on this very webinar. Meaning people after you will pay close to $2,000 after watching a webinar. you’re here getting it a one-time, not an annual, a one-time 267 to immediately get started, immediately get paid, and on top of that, have a sales video engine. Not just a regular video engine, but a sales video engine that can sell your offers that can convey the value, attract the buyers, and turn clicks into customers. Go to the link in the chat right now. The team just dropped it. Let me go ahead and go to the link as well and show you once again everything you’re getting. But don’t hesitate. Don’t wait. Go. Because first come, first serve. Snatch up the coupon. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, at least grab the massive discount right now. So, you can test it out, use it, and abuse it. Then, you know you have the discount, and then you can always decide from the inside out if you want to keep it. Now, you’re going to get access to everything at only 267. And again, this is designed to sell your products and services. Meaning that 267 you’ll make back in tenfold, if not a hundfold, with the power of Adash Studio because that’s exactly what it is designed to do. Now, mind you, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, at least go ahead and try this out because everyone after this webinar, on this same webinar, they’ll have to pay 1999 annual because they were not here when you decided to show up. you were able to only get it at a one time 267 on launch week on this very live webinar. So, make sure you go to the link. Now, I I already see John got in. Congratulations. Uh Anony’s in as well. Stephen says, “I got the mega bundle, too.” How fast are you guys? Now, I haven’t even explained the mega bundle yet. Stephen already got the mega bundle. First of all, congratulations. Uh but let me point it out fact. You might see an optional additional mega bundle. This is very rare. Not a lot of people will see it. If you see it, consider yourself lucky. Um, know that it’s optional, meaning the Adastaster Studio is the mustave, the 267 bundle. This is, you know, the biggest bang for your buck. If you really want to knock it out of the park and make a home run in record time, then definitely grab the Elite add-on. Now, again, it is optional. You know, the Adasher Studio will work just as powerful without it. However, with the elite add-on, you’re getting some amazing perks such as 50 new high converting video ads every month. You know, we run launch campaigns, video campaigns, product campaigns, AI tool campaigns. You’re going to get the exact campaigns that are bringing in sales by the hour plugged into your account. Now, this is across different niches, the hottest niches in local business as well as online business. You’ll never run out of proven sales generating videos. You get our premium video ad creator, our premium AI voice and music library. The total value of the entire mega bundle right here is $2,676 if you were to get these things separately. Today, you can add the mega bundle. If you even get to see it, like I said, it is, you know, not only optional, but it is rare to even see it. But if you do, simply check this box and you’ll grab everything at just 127. But remember, the mega bundle add-on is only available on this very special bundle order. It’s one time. Now, if you leave the page, uh you’ll never see the mega bundle again. So, make sure if you get to see to check this box, you’ll be able to get all of this. And normally, you know, this alone is $588 a year before the additional 50 new high converting video ads. You can snatch those up at just 127. Either way, make sure you grab the Adaster Studio because the Adaster Studio is first of all responsible for turning not only your social media, your pages, your website, everything you have, it turns it into sales videos. Videos that people watch and get sold on. Not just videos that people watch and like, “Oh, this looks actually pretty. Oh, it got my attention for a while.” No, it turns people into customers. And ultimately, that’s what you want your videos to do. You see, if you’re tired of, you know, posting online and not seeing the results that you’re looking for, meaning you’ve tried, you know, to put out videos, but if it’s, this sounds familiar. You have a great offer or tons of offer that you’re trying to promote, but you’re not getting that much traction. You’re not generating sales from social media and it feels like you’ve tried it all. The problem is most other AI tools, even though great at what they do, they create content, not sales. That’s not the same thing. There’s a huge difference between a video that’s just content and a video that sells your product or service. And that’s what MISA made here. This video agent allows you to go from where you are to immediately having more sales from video on autopilot and in bulk than any other tool can promise you. Now, immediately after this webinar, you’re going to see an influx of sales for your products and services daily from breathtaking sales videos. You can see this from affiliate products you’re promoting your own products, businesses that you work with. Now on top of that once you have access to this the agent inside will do all the work for you. Meaning it will turn clicks into customers by turning 82% of views into sales. Businesses will want you to do this for them. It works for complete beginners. You generate sales from day one and requires zero tech skills. Now we already have countless of success stories. People that work with dentists, absolute beginners that work with e-commerce store owners. We have people that are being requested by local businesses left, right, and center. And we have people that are selling their own services, their own products over and over again like Jason who’s promoting, you know, affiliate products using a dasher studio because other tools just created nice videos but he that’s nothing, you know, anything he could do with he wanted sales. He wanted videos that brought home the income and that’s what a Dastra Studio does. That is the missing link that finally someone decided to pick up and that someone was MIA. So, with that being said, go ahead and grab everything at only267. The link is in the chat box. And remember, don’t just take my word for it. Video is an absolute must to grow your business, right? It is the go-to marketing strate. It’s something we cannot avoid. We cannot deny. And therefore, it’s only in your best interest to fix this current problem from having, you know, videos that go out and, you know, there’s a disconnect between it, you know, getting sales, going to your sales page. Like, you have all these assets, these pages, these products, these buy links, but nothing is going there. Why? Because there is a disconnect here. Now, instead of having another generic video creator, which you probably already have really good video creators for, it’s time you have a video sales engine. And that’s exactly what this does. You know, most tools rely on you to figure out how to make a video that sells. Those are great for creating, you know, content, you know, great visuals, something you just want to put out there to garner views, maybe on your YouTube, grow your YouTube channel, that is fine. But if you’re looking for something that brings sales, that promotes your products, that is backed by seven and eight figure video sales scripts, then you know what you need to do. A Dastra Video creates your sales videos for you. It’s an agent that can take any URL and turn it into views guaranteed with fullon set and forget campaigns. Now, you have a dedicated team of AI sales video agents generate campaigns for you. And this will allow you to even go out and start generating sales in bulk. So, if you want this and everything you see right here from the link to video engine, the launch promo video engine, the product demo sales video, the bonus page sales video, the realistic AI presenter, the 100% faceless model engine, the professional AI voiceovers, as well as the Adastaster Studio premium account access. And on top of that, you’re also getting access to the unlimited pro. And on top of that, you’re also getting access to the done for you. And on top of that, you’re also getting access to the autopilot version where you can send it and forget it and let it run every day. And if that’s not enough, you’re also getting the template club. And one of the most powerful of all, you’re also getting access to the agency. Total value of over $9,841 in the palm of your hand, ready to make you at least $2500 per month. And that’s why I said even if we took 50% off, it’s still more than worth it. But heck, you won’t even have to invest 497 annual if you’re here live, which you are. You can get it not even at 367 one time, but because you’re here, you’ll be able to take advantage of the ultimate deal. If you act fast, you can still grab one of the dozen coupons and grab it for only 267. And if you’re really lucky, you see the mega bundle, check the blue box, and you’ll be accessing the elite add-on. Now, all of this is available to you right now, but only while we’re live. I want to congratulate more people that just got in. Michael, you know, Christopher, Jason, David, James, Michelle, John, Jennifer, Brian. Congratulations, Stephanie, William, Matthew, Jessica. And remember, I’m actually going to show you again what you’re going to get because some of these things are things you’ll only be available to get here and never again, nowhere else. Only on this webinar, the following will be included. I’m going to show you on the page right here. You’re going to get first of all the Adash Studio AI. This is the link to video engine, the six video types, the review videos, the launch promo videos, the demo videos, the bonus pages. I mean, these are things you need to be able to create carefully crafted in a way it converts a person watching it holds their attention and turns them into a buyer. Now, it is trained to do that to sell any AI label to you have any product or service you have to offer. They generate traffic from social media that turns into sales. Now you have a 100% AI presenter that is faceless professional AI voiceovers, text to video scene, smart call to action builder, and full commercial license included. Now you’ll be able to, you know, create way more videos with the unlimited pro 4K ultra HD export 20 languages unlocked, premium avatar library plus premium voice fault, a dashra branding removed, priority v rendering tune, and split test variations and priority support. There’s a done for you follow and this is the big money maker. This is where people will get in and immediately start seeing sales is you’ll have our 100 plus done for you templates. Mind you, Nissan has done over $1.5 million in sales. You’re literally getting a duplicate of what is already working. This practically guarantees your success with Adastaster for only 267. This done for you fault alone is worth its weight in gold. Now you get the done launch review and bonus review templates. The Adaster Pro. If you ever want to promote a launch, this is what’s going to get you a ton of commissions. You get the Adaster Pro unlimited research spy searches, oneclick to clone video, winner alerts, and unlimited swipe file for every template editable and license. Now, it doesn’t stop there. You get the autopilot as mentioned to allows you to create videos in bulk, a full-on contentuler, automatic publishing, multi-account, and set and forget campaigns. You get 20 fresh currently converting templates every single month uploaded into your account. new niche packs, seasonal event packs, new avatars, and what’s working right now. You’re going to get this. You know, normally you have to pay monthly for the template club because you’re getting these templates every month. You’re getting it for free. Now, on top of that, the agency panel with 100 client sub accounts, client branded portal, done agency website, cold email and DM scripts, 500 prequalified niche leads. Plus, we’re going to live onboard you to close these leads and start making money. Meaning, you’ll have at least a fourf figureure Adastra agency up and running when you grab this. Don’t let 267 stand in the way of having a wildly profitable Adastra agency as well as growing your own products and services. Whatever you’re selling right now, it needs to be fueled by proper sales videos. It is the go-to marketing strategy and success leaves clues. Now again, when you have access to this, you’ll be able to grab it at not the 367. Now, because you’re here, you’re going to get the unlimited pro, the done for you vault, the autopilot, the template club, the agency panel, the whole nine yards with a full 30-day no risk money back guarantee. You’re going to get it at a special discount coupon that is only available here. And when you copy it and click on buy now, and again, you see 30-day money back guarantee. You click on the buy now button, it will take you right here. If you’re lucky, you see the elite add-on. Make sure you check that box because trust me, this will make it a home run. The 50 new high converting video ads alone is more than worth it. Simply put in your email. Then from there, put in the coupon code and watch the price magically drop down. I’m going to go back. You see 267. And guess what? Because you’re on this webinar, it is a single payment. Normally people outside of this webinar will pay annually, monthly, ongoingly for the template club. They’ll pay monthly for the other tools to pay annually. You’ll get it all. Not at 1997 like most, but at 2671. And as promised, you have a full 30-day return policy by the man himself, Nissan Morrison. Take advantage to grow your business to incredible heights. to make sure that whatever product you want to sell, whatever service you want to deliver, you have people watching a video and get converted into buying it. It is the easiest way to have these video sales agents out there to convey your value through video. That every day more people get informed about your offer, but not only informed, excited to actually work with you or buy your product or service. That is the ultimate approach is to have videos out there that are doing the selling for you. Not just videos that you know think they’re doing the selling or videos that you maybe talk about your product, but they’re not backed by seven and eight figure sales copy. They’re not backed by proper video sales letters. And that’s what a dastro studio does. It doesn’t just create pretty pictures. It creates videos that are proven to sell. Launch campaigns, promo campaigns, traffic campaigns. the Thai professional agencies would charge you thousands for to do for them. You get access to on a silver platter by letting an agent do the work for you. So, I want to congratulate some more people. Angela, you know, Stephanie, same goes to you. Daniel, congratulations. Kevin, congratulations. Mark, Stephen, Thomas, Laura, congratulations. Joshua, Ryan, same goes to you. Paul, Andrew, Andrea, you know, Chad, there you go. Tracy, congratulations. Sean, congratulations. Wendy, congratulations. Edward, uh, good to see you there. Ronald, George, again, Ben, same goes to you, my man. Keith, congratulations. Brian, congratulations. Greg, congratulations. I mean, the list goes on and gone. I think we’re down to our last few coupons as well. So, if you, you know, take action right now, you’ll still be able to get it at only 267, but after that, you know, it’s back to the allincclusive 1997. I would hate for you to have to grab this at 1 1997 annual while right now you can get it at only 267. Get all the perks, all the bonuses, a live discount, 30-day money back guarantee, and you get 500 pre-qualified leads and a live training where we hold your hand and actually show you how to make money. Now, lo and behold, when you grab this immediately, you can already launch your campaigns and start seeing commissions and sales coming in. No matter if you’re selling a local service, an online service, or a digital product, and Dasher Studio all literally adapts to your offer, knows exactly where to place your products and services. Knows exactly how to create a proper sales video that turns people from just watching into interested into warm, and then actually reaching out to you or going to your website and buying what you have to offer. That is the power of Adastaster Studio. Meaning, if you’re sick and tired of having video generators that just generate nice videos, but you’re now looking for sales, then this is it. So, make sure you grab this before it’s too late. It is a musthave in your arsenal. Not just another, you know, typical video tool, but one that is focused around the most important thing that matter, and that is sales. And therefore, with Ador Studio, you can instantly get paid. At 267, you’ll make so much more than that because again, you can launch affiliate campaigns. Pick any URL of your own product or a product you want to promote and let Adora Studio generate the perfect sales video campaigns. Now, on top of that, businesses love spending on Adra video campaigns. You know, Chris built a video live on the call. The client asked, “How much will this cost me?” He smiled and said, ” $500.” And the client was immediately sold. Now, you can get daily inquiries right here. And we’re actually going to hold your hand, give you pre-qualified leads that we already picked, so you can start making money, meaning that 267 is nothing but an entrance to start making a whole lot more from the get-go. We’ve already laid out the blueprint. The income stream is ready, and we know for a fact when you grab this today, you can quickly earn at least $1,000 per month. And that’s not just us saying this. It’s simply because of the fact that you can, you know, research for yourself. Video has officially become the number one most consumed content. And therefore, businesses want video left, right, and center. I went to Facebook Live and showed you people are begging for video editors. Went to Upwork and showed you people are begging for video editors. That happens around the clock 247. Video is dominating. But more importantly, it has undeniably, and I’ll quote it here, has undeniably become the most critical marketing tool. And therefore, when you show a customer, a client, a potential client, a sample of what a Dastra can do, you can resell it immediately. And better yet, we give you the blueprint for you. We do it live with you. We hold your hand. We even give you pre-qualified leads to do so. Meaning, you can’t lose. And that’s why I’m saying at least try it out for 30 days. Heck, even just for a week. And I know for a fact you’ll even look back and say, “Why did I even hesitate?” Because by that time, you’ve already made so much more than the massive discount that you’re getting it for right now, which is only 267. And if you can, and if you’re smart, you’ll also get the elite add-on if you get to see it because this allows you to always have the highest converting video ads that we’ve already ran for you to quickly grow your business with even more sales. Now, this allows you to once again sit back and watch the Adastra video agents do all the selling for you. You can literally turn it on. And plus, remember you get the template club where we also keep sending you all the campaigns that are working. So every month you’re just sitting back and watching Adashra do all the work for you. This is the power of what you’re about to get access to. Now remember, you have the link to video engine, the launch promo video engine, the product demo sales video engine, the bonus page sales video engine, the social media attention videos, the traffic promo videos, the realistic AI presenter access, the 100% faceless mode engine, the professional AI voiceovers, international 20 plus language access, text to video AI scene generation, smart call to action builder, and a full commercial license included. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re also unlocking the massive discount deal, which gives you access to not only the premium account, but also the unlimited upgrade that allows you to take it to a whole new level with more video power and more sales. Now, on top of that, you’re also getting the um done for you vault, which is, you know, the instant success story creator, allowing you to have everything to immediately get started. Now, besides the done for you, you’re getting the autopilot access to make it completely hands-free. Now, this gives you the capability to have a bulk video creation, a fullon performance dashboard to track all your incoming clicks where you have set and forget campaigns that show you the more traffic that’s coming in and the amount that’s being converted to sales. This is what’s required to take your business to a whole new level right now. And to top it all off, you have the agency access. This is where you have a 100 client sub accounts and five seeds for your team, allowing you to grow an empire. And we actually help you to do so. And remember, you’re getting 500 pre-qualified niche leads to start earning from day one. This is the best and literally best offer that you can grab right now to start making at least $2,500 per month, specifically growing your business through selling videos. Outside of this special webinar, this easily go for 4997 a year. And heck, the next time you watch this webinar, it will probably be$1.997 annual, but because you’re here live and if you take one of the last live coupons that are available right now, you’ll be able to get it at just 267. And if you’re still lucky, you might see the mega bundle special, which gives you an elite add-on for a onetime 127 to get additional massive value to knock it out of the park. So again, I want to congratulate everybody that is grabbing this. You are phenomenal. And I see some people saying, you know, I I’ve tried video before, but this actually makes sense to me. I can’t wait to start using it, and I love it. And that’s exactly what this is about, right? I said it before, and I’ll say it again. You know, there are a million different video tools, and trust me, I have a lot of them myself, but they require me to come up with good angles. Yes, it helps me prompt and yes, it has amazing video output, but the video won’t generate sales unless I really know what I’m doing. And if that sounds familiar, if you’ve been there before, but once again, right, you’ve tried uploading videos, haven’t gotten traction, your social media isn’t generating sales, and it feels like you’ve tried at all. You know, like I said before, the problem is these general video tools, as great as they are, they can create good content, but it relies on your shoulders to know what content will sell. And that’s the huge difference that you’re getting here today. You’ll be able to have a video engine that sells for you. And this is exactly what Misan has solved. After doing over one and a half million in sales, you know, primarily using video, he knows exactly what type of videos sell what. And you’re immediately tapping into that knowledge is a massive shortcut. And this for just 267 is an absolute steal. So, if you want to make your life easier, start generating more results, and actually be smart, and more importantly, make a whole lot more than just 267, then go ahead and grab this right now because this will only be available on this very webinar. And we’re down to our last four coupons. Meaning, if you don’t grab it right now, you’ll forever miss out on the opportunity to grab this at a massive steal and a massive discount. So, I want to congratulate again. I see more people just name. I’m so lucky I got the uh elite add-on. Congratulations. Congratulations. Super excited for you. And again, consider yourself lucky because that um elite add-on, I know for a fact told me, you know, it’s some not something you can do for everyone. So, this is only on this webinar. Same goes for a lot of these things such as the 500 pre-qualified leads only on this webinar, right? So again, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and in moments from now, you’ll be able to just give it a product link or a ClickBank, you know, or JVZoo page or, you know, product details or just an ID and immediately it will turn it into an amazing video that actually is designed to generate sales. I actually show it to you right here, right? You can see this is designed. Now to the naked eye, it’s just a video. But what you don’t know is the sill psychology that happens behind this. The retention elements that be happen behind this. The split screen is intentional. It’s to make sure the person stays hooked and captivated because there are multiple things happening on the screen to trigger their brain ongoingly. It does things in a very specific way to sell. And that’s why e-commerce businesses will help you, you know, spend a ton of money with you because this is exactly what they need to sell their products. And the same goes for you. Now, you can do this for any type of business, any type of offer. Now, you have Jason Reynolds, you know, done over $847 in commissions, 4.2% click-through rate, double from his previous uh promos, and he’s now running the same approach across eight niches. Now, right here, Marcus Davis used the bonus page feature. you know, he added at Astra, created bonus review video on his check out page and he got 34% more buyers and a higher average order value. Now, review style video creator Nina Parker right here crushing it. You know, Rachel Mitchell crushing it. We have so many case studies. You know, the old way was where you had to try and actually, you know, get this done where right now you paste your JVU launch pace. You go and have the review video done, live converting and scaling. And all it takes is three simple steps, three quick steps, three easy steps is where you give it the command, your AI sales video engine gets to work instantly. Just, hey, here’s my launch page or my video page or my offer, anything you want it to sell and it will immediately get to work. It knows what it needs to do from start to finish. Your AI engine builds the complete sales video while you watch and it delivers the launch ready videos, publishes them and you start seeing sales. It is literally as easy as that. And all of this is happening right here. Now, we’ve done split test before and after left and right every single time Adastra outperformed. So, with that being said, we have a ton of case studies, a ton of testimonials, your James ClickBank launch promo videos, your affiliate promo videos, your Fiverr and Upwork video gigs, your YouTube review videos, your product demo videos, your video ad agency, your course and coaching promo videos, UGC style review videos. You’re getting everything you need to absolutely crush it and only 267. So, once again, congratulations. Super excited to have you on board. With that being said, make sure make sure you go and grab the coupon. I’ll ask the team to drop the link one last and final time. With that being said, I’ll see you on the inside. Meet Adestra Studio, the AI sales video engine that turns any product into a professional ready to publish video ad. Paste any product link, upload an image, or type a rough idea and get a broadcast ready sales video in under 60 seconds. No filming, no editing, no voiceover recording. This is your complete Adestra Studio workspace. One sleek dashboard for everything. Monitor your AI videos, published posts, cloned ads, and total social posts, social accounts, all from one powerful dashboard. Your balance and activity stats are always visible so you stay updated at every step. Let’s create a video ad for a real product. A pair of wireless earbuds I’m selling. I click AI video ads then video ads chat and my adestra studio assistant takes over guiding me step by step. It asks me what kind of video ad do you want to create. It asks how I want to provide my product details a URL manual input or a sample product. Since my earbuds already have a product page online, I’ll go with the URL option. I paste the link to my product page. The AI reads the page and pulls out everything it needs. product name, key features, price, and images. My product details are already filled in. I upload my brand logo and a couple of product shots, then click save product details to continue. I can set the voice and video style manually or let AI choose the best combination automatically. And on the right, the assistant keeps a running panel of every choice it locks in. Voice, avatar, language, and more. Anything it picks, I can change right there myself. I’ll set my duration and pick a vertical ratio for Instagram reels. And I can see that selection lock into the panel on the right instantly. Next, language, accent, voice, gender, age, and tone. For my earbuds ad, I’ll pick a bright, energetic voice. Here’s a short preview of how the voice sounds. And it locks into the panel, ready for me to swap anytime if I change my mind. Then I pick my avatar, the face of my ad. It locks into the panel alongside everything else. So, every choice I’ve made is right in front of me. If I want to change any of it, I just click it in the panel. Once I’m happy, I click save settings. All my settings are confirmed. I do one last check of everything I’ve locked in, then generate my video in one click. My earbuds ad is ready. I can render it now or switch templates to try a different creative style first. If I click view template, I can preview my same ad in a completely different style, still built from the same product details.

    Once I’m happy with the style, I click render and I’m taken straight to my video ads where my finished ad is ready to view. Experience immersive, crystal clear sound with our premium hi-fi wireless earbuds. Meet the earbuds that match your every moment crystal clear sound and effortless comfort. Enjoy all day wear with fast charging and seamless connectivity for zero distractions. Upgrade your listening experience today because you deserve the best sound. From here, I can edit, rename, download, or delete my video anytime. Here’s the best part. The AI has already built a polished, ready to publish video for you automatically. But if you ever want to change something by hand, you have a full editor at your fingertips. Just click edit video to preview and customize any slide before export. Edit scenes, review timing, and fine-tune your video with full control, scene by scene. Click global to customize your video across every slide at once. Avatar, voice, fonts, and background music, all match to your brand.

    or edit and fine-tune individual slides anytime, right down to the smallest detail. Customize captions, text styles, colors, backgrounds, and overlays, all from one editor.

    Adjust font size, colors, and positioning to match your video perfectly.

    Your AI avatar appears on each slide. Visibility, animation, shape, and screen position.

    Customize the background for every slide. Upload new visuals and add zoom animations for a more dynamic feel.

    Add overlays using your own uploads, custom URLs, or stock assets and animate them with ease.

    Add stickers and emojis from the built-in library, or upload your own to make your video more engaging.

    Repeat this for every slide. And once you’re done, click export. Your video is ready.

    Publish your video directly to social platforms in seconds. Choose your accounts, add captions and tags, then post instantly or schedule for later.

    preer to do it all yourself without the chatbot? You can. This manual flow gives you full hands-on control from the very first step. Paste a product URL, try a sample, or upload details manually. Say I don’t have my own product page. No problem. I can browse Amazon.com right inside Adistra. Let’s find a great coffee maker to build an ad around and pull it straight in. I just confirm I have the rights to use the content and I’m ready to generate. I click generate and at Austra shows me all the coffee makers details it pulled from Amazon, ready for me to review and manage. Since I’m in full control here, I can refine every detail myself. product name, brand, category, description, and logo exactly how I want it. I add, view, and edit my media assets in a couple of clicks, swapping in the best product shots for my ad.

    Then I handpick the perfect avatar, filtering by type, gender, or category, or uploading my own instead of letting AI decide. With everything set exactly to my taste, I click continue to generate. Adestra gives me several video variations of my coffee maker ad to choose from.

    I pick my favorite, tweak it if I want, then render my final video in one click. Discover the Virtuo Next Your Gateway to six coffee sizes. From rich espressos to refreshing 18 o brews. Experience the future of coffee with the slimmest, smartest, and most sustainable virtual machine ever. Precision Brewing delivers a fullbodied coffee topped with velvety foam perfection in every cup. Choose from over 40 premium coffee blends, plus exclusive limited editions crafted for every taste. Before we dive in, what is Ad Spy? It’s your built-in competitor research tool. Instead of guessing what works, you can see the exact ads already winning in your niche across Facebook, Google, and LinkedIn. Then clone the best ones and turn them into your own AI powered ads in seconds. Let me show you how. To get started, go to the left menu, click ad spy, then extension. This is where you research and clone winning ads from the top ad libraries all in one place. Connect the Chrome extension. Add your API key and you can capture Facebook, Google or LinkedIn ads instantly. Clone any ad in one click, capturing the ad copy, images, video, and metadata automatically. You can find Facebook, Google, and LinkedIn ad libraries in a click. Just click on icons and you will be redirected to their ad libraries

    where you can clone any ad with a click.

    Search for any ad, then click clone on the ad card. The extension captures all the data and media automatically. Your cloned ads appear in the cloned ads tab where you can manage them with quick action controls. View details, open the original source, create a new AI ad, or remove ads anytime. Click create ad to generate your own version using AI. Just enter your brand details and choose a transformation style. Click generate my ad and your unique high-converting ad is created instantly. Edit and refine every part of your ad, headlines, copy, media and layout or regenerate fresh variations instantly. Replace ad images instantly. Generate brand new visuals with AI or upload your own media.

    Click save and your ad is ready in my ads where you can edit or post it directly. Don’t want to start from scratch? You don’t have to. Adestra comes loaded with ready-made video templates for every niche. Fashion, tech, beauty, food, fitness, real estate, and more. Each one is professionally designed and proven to convert. Just browse the library and find the style that fits your product. Pick the template you love and it opens up ready to customize. Looking for a modern home that blends luxury, comfort, and smart?

    Then it’s as simple as one click to make it yours.

    Swap in your own product details, images, and logo, and the template instantly becomes your ad. No design skills, no starting from a blank screen. Just pick, edit, and you’re done. Top three trending gadgets you didn’t know you needed in 2026. Number two will surprise you. First up, this magnetic power bank. Just snap it on your phone and it starts charging instantly. No wires. Super compact, perfect for travel. Next, this mini bag sealer. It seals your snack packets in seconds and keeps food fresh longer. Just slide it and you’re done. And finally, this dancing jellyfish toy. It lights up, moves, and reacts to touch. No design skills, no starting from a blank screen. Just pick, edit, and you’re done. Now for one of Ad Astra’s most powerful features, publishing and scheduling. Click manage socials, then social accounts. Connect all your social accounts in one dashboard. YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, and more. With secure OOTH connections, your credentials are never stored, only encrypted access tokens. You can disconnect any time. Click manage to add or manage your accounts. Here’s where it gets really powerful. You don’t just create videos in Addestra. You publish them straight to social media without ever leaving the platform. Take the video you just made, write your caption, add your hashtags, and select every account you want to post to at once. Then choose post it right now or schedule it for the perfect time, days or even weeks ahead. Pick your date, set your time, and Adestra posts it automatically across every platform while you focus on everything else. Head to social posts to see your entire content calendar in one place. Every post you’ve scheduled, lined up, and ready to go. Filter, organize, and monitor everything.

    Published, scheduled, and failed post across every platform from a single screen.

  • 07/20/2026 – Make Hyper Real Motion Graphics in After Effects

    From clean to cinematic, here are the secrets to creating the most visual motion graphics ever. [music] We’ll be breaking down these two great examples of both dramatic and studio style visuals all right here in After Effects. So, let’s get started. All right. First, let’s start with the dramatic scene where we take a boring rock and make it cinematic. And then we’ll show how to use these techniques for a brighter, clean setup like this one. So, in order to get started, you need your master 3D object, which is usually very easy to find for free with a quick search. And I found this free rock. You can import GB, glTF, FBX, and OBJ’s right into After Effects. And for some objects, if they have no textures, you know, that’s going to be completely okay. Don’t panic because right after we scale up the object and position it somewhere around the center of the comp, we can go to the property panels right here and click this icon next to material to get Substance Community Assets. And for this specific example, all I’m looking for is like a rock-like texture that we can get for free and drop it right into After Effects. Then select that material with the drop down. And this is going to allow [music] us to easily texture objects in no time. Though, as a very important tip, consider scaling the texture downward to pull out stronger details. And if it’s allowed, you can increase the resolution of the material right here. Overall, it’s just amazing how we can control textures all in After Effects. Though, without lighting, this is just going to be a wash, completely flat. and boring like my jokes. But overall, this is nothing for us to be excited about. So to start off, let’s go ahead and create an environment light to easily implement some shadows and to take away that flat look. Now, we can adjust the Y rotation of this light until the front of the rock is dark to really pull out those shadows so we can see them. Now, before we make this cinematic, [music] quickly go ahead and create a camera layer. And then using the camera tools at the top, we can get in nice and close. Specifically where there’s like a lot of jagged edges or details that we can see here, which is going to make this much more interesting, like my hairstyle. I don’t know about that one, but I do promise I get haircuts. Anyways, the secret to great lighting is backlight. So, let’s lower the intensity of the environment light and go ahead and create a new spotlight with shadows enabled. And all we have to do is move the light back in Zosition space. And [music] this will solely light from behind our scene since the position orbits around the point of interest, which is in the center of the scene by default. Now, you can also mess with the X and Y position for the best angle. But finally, let’s go ahead and increase the intensity by a lot since this is a backlight and we really want that to be pushed up. Try setting the falloff to smooth and dial in the radius and fall-off distance to partially like the rock. And this should leave the foreground in the shadow, which is absolutely nice. [music] And absolutely lastly, let’s go ahead and increase the shadow diffusion for some smoother shadows. [music] And that’s the cinematic power of light and shadow and easily produce cinematic work with my After Effects and Premiere Pro templates, drag and drop transitions, animation presets, and powerful motion graphics that you can customize with a few [music] clicks. You can access thousands of templates directly in After Effects and Premiere Pro, where you can edit them to fit your vision in seconds, allowing you to build client ready masterpieces in no time with the link below. And if you do pick up anything, you will be supporting my channel as I don’t do any sponsorships here. So, thank you very much. Okay, to finalize the overall scene, let’s go ahead and create a very dark but not exactly a pure black background solid as I find a dark gray is visually more pleasing than just pure black. Then jump to our depth of field options in the camera layer, which are available in the most recent versions of After Effects. This is where we’ll need to adjust the focus distance. And then from there, we can mess with the aperture and the near far blur level to [music] really pull out that shallow depth of field. Though, consider increasing the focus area width to give you some more actual focus. But once you’re done, you should have a cinematic still graphic. [music] Nice. Let’s try key framing the focus distance to create a rack focus effect. And then let’s also try animating the position of the spotlight ever so slightly to move the actual light source. And finally, maybe key frame animate the rotation of the rock or your master object to further the overall movement. But overall, think about all your movement options as these are your levers as an animator. And the finish finish the scene, right? Create an adjustment layer and use the noise effect at a very low amount. And if you wish to boost the overall contrast, try using the curves effect to help deepen the mood. But overall, with some graphics, tell me in the comment section that this isn’t cool. I swear I can take it. I promise. [laughter] But anyway, let’s go ahead and create a clean, professional scene that banks more on bright white looks. Again, we have a master object, which is just a chair. And this time, the textures came through. But always start by creating a large plain mesh. You can set it X rotation to 90° and lower it under your master object. Or nowadays, I usually try setting the Y position of both layers to 1080, which is the Y composition size, which is 1920 x 1080, right? Makes sense. Then create yourself another camera layer and with the camera tools, specifically the dolly to cursor tool, maybe the pan around cursor and even the orbit tool to get that best angle. And of course, you can revisit moving your camera at any time. But back to that plane that we created, not airplane, scale it up, and under compositing options, set accept shadows to only. And then create a very light gray solid background. And I promise that floor that we just created wasn’t a waste of time because when you create an environment light, the shadows will appear again and your background solid will provide a seamless color throughout the entire composition. Awesome. Now, obviously, we understand lighting is important. Though, when it comes to these studio style [music] graphics, we need a studio HDR. So, again, you can easily find free HDRs and get your hands on a studio image. And when you place it into the timeline, we can set the light source to that HDR or image. And before we get melancholy with our image choice, always mess with the intensity and the light Y rotation to pull out the best look. I find generally if you rotate the lights shadows [music] towards us, you know, that usually will look the best. And if we want to take this even further, the backlight cough cough spotlight is absolutely fantastic, but push it back and mess with the same intensity fall-off and shadow settings to get the best results. Though, most importantly for this type of scene, I [music] kind of like keeping the shadow darkness on the lower side. And just cycling through the lights, you know, I think this looks pretty good. But to finish the scene, you can key frame the rotation of the chair to give it some [music] constant movement. And we can do some really cool camera animations by starting far away and getting closer. It’s completely up to you. And for example, I actually don’t think I like depth of field turned on for this type of scene. And that’s going to allow for faster render times. [music] And speaking of render times, let’s go to renderer options right here in the middle. And we can try to find the perfect shadow box size to keep those shadows high quality. And I want to go over the top on the quality slider right here. But obviously, what you do with your [music] scene is up to you. I hope you like this one. Subscribe to be the best and always be creating.

  • 07/21/2026 – The Only 9 Ways to Make Money with AI in 2026

    Every AI money video makes it sound like there is a secret button to print money with AI. I have used AI inside my businesses for years. I’ve used it to increase our company’s revenue by 50,000 a month. I’ve used it in ways that have lost us thousands a month. So, in this video, I’m ranking the only ways I would actually consider making money with AI in 2026. Not the easiest sounding ones, not the ones gurus are selling us, the ones that I’ve actually done myself and that connect to real obvious demand. I’m going to rank each one on a tier list as well. S tier means I would actually build this. A tier means it’s a strong opportunity. B tier means it can work, but there are caveats. C tier means possible, but not my favorite. and F means I think you should stay away from this. By the end, you should know which AI money methods are real and which are not. Let’s get started. The fastest way to make money with AI is usually helping a business find customers. This is why AI lead generation is first on my list. Every business wants more pipeline. They want better prospects, cleaner lists, and more money. That’s what we all want. And AI can help with all of that. What this essentially means is you either selling services to businesses where you help them find and acquire clients on X, LinkedIn, email, so on and so forth, or you doing this with your own business in order to increase your own sales. The important part is that this should not just be scraping 10,000 emails and blasting garbage outreach. That is what I like to call spam. The real value is using AI to understand who the company is, why they might need your help, and what message would make sense for you to send them specifically. For example, my business partner developed a lead generation scoring automation and uploaded an entire video about it that I find very interesting because the core idea is not just that it finds more leads. It helps our sales team better prioritize who looks like a good fit, who is showing intent, who should get a different message. That is where AI starts becoming super useful. If I were starting this myself, I would pick one single niche or one single offer and one single source of leads. Then I would build a simple system that finds prospects, scores them, gives me the reason they might care, and drafts a first message I can improve. The trap in this method is thinking volume fixes bad targeting because it doesn’t. AI makes it easier to send more bad messages, which means it can only destroy your reputation faster. My verdict on this is a tier. If it is niche specific and tied to a real offer, it can be S tier, but generic AI lead genen is already crowded. Finding the lead is only step one. The next question is, what happens when that lead replies, fills out a form, or lands in your inbox? Onto method two. A chatbot only makes money if it saves a human from wasting time on the wrong lead. I would call this category entirely chat bots, but I think that word makes it sound a lot smaller than what it actually is. The real business here is lead qualification and routing. Here’s what I mean. Someone emails you, someone fills out a form, someone asks a pricing question or replies to a cold email. You typically avoid all those emails because you think they’re just a waste of time. But all of these are actually sales opportunity waiting to be seized. The AI’s job here would be to understand what this person wants, qualify them, route them, and help the right human respond faster. We already have versions of this internally. And I have a fun story about this actually. About 2 months ago, my YouTube channel reached a size where I was receiving a ton of emails from sponsors requesting to work together. Most of these conversations would go nowhere. So eventually I stopped answering. Then on my way to my vacation, I asked my Hermes agent, “Hey man, can you take care and respond to emails for me? Only message me if you need approval for a dollar figure.” I didn’t think much of it at the time or honestly think much would happen. Then a few days into my holiday, I decide to check in on Hermes and I see he’s asked me for approval on rates for a lead that’s interested in our business services. Hermes was asking me if he could send him a link to our calendar for a meeting and I approved it. Then my team come back to me a few days later and tell me, “Hey, by the way, we just closed the client that you sent us.” Me asking Hermes to just do that for me took me 5 minutes to set up before my holiday and made us an extra $12,000 in 1 and a half weeks. That is real value. That is much more valuable than a random website bot saying, “How can I help you today?” Because businesses do not pay for chat bubbles. They pay for speed, clarity, and lots and lots of fewer missed opportunities. You could again build something like this for your own business or you could sell it as a full service. If you can guarantee people results and correlate this to money, you’re good to go. My verdict for this is a tier. It’s not as sexy as AI agents, but it is as close to revenue as you can be. and very easy for a business to understand. Once you can find leads and qualify them, the next level is building the actual AI workers that do jobs inside the business. Method three, look, businesses do not just wake up wanting an agent. They want a job done without hiring another person. That’s what they want. That is why AI agent development is one of the strongest opportunities on this list. The market is moving away from give me a chatbot and it’s moving towards give me something that handles this for me every single day. That could be a sales research agent, a reporting agent, customer success agent, an internal operations agent. The value is not that it is AI. The value is that a job gets done with less human drag. This is also where I think a lot of people will mess up. They will say they can build any agent for any business. That sounds flexible, but it is actually a nightmare. Every client becomes custom. Every workflow becomes messy and every edge case becomes your problem. The better version is to pick one type of agent for one type of business. For example, a client reporting agent for agencies. that’s it. Or a sponsor inbox agent for creators or a lead research agent for B2B teams. The reason this works is simple. If the agent saves a team 10 hours a week, it or prevents missed revenue or helps the business move faster, there is budget for it. The trap is selling the technology instead of the outcome itself because nobody cares that you use the fancy model or framework. If the workflow still breaks every Tuesday, my verdict for this one is S tier, but only if it is specific. Generic AI agent development is going to become a race to the bottom. Specific agents that solve painful business problems, that is the opportunity. But not every AI business has to start with code or agent infrastructure. The next one starts with attention. AI content only makes money when it creates trust, leads or sponsorships. This is where people confuse the tool with the business. AI writes content is not a business. A business is helping a founder, creator or company turn their expertise into demand. That can mean exposts, LinkedIn posts, YouTube scripts, newsletters, lead magnets, sponsorship decks, sales pages. But the content has to do something specific. It has to create trust. It has to create a pipeline. It has to attract sponsors. And it has to move the business you’re selling it to forward. This is the logic behind one of our services, Founderfunnel. The value is not just generating posts. The value is taking messy founder thoughts, sales calls, client wins, product lessons, and turning them into content that sounds like the person and creates opportunities. This can also become a sponsorship business. If you build an AI personal brand and attract the right audience, sponsors will pay to reach that audience. But again, the audience has to trust you. AI can speed up content production, but it cannot fake trust and authenticity. If I were starting this, I would pick one input and one business outcome. For example, take a founders’s weekly voice notes and turn them into posts or their weekly meetings with their teams or their outreach angles or one lead magnet. Then measure whether it creates replies, calls, sponsors, or sales. The trap here is just like you’re going to notice with the other ones is generic AI copyrightiting. The internet does not need more average posts written faster. It needs sharper content, better content, and a real point of view. My verdict for this one is A tier. It becomes S tier if it has taste or proof and a real business outcome attached to it. Content can create demand. But there is another version of AI content that removes the person completely and that is where I get a little bit more skeptical. Faceless AI channels, they can work, but this is only where AI slop goes to die. I want to be fair here. People are making money with faceless YouTube channels, AI voiceovers, AI avatars, short systems, and essentially content forms. AI makes this easier than ever. You can generate scripts, you can generate voices, images, clips, captions, entire videos with tools that barely existed a few years ago. So yeah, this is a real method. I would be lying if I said nobody makes money from it. But I would not personally build my whole future on a anonymous AI slop. The mode for it is very weak and so is the brand you build from it and the platform risk. And if the whole advantage is that you can make cheap content fast, someone else can probably make cheap content even faster or even cheaper. The version that can work is not lazy, faceless automation. It’s a real media operation. Strong topic selection, strong packaging with real research, good editing, and a reason for people to come back. And at that point, AI is just production leverage. If I were doing this, I would not create random motivational videos of an AI generated Trump or generic AI listicles. I would pick a specific niche where the viewer wants utility like finance breakdowns, tool comparisons, or educational explainers. Then build a repeatable format with actual quality control. The trap is thinking faceless means effortless. Faceless removes the face, not the need for actual good content. My verdict here is F tier for most people. uh C tier if you have good editorial taste, a strong niche, and a lot of patience. It is possible, but it’s not my favorite. The next method has even more hype, and honestly, even more danger. Method six, AI trading. It’s useful when it helps you research faster, but it gets quickly dangerous when you treat it like a money printer. I love playing with AI trading bots. I have had for months where the systems helped me make one or $2,000 a month, but I have also had months where the edge were off, the market changed, and I ended up losing money. That is the part a lot of AI trading content does not want to admit. A trading edge is not a magic spell. It decays with time. other people find it and the thing that worked last month can stop working next month. The version I like a lot more is AI assisted research. It track markets, monitor smart money wallets, label opportunities as copy candidate, watch list or skip. This is especially interesting in prediction markets like poly market because there are real signals to analyze. But the system should start paper trading first. It should help you make better decisions before it touches real money. As much as I love trading bots, my verdict for this is B tier for most people. It has high upside and high interest, but it is risky, inconsistent, and not where I would tell beginners to start with their AI journey. Trading is the risky version of AI leverage. But the next method is the boring version. And boring is usually where the reliable money is. We love reliable. The most reliable AI business is often a service people already buy delivered faster with AI. This is one of my favorite categories because it does not require convincing the market to want something new. The market already buys content. It already buys clips. It already buys sales support, operations, editing, lead generation, whatever. AI just lets you deliver some of these faster, cheaper, or better. Founderfunnel is a great example. The offer is not we use AI. The offer is a business outcome, which is better founder content, more consistent output, faster production, stronger distribution. That distinction matters. If you sell AI, people compare you to other tools. If you sell an outcome, people compare you to the pain they already have. This is also easier to start than a full software company. You can begin manually. Use AI behind the scenes. Build your workflow. Learn what clients actually want, then slowly productize the process of delivery. If I were starting from zero, I would pick one painful service category and ask, “What part of delivery can AI make three times faster without lowering the quality?” Then I would package that into a simple monthly offer. My verdict for this one, this is going to have to be the first S tier. This is one of the best places to start because it connects AI to existing demand. Once a productized service is working, the next question is how you operate it without drowning in the work. That is where AI assistants come in. The best AI assistant is not the one that chats with you. It is the one that keeps the business moving. This is where tools like Hermes Agent and OpenClaw become interesting. Not because they answer random questions, but because they can run recurring workflows. remember preferences. They can use tools. They can manage task and they can operate across the systems you already use. A real AI chief of staff can do morning briefs, check your emails, access all relevant files, check on clients, help you with content, and so much more. The money here is often indirect, but it is still real. If it saves you hours every week, prevents missed follow-ups, finds opportunities faster, those are all related to value indirectly. The mistake is treating it like just a random chatbot, just like you would with chatbt or clot. A chatbot waits for you to ask questions. A chief of staff agent has routines, boundaries, skills, and approval gate. If I were setting this up, I would not start with 50 automations. I would start with one daily workflow. What should you know every morning? What needs a draft? What needs approval? And what should never happen without your approval? The trap is giving the assistant too much access before you trust the workflow. This is why I recommend you start with read only, then earn autonomy slowly. My verdict for this is a tier for most people, S tier for operators. If you already have a business, clients, content, inboxes, this can become serious leverage. And that leads to our final and most underrated AI money method. Using AI not to sell AI, but to grow the business you already have. Method nine. The most underrated AI money method is fixing the revenue leaks already existing inside your business. This is the category that does not always make the best thumbnail, but it might be the most valuable one. Every business leaks revenue. Leads do not get followed up with. Clients go quiet. Renewal dates get missed. Churn risk shows up a little late. AI can help with all of that and more. This is where systems like my client poll bot become interesting. It scores clients, analyzes clients for churn, tracks unanswered messages, renewal reminders, upsell signals, the list goes on and on and on. This is different from selling AI services to other people. This is using AI inside your own business to make more money from the machine you already have running. And honestly, this is where a lot of operators should start. You do not need a brand new AI business if your current business is already losing money through slow followup or weak retention or missed opportunities. If I were applying this, I would answer these three questions. Where do my leads get lost? Where do my clients churn? And where does my team forget to follow up? Then I would build one automation around each one of these. The trap is automating random tasks instead of revenue bottlenecks. Just because something can be automated does not mean it should be. My verdict for this one is S tier. It is not the flashiest method, but it is the most operator native. If it saves one client, creates one upsell, or prevents one missed deal, it can pay for itself fast. So, if I had to pick one lesson from all nine methods, it would be this. The best AI money opportunities are the ones closest to real demand.

    And here we have it. Here is how I would rank every single one of them. In S tier, we have AI agent development, AI productized services, and AI revenue automation. In A tier, we have AI lead generation, AI lead qualification, AI content engines, and AI chief of staff agents. In B tier, we have AI trading bots. In S tier, we didn’t end up with anything. And in F tier, we did end up having faceless AI content channels. Look, making money with AI in 2026 is not about finding a secret prompt. There’s no secret prompt. Trust me, it is about finding a painful business problem and using AI to solve it faster and packaging the result in a way that people already understand. Don’t lose them with AI gibberish. The closer you are to revenue, the better the opportunity or the easier it will be for you to sell it to clients. This is where AI actually becomes valuable. If I were starting from zero, I would not start with the flashiest method. I would start with one workflow, one niche, one painful problem and one clear outcome. That is how you avoid the common guru trap. You do not need AI to make money magically. You need AI to make something valuable happen more consistently.

  • VideoExpress 3.5： FREE Update Unlimited AI Video Generator

    In this video, I’m going to show you exactly how to use the brand new V3.5 update to Video Express. It has two major updates. Yes, these two are first of all, we’ve completely revamped the entire video generation engine. So, it’s much better quality. It works across different categories. It also works across different styles like watercolor style, 3D, 2D. Makes it more realistic. And of course, consistent characters has been vastly improved. Now the second major update which I’ll walk through which connects to this is our new creative mode. The creative mode is in the create video from prom section. What this does is it allows you when you check it to create really unique way of images and then turn those images into videos. What does that mean? It means you can now create unique styles like doodle for example 2D anime but in within that anime multiple other styles like manga style and so on and so forth. And we’ve really amped up the creative video generation engine there which means not just maybe realistic human which you could do well before or not just 3D style but you can go beyond that as well. And this allows you to really put your own creative canvas into the mix. And I’ll show you how to prompt these as well. And then the next major update we’ve made which links to both of these major updates is basically we’ve done multiple camera shots and within a scene you can do multi-shot scenes through prompting. In other words, let’s say you’re generating a sequence and in that sequence, a character is basically interacting with multiple people or multiple environments or character is running and then jumping or the character is walking through different sections and interacting with the environment and for example and in that you got to do jump cuts between that sequence. You can do that now just from prompting which is just extraordinary in terms of the power it gives you in in flexibility as well as creativity. it looks a lot more realistic. So, first of all, let me show you some examples of these and then I’ll show you where they are located in the application of Video Express because it’s a free update. Every single Video Express customer has access to it. If you’re not a Video Express user, get it. You can get started for just under 50 bucks. Yes, one time. No monthly fees, no credits, no yearly fees, none of that mumbo jumbo stuff. Unlimited video creation right there. Click on the description box and the link is in there. And uh so, let’s check out some examples.

    Mom, look. My boat is almost ready. It looks wonderful, Tom. Hi, Grandpa. What are you doing? Hello, Leo. I am looking for my glasses. Oh no, the sun is coming out. Don’t worry, we can make another one tomorrow. Check this out. This update is basically where we’ve revamped and given you uh the new use creative mode. When you select this automatically this option is blurred out where you can select the styles like human 3D because it can do any kind of style you can imagine. And think of it this way all you have to do for a 3D style an image like this you’re going to give it a prompt like so you can use the enhance prompt automatically and it’ll generate this image and then you just give it a video prompt. So the video prompt and I’ll give you the Google doc as well for prompting examples of what I’m doing. The video prompt will be can be like this where it’s multi-shot. You see it says new multi-shot here on the top. You can do like this multi-shot example right here. And then uh you can literally hit this and then you can generate. And this is the new style that we’re doing right now. Multi style. So click create video. And it looks something like this where you can see this where it does the camera zoom and pan where it goes through the subject matter similar to a Hollywood movie. Really pretty powerful. And then you can merge it together with the workflows. Not just now, but in the future as well, we’ll be creating new workflows for uh complete video creation. I’ll show you that right now as well. An example of that you can achieve where you can merge multiple clips together automatically using our integrations uh with uh chat GPT uh claude and anthropic cloud and so on and so forth. So let me show you an example of what all to put together what you can really achieve. They’ll give you like about uh the 20 25 seconds or so of this, but then you can even create 2 minutes and so on and so forth. Of course, depending on the plan you have with Nvidia Express and uh so just make sure that uh if you have the $50 plan, you upgrade to the all excess plan. If you have the all access plan, of course, you can grant limited videos, but there are also uh ways that you can have a five video creation at a certain time limit. So, make sure that you’re doing five parallel generations at a time and wait and then do the other five and so on and so forth. Nyla has until midnight to give it back its fire. The engine that fed it rusts at the hills crown. Her father built it. He never came back down. Cog found one last spark in the cellar, still warm. They climb the switchback road as the light drains out of the sky. The first gate is sealed. Cog chews the lock apart with his brass teeth. Below them, the town lights candles it cannot afford. The second gate is worse. The bridge is rotted through. Nyla swings across on the old mill rope and nearly misses. Her goggles crack. She keeps climbing anyway. He is a mole and it is a very good garden. His tulips have won the village show four years running. Tomorrow morning is the fifth year. Whatever comes tonight, it will not take the red one. He digs a trench beneath the tulip bed and waits. Midnight, a shadow drops out of the dark. Barnaby springs and the trap snaps shut. He has caught a crow thin as a wire. The bay has taken someone from every family in this village. Today, it is Ren’s turn to go out on it. He always has been. The orars are much heavier than he remembered. Past the first buoy, the village looks like toys. Past the second, the swell begins to lift him. A wave slaps the bow and the urn slides. He catches it against his knees and holds it. The sky turns the color of wet slate. Rain arrives all at once like a hand closing. He rose blind, counting strokes instead of seeing.

    Pretty powerful, right? So, I was listening in my headphones. So, let me move this off. Pretty powerful if you can think about it. So now what I wanted to kind of mention here before I show you some other examples real quick is that if you see the multi-shot that is occurring that is very unique. It was not done before and it’s done through prompting. I’ll show you some examples as well of how we are doing it. Uh but what I’ve created is a Google doc. I’ll leave that link in the description after this uh is done so that you get an idea of how you’re creating uh these um uh if you will these styles right and uh so let me show you some in a nutshell so you can see it in a simple uh way. So, let me share my screen here real quick uh so you can see it in uh real time. So, one sec here. Boom, boom, boom. There we go. Cool. All right. So, you see in my um screen here. Cool. All right. So, you see how I’ve done it. So, this we will automate this stuff as we go along. So, don’t worry about uh it. But I just want to mention what changes we’ve done so you get an understanding of it. And of course, as you’ve been following along with my other videos, if you haven’t, watch our other live streams where we’re doing a complete workflow where it does the whole video. But I want you to understand what’s different now. So, if you see the 3D style, the first example I showed you, it’s a really high quality, high definition quality as you can see uh right now. And what is different here is that you see we can go very descriptive in the prompt. You see this like literally I mean you go this descriptive on the and of course we’ll automate it where it can generate the generate the whole thing. But one of the things that I wanted to mention is that the more likely an image is higher quality, the more likely it is that the video is higher quality too. Correct? So that’s the thing that we’ve been focusing on quite a bit. Now the other thing as well is the more likely the image generation aderes to the prompt then you can make that character do actions as well. Right? So that’s the thing. So in in the case of uh 3D this is the style. Now if you go I’ll show you another example here. This is the image to video reference style as you can see here. Uh it just does it this way where you can do reference image meaning it will take that image and then make it a video correct in video express behind the scenes using that new mechanism that we’ve added as I showed you earlier which was uh if you come to create from prompt the idea is that we do that multi-shot now. So whatever image got generated here when it goes to this section you can now go ahead and go this advanced in terms of what you can achieve. Okay. So in a nutshell like you know this advance right so you can create the character framing the identity continuation action happens first 3 seconds then the camera angle will change like so and then there’s a production sound do you want any sound you don’t want any sound right and you want any negative prompts as well we can put all of that like imagine put all of this right in this section now okay which opens up a lot of crazy things once you can do automations and workflows we’ve been teaching you. Now the other thing as well which I want to show you some other styles and then we’ll get to um you know automating this and all that in just a sec but like the other styles that uh you could do okay which I mentioned the claimation style if you remember we saw this one as well and the claimation style again you can go like this you see because what’s happening which you have to uh uh pay close attention before the older uh update we’ve left that open because some people might like it right the older version you could come scroll scroll down and you can choose image styles like so correct you can click on it 2D 3D and stuff there is no claimation here right there’s no claimation so what we did is if you select this option this creative mode option now you could basically do it where now it’ll blur it out you see this it’s blurred out now you can’t because you can create anything now right so now what you could do you follow along here I can copy this whole prompt okay right click copy go back here and then you click on this and then now you generate okay does that make sense you can either enhance prompt or you know up to you but click create so now you see what’s happening I can generate this claimation style in the best possible way because behind the scenes when you click on that creative mode it will go crazy in terms of creativity okay it will do claimation style and this and that you see the styling uh choices here and then you can use the consistent in character mode as you already know and then continue that with this. So for example, you can click save. Okay, this image is saved using this uh little save icon that you saw on the top this little uh save icon and then now you can click on use consistent character, right? You see this selection, go to reference photo and then now it’s saved under your images, right? So you see this, this is the consistent character. Now you can continue and create more and more sequences with this as a consistent character. Okay. Now, let me show you some other examples as well and we’ll get to more nitty-gritty details about this. So and the other example as you can see here and of course once this is done you see like so we can come back here and this is this is the video style right so you can come in copy this and then uh I’ll show you be behind the scenes you can automate this but I’m just telling you how advanced we’ve gone through now right so right click and uh paste here okay and then um obviously you use the consistent character if you want to and then uh you can click create video cuz you can do it this way as well okay um because how advanced you can go now, how uh much because one of the issues with consistent characters, the more detailed it is, the more likely it is the actions can happen uh how you want to control it, right? Even for automation by the way and even camera control. As you can see here, you see this camera control we are trying to make it do. Now, let me show you another example which is the 8 bit pixar uh pixel style. Okay, you can go even more crazy than this, but I just want to show you some examples of how much effort the team put in because it’s not just about uh creating the underlying algorithm, making it as good as possible, but then showing you real life examples of that. Right? So, as you can see here, this is the image prompt style example for uh 8 bit style. So, now let’s just click this uh let me just copy this example. Of course, I’ll leave this in the description box after this uh is done uh just to give you a glimpse of it. The idea will be over time in the next coming days and weeks, we’re going to give you the workflows to be able to do this automatically. Yeah. So now, let me show you this. One sec. Uh, I’ll show you this. Pay close attention to this. All right. So, there we go. Click this. So, let me actually create a brand new image here. Example. One sec. So, watch this. Boom. Right click. Use create mode. Boom. Paste. Boom. Generate. Right. Watch this. Pretty powerful, right? Uh, now while this is getting generated, I’ll show you an example video of this 8-bit style so you can see it um as well. On 9inth Street closes on Friday. Kip has one coin left in his pocket. The machine in the corner has never been beaten. It has been there since 1987 and nobody has finished it. The high score still stands at the top of the screen. Kip puts the coin in at 455 on Friday. Level one is easy. He has played it a thousand times. Level two takes his first life in 9 seconds. Level three is a wall of falling fire. He gets through with one pixel of health left. Then the screen goes dark and the boss room opens. Grandma is waiting. He is enormous. A skull and a crown of broken tokens. Kip has three lives. Grandma has infinite. The first life goes in 4 seconds. The second life goes even faster. On his last life, Kip stops pressing buttons. He puts the controller down and waits. Grandma stops attacking and just stands there. The boss has been waiting 38 years for someone to stay. Kip picks the controller back up and does not shoot. He walks up and shakes the skull’s hand. The machine unlocks a door nobody has ever seen. Inside is a room full of high scores, all of them still glowing.

    Pretty cool, right? So this is how we’re doing in this in particular case it’s a narration style. So this is why when we are doing workflows I keep telling people and they don’t understand and I try to impress upon you if you will which is every workflow that we’re building right and we been giving you a lot of workflows to work with uh and automate the stuff every single one has a purpose to it and has a result that it gets. Okay AI is not smart enough and I don’t know if it’ll ever be to be able to understand what’s going on in your mind. So uh or what works right? So for example if I know what works which is the narration style video for this uh 3D uh style that you’re seeing on your screen right now like this is uh uh it’s in this case 8 bit uh pixar uh pixel art right and we kind of know what works in real life then for this lip sync doesn’t work as well as if it’s a narration video. So when we do it, we’re going to hardcode, let me repeat that again, hardcode the narration mode within video express so that we can achieve an effect or or the end result like this. Okay? And of course AI will hallucinate here and there. Maybe some text will come off here and there. So the idea will be that you know to be able to do it as best as possible to how it was designed to do it the best results we force that outcome. Okay. So in other words, if I were to do a a video like this and if I had to create lip sync, I’ll create a brand new workflow and a brand new way of doing it in terms of the prompting and structure. I would not say, “Hey, AI, go create me this where you decide to use lip sync here, you decide to mix this and that. It doesn’t work.” Okay? It has to be I want it to be a narration style video and it has to be this format, this style, this image, this uh video and this character is doing this, this character is going through this journey. That sort of storytelling. Okay? Otherwise, it’s kind of like you’re going to be seeing demos but never be able to replicate it. You’re going to go to Twitter, you’re going to go to YouTube, you’re going to see other so-called influencers showing you the best stuff uh they’re able to do, but when you try to create it, it’s never going to come out that good. Why? It’s because understanding how film making works, understanding how you know the get best kind of video outputs work is itself an art. And then to be able to automate that, systemize that is another art, another skill. And then on top of that, understanding where it does well, where it doesn’t do well, that’s another skill on top. So if you imagine with video express uh with us, right, you’re you’re not only getting uh the ability to create these types of videos, which a lot of applications do where they just integrate it and ask you to pay credits and stuff. with us, you’re also getting these workflows and these outputs and these best results, let’s say, and how to go backwards, reverse engineer it, let’s say, go backwards and be able to, you know, get the outcomes that we are showing you. Okay, that’s the idea. And in the coming weeks and stuff, we’re going to be creating these as workflows. So, you just literally give the idea and create the video similar to the workflows I’ve shared with you uh over the last few months, right? And so now uh let me share my screen again and I want to show you the other style as well here to get you a little bit motivated. Let’s say the other one is a stop motion style. Okay. So again I mean uh if you see the image prompt will be the stop motion style let’s say and it’s look at this right cinematic photograph of a handcrafted stop motion miniature theater blah blah blah right and then uh we just right click and copy this and then uh you can now create that into a um you know like into like um an image and then the video. So let’s say for example um let me show you. So actually by the way this uh video got created. You see this one right here that I showed you earlier? Now, anyway, so let me go here. Let’s do that stop motion style. So, you can just come in, right click, paste, right? And then use the creative mode. Check that. That’s the new update. And uh also, of course, even if you don’t use the creative mode, you can still achieve the quality. But for these categories, human 2D, 3D, photo realistic, cinematic style videos, and other. So, before the other was, you know, like how do you know what’s other, right? So now with these styles which I’m giving you right now is in the creative mode. It’s automatic basically. All right. So you create image and then it’ll generate that uh style. While this image is being uh generated I want you to understand that see all the strategies that we are doing it comes from understanding where each use case would come uh to you right and what we are finding out with uh AI in particular the storytelling matters a lot more uh than anything else. Okay. So, let me show you an example of this one so you can see it uh in real time. Lives on the left side of the stage. The swan lives on the right. Between them is 40 ft of polished floor and a man and the flies who moves them both. They can see each other all night. They are never allowed to cross. Every evening at 8, the curtain goes up. The prince bows. The swan curtsies. The audience watches the prince slay a dragon. They do not notice him looking right. At the interval, the lights go down. That is the only time they can talk. The prince says, “I counted your steps tonight.” The swan says, “I counted yours.” They have been counting for 11 years. On the last night of the season, the handler falls ill. A new man takes the strings. He does not know the show. He pulls the prince too hard and the wire frays. The prince’s arm comes loose at the shoulder. He spins out across the polished floor. He stops at the swan’s feet. The audience thinks it is part of the act. They applaud and the curtain comes down. In the dark, they are finally on the same side. She puts her porcelain wing over his broken shoulder. The handler finds them like that at dawn. He does not have the heart to separate them. He strings them together for the next show.

    So now while this video is playing, let me show you a couple of things. Let me mute the audio here. What I wanted to show you is the style was dictated from the image first and then you see how the continuity of the style matters. You should never have a situation where you’re inconsistent character. One is like a paper cutout like this and then the other one uh basically uh effectively is now a 3D style, right? the consistency has to be very very clear and that’s what AI really struggles at to be honest and so what we did here is that to maintain the continuity behind the scenes we had to really overcome a lot of challenges to be uh clear and the overcoming of the challenges means consistency of the voice obviously consistent of the characters obviously consistency of the lighting consistency of the color grading consistency of uh multiple characters interacting in the scene lot of those uh variable had to do. Now you can do one by one. You can do together with our workflows. Not just now but going forward. But the idea is that this had to be done in such a way where we make sure these components are intact. Okay. And that’s a very tough challenge. Okay. So I just want to tell you it was like a lot of effort to get to this level. All right. So um let me share my screen here real quick and I’ll show you how um we kind of manage this whole thing. All right. So let me show you

    All right. So you see now we got the um you know like in this particular case the character. Then what we’re going to do in the creative mode is we go back and then uh let me show you the other style. So as well in just a bit but like we we go back okay and we effectively generate the video style as well like so right so you see reference use we create a consistent character and we continue that going forward. That’s the general idea and of course without workflows this will be completely automated uh which uh is pretty awesome in my opinion but anyway so now you can click do this and then um effectively you can you know create the video uh in a nutshell and then it will go do its thing that’s the general idea okay uh and this is one scene right with multiple shots right but then you want a longer length that’s where the workflow will come in and I’m going to be adding more of these workflows I want to show you in this video what all we’ve done then we’ll obviously going forward in the next trainings and tutorial section as well will be about like how do we merge it together? How do you create a big uh uh longer length video with our workflows and stuff like that where we’re giving away for free. We’re not charging you any money and that sort of thing. Anyways, so uh that is in a nutshell what we are doing right so anyway while this is uh uh doing its thing I want to show you the other styles that you can do. All right. So now this is the comic book style. All right. So the comic book comes in two ways right? One is black and white and one is color. In this case, we looked at that noir graphic style illustration like this style. And um you know, you can generate the image like so to keep it in style. And what separates it is you see in the prompt itself, we say uh cinematic noir uh graphic novel illustration and we said widecreen 16×9. If it’s 9×6, we’ll not uh we’ll write it that way. Correct. And if I go back, let me show you. And by the way, this video is as well done. You see this style because you can see here. and um you know let me uh mute the audio here but you see this right so this is the kind of way but this is one scene with the workflows you merge multiple right uh that’s the general idea same thing was with the case with the uh like in this particular case if I mute this uh so you see this right here same thing with that 8 bit style as well right so you see that camera zooming in and stuff that’s what the magic is little nuances little details uh all right let’s go back to create video so let’s do that style right which we just discussed the comic book style I copied this prompt right and to uh generate image like this. Okay. And of course all this is being automated now with how good AI has become right effectively with our workflows and stuff which we’ll talk about. Now you go click on this which is this creative mode and then we generate the image. I’ll show you the way this uh demo of this style as well. So you can see it uh after this image is generated because all I’m doing really is that the image and then the video prompt with AI right with codeex GPT uh as well as cloud integration. You can do all this stuff with our workflows which we’ll be sharing with time. Uh is that see this this image I got it generated like so. Then all I have to do is come back here. I take this image to video prompt which is all automated with our workflows. Obviously if you’ve been following along if you are in that’s why you got to come to these live training sessions we do. All right. So uh let me go back here. Let me show you. Um we just come in right click paste and then watch what happens. Okay. So uh I’ll do the whole story so it makes more sense rather than one scene. Uh let me do that right now. 07 this morning. The city lost an hour. Every clock in Bell Haven stopped at the same second. No one noticed for 6 minutes. That was the hour somebody stole. Marlo got the case because she was already awake. She had been sitting with her bandaged hand and a cold coffee. The first here I want to show you. See how that text came in, right? Uh which is kind of a little bit weird sounding. So in the bottom this is the reason why we say right when we do automated workflows this is a little details like this which AI tends to do sometimes where we have to test 100 times to see if it’s coming 99 out of 100 and stuff. So what happened and this is the reason why I’m not re releasing the workflows for this today is that even though we can automate it 100% of the time it does this little things where we have to go back now and see if it’s an algorithm thing that we got to switch or is it something based on prompting or is it based on negative prompts is it based on where randomly it occurs or does it have a method to the madness so to speak and we’re trying to crack the solution and this can take sometimes two weeks for us to do and thousands and thousands of dollars wasted testing hundreds of times right So this is the reason why when you see these kind of things don’t worry when we turn them into workflows and stuff in the application when it’s one by one video you’re doing like this in scene you’ll not have this issue but when we convert them into workflows sometimes AI these chat GPTs and uh clots lose context meaning it just kind of forgets what you did in the first scene second scene and stuff when it’s doing the prompting okay so then what we have to tell it is hey summarize it compact it remember it and keep doing it right so this is one of those things with AI that uh you will notice right because if you see uh I’ll show you in um in uh the actual video uh that it generates for us you’ll never see it within the application. So let me show you that uh real quick. So in the application like here you see this in the video we got generated for us it will not show up because what we’re doing is we’re trying to make ch and cloud and these things to do the automation for us. Sometimes they too hallucinate and that’s the reason why we tested hundreds of times to fix these. Okay, just keep that in mind. When you see that in real time, you’re not going to see it. But if you do it now, you know why it’s causing, right? What’s happening. AI forgets things as time goes on, funnily enough. All right. Uh, so now let’s continue the story. Was in a pawn shop. Its hands were gone, both of them. The second was in a tram depot, stopped at 407. The third was in a jeweler’s window, still warm. Somebody was collecting the hands, one clock at a time. She followed the trail down to the old observatory. Inside a thousand clock faces hung from the ceiling. All of them turning. All of them wrong. The horologist was standing underneath them. He had brass hands for fingers and he was winding something. He said the city had been stealing time from its people for years. He said, “I am only returning it.” Then Marlo looked at her own watch. He was running backwards smooth and slow. And her bandaged hand did not hurt anymore. She understood what the hour had been for. Somewhere across Bell Haven, 6 minutes were coming back. A woman on a tram looked up and did not remember getting on. A boy found an afternoon he had lost at 7:00. Marlo put her watch on the table face down. The horologist asked her how much she wanted back.

    Pretty cool, right? So, uh this is basically how we approach this style. And you know, I’ve been getting some questions on like where do I get this application? I have not gotten this. I don’t know what this application is. This application is called video express. You can get this application at uh this u you know this link uh called uh video express.ai of course but I would uh want I would suggest you to get this at soft.io which is basically where we are running a 30% uh September back to school discount for all our applications. Video express is one of them. So do check it out. If you don’t have any of our applications, the best time to get it at that 30% discount. So, uh, let me walk you through that real quick. When you go into that link, it’s going to forward, uh, to a page that looks something like this. You see September sale. Um, and then you see 30% disc all our application and these are applications. You can click on it. Let’s say it’s clone voice. You want our voice cloning tool which integrates with video express. You’re going to click on it and then it’s going to say, hey, save this. Use this coupon. So, when you uh get that page, let’s say as an example here, you’re going to come in, you’re going to grab it, and September 30 is the coupon. It’s applied. it’s going to give you a 30% as an example, right? And that’s the same case for Video Express. Let’s say click Video Express, you want to get it, you have not gotten it. It’s a onetime price, no monthly fees, no yearly fees, none of that mumble jumbo stuff. You’re going to click on um uh this link again, and you’re going to get a straight, you see this right here, it’s going to show you uh so in this particular case, if it’s US dollars, let’s say put, you’ll see this uh right here, uh 30% discount, right? Which is uh we’re doing as a back to uh school deal. And also because uh why we’re doing this is we want to incentivize you to get it as we do all these new updates. One of the things uh we’re doing right now and that’ll be greatly appreciated for you is uh we’re working with Nvidia to buy actually their latest uh AI servers right now and that’s costing millions of dollars. So as you buy this stuff, you’re helping us out buy more equipment, let’s say more uh servers and more infrastructure to help you grow honestly. And uh we we are the only ones where in the last 2 and 1/2 3 years if you purchased video express 2 years ago you still got the updates for free. 2 and 1/2 years ago got it for free. All these updates we are version 3.5 now. Uh if version got people got the first version to now it’s free. And you can let me know in the chat box if anybody has done that for you ever in this industry where you’re paid once no monthly fees no credits no yearly fees none of that mumbo jumbo stuff. No hidden upsells and uh up upselles, upgrades, whatever they want to call it these days. One-time offers, none of that stuff. You got it, right? You got the all access uh account. You got it say many years ago, you still got these updates for free. Anybody’s ever done that? No. Because the costs are crazy and we are crazy. We’re crazy people, but we’re passionate people, right? Obsessed people to optimize for the costs and stuff, right? Uh instead of spending money on marketing, we spend money on our product, right? so that we can uh give you the best u you know quality product and uh best outcome possible best results ultimately all right so now let’s go back to that uh uh Google doc I’ll um you know give that this Google doc right after this uh session is done as well I just don’t want you to go get ahead of yourself and get uh confused because this is just an example of what we’ve done uh and what outcomes we are able to achieve because you can go beyond this okay we’re going to be building on top of this for the workflows All right. So, uh even on the workflow side, I want to mention here like if you go to uh uh here, we’re going to keep publishing these workflows. I’m going to be doing training on this this page right here, videoexpress.ai/workflow. This page and I’m constantly updating it myself, this page, all our workflows. We’re going to merge this into a nice platform that integrates within video express. That’s what we’re working on right now. We just wanted to make this update before we get there such that you know these workflows are push button easy for you to implement within uh video express application itself. will be a tad within the application. Okay, being worked on now. Should be available very soon. All right, so now watercolor, right? So this is probably one of the most requested features and uh we actually uh did the images in artistly. We cracked it some time back. Uh but you know, as with everything, you know, you want to perfect these little details. That’s what we did properly here. So you see here detail watercolor and ink storybook style, right? Because watercolor is one thing you know watercolor has comes in many shapes and sizes and styles right so what we did is that so we go here right click uh and by the way this update is in your video express account right now so when you log into video express this v3.5 you’re going to see this on the top like so you see video express 3.5 you’re going to see that right on the top so uh we go here let me show you again same logic come back here the prompting style is there um you know uh even if this I sometimes don’t like the, you know, this negative prompting style, but anyway, uh, up to you. Whatever works, right? It doesn’t matter. So, we’re going to, we’re going to systemize this even more anyways when you’re doing the automatic enhance prompt style. Anyways, so doesn’t matter. So, while this image is generating, I’ll uh show you how this uh applies. Okay? And just think of it from your perspective. Uh why why are we doing all these styles is because the more creative you are, the more likely it is that you’re going to get results. All right? uh these days more so than ever before. All right. So now again we’re going to take this and we want to create a story. We want to use the reference image and then uh we want to create the video. Correct? So same logic applies. So it’ll keep the lighting and it’ll keep the elements and stuff like that. And with time obviously we’re going to show you in the coming days and weeks uh how to automate this thing cuz this is a narration style. So it’ll be automated by checking the narration style, the audio and all that stuff ready to go. All right. Now, um I want to also uh talk a little bit about this style while it plays. I’ll show you something really cool we’ve done with our clone wise integration as well that’s of great interest for you. All right, so watch this. Okay, let’s play this uh right now. Uh so you can see this

    ran dry in the third summer of no rain. The village above it packed and left. Elder B stayed because his wife is buried in the terrace. He kept one cup of water in the house, just one. He drank half at dawn and half at dusk. On the 9inth morning, a girl was standing in his yard. She was made of water. It ran off her and did not touch the ground. She said, “I am the river. I am almost gone.” She said, “One cup would keep me alive.” Bo looked at the cup, then at his dry field. He gave it to her without a word. She drank, and the water went through her like light. For a moment, she was solid and young and laughing. Then she poured herself into the dead riverbed. Nothing happened that day or the next. Bose’s field cracked. His hands cracked with it. On the fourth morning, he heard something. Water was coming up through the terrace stones. It came in a thin line, then a wide brown rush. The river was returning down its old bed. Bone knelt in it, and let it take his hat. The terraces filled. The rice came back green. The village came back down the hill one cart at a time. They asked him who had saved them. He said, “The river asked politely.” At dusk, a girl made of water sat on his wall. She said, “I have one more favor to ask.”

    Right now, I want to show you something. Again, the text thing you saw that right towards the end, we can sort out that not a big issue. But I want to show you why it is so important when we you know do video creation and we do automation. Why it is so important to have that attention to detail. Okay. People always like you you know I can can you just like uh give me the whole uh you know system where you can just copy one idea and it’ll generate the video. This is why we take our time so that you know instead of just creating the video which is cool we can do that obviously uh but more important than that you know we go beyond that we want to do narration style we want to do other uh techniques we want to make sure that these little hallucinations that AI does we want to make sure that it sorts out right so let me give you an example like in the application we sorted it but when chat GPT makes that error as you use it like you see there right let me show you this uh let’s mute this but you see this right here you’re not going to see that issue ever Right in our application when you do automations there’s something called context window where as you increase the size of the video the prompting image prompt the video prompt and stuff you add more this information these AI tools tend to hallucinate because they’re serving millions of users nowadays right so they uh sometimes don’t give their best stuff to you beyond a certain amount of memory it gives you okay so anyway what I wanted to tell uh talk about here is for this narration style you need something very important that is the quality of The voice, okay, has to be perfect, okay? Not robotic, not even, you know, like my voice. My voice, I’d say, is good, but it’s not like a narration style voice. Like if people were to watch my video, my voice in a Tik Tok fast-paced video or something, they might not be as receptive for it as opposed to somebody whose voice is meant for that kind of use case. So, what we did is if you uh use our clone voice integration, right? So if you go here, I’ll show you import media as an example and you go to import from clone wise AI which is our other sister application. So you want to buy that. Again, as I said, we’re running that uh 30% off of off even clone wise is included there and software deal.io. But anyway, you click on that clone wise integration. You see where it says system, right? In English. There’s other languages as well here, but system is basically our pre uh created voices. You’re going to click on this. You see where it says Leo, Oliver, uh there is James, Emily and all that. These are the voices we are using for all the examples I’ve given you. Okay. So basically when uh I get the workflow to be created, I picked this voice like hey use um Khloe’s voice or use Zachary Miller’s voice or whatever and it does with our clone voice integration. Now if you have clone wise you can actually test these voices right now in your clone voice app where uh you go to dashboard once you integrate the API key. Obviously it’ll show up in video express but you can go to create audio in your clone voice application and then select voice say English I picked here but you can select voice and all these new right you see these new these new voices are the ones even with accents you see Arjun here Arjun would be Indian English max uh accent uh let’s say Camila Navaro would be your Latin American Spanish speaker English accent does that make sense Latino accent we say right um and then there’s British and so on and so forth this is how we’ve done it here. And it works across other languages like if you go to like Spanish, let me show you. Same thing applies. You see these new ones uh Gabrielle Vega, Carlos Garcia and Lucia Parades and stuff like that. We did the same thing here as well. Uh for these voices where like it’s perfect like for narration nothing better than this. All right. So um again this little details okay for the integration of clone voice. So again, if you don’t have clone wise, definitely get it to make sure that uh this level of uh work can be done. The next one is the wool style. This is probably one of my favorite styles because so hard to achieve. Um so like you see here, it’s like a handmade wool and felt miniature scene style and it generates an image like this and then in the application. So let’s uh just uh create this first and then we’ll see uh what happens here and I’ll show you the example. All right, you just go to again same thing. I want to show you that you can create it with the application first, right? uh more than anything honestly. So you click here create and then it’ll generate the image and while it generates the image I’ll show you the uh the style here uh in the example uh video so you get an idea of it uh and go from there. So just give me a sec here. Um one second. All right. So while this loads up. There we go. You see got the style. Let me show you the example video. There is a moth who lives in the space behind your eyelids. She eats dreams only the boring ones. Nell has not slept in four nights. Her dreams have all gone somewhere. The moth arrives at her window at midnight. She is small and gray and made of wool. Nell lets her in because she is lonely. The moth climbs onto her pillow and starts to eat. She eats the nightmare about the stairs. She eats the one about the empty house. Nell watches her grow fatter and softer. By the third night, the moth is too big to fly. Nell does not mind. She has a friend now. On the fifth night, the moth stops eating. Nell’s dreams come back, and they are worse than before. She finally understands what the moth has been doing, not stealing the dreams, keeping them safe for her. Nell opens the window and lifts her out. The moth cannot fly. She is too heavy with Nell’s dreams. So Nell carries her up to the roof. She holds her up to the moon and lets go. The moth comes apart into a hundred gray wings, and every one of them is a dream Nell forgot she had. They settle over the town one house at a time. In the morning, every child in the street slept late. And on Nell’s windowsill sat one small grey moth.

    Pretty cool, right? So again, I mean, you see the style is maintained throughout. That was the hardest challenge, right? That’s what uh we’ve been working so hard on. So the question was like also uh can you uh tell me where the prompts are? I put in the description box in the channel right now. while that video is showing up. I’ve also posted in the chat as well that you can see. Now, let’s go to uh the other uh styles here. Uh a couple of them that are out there and then u I’ll tell you what’s next. All right. So, just so that you know for the reason of time because I don’t want to go for hours and hours here just to make it exciting for you to later on go through this. Right. So, let’s go to my screen. So, this one is a paper cutout style. Again, same logic, right? We’ll go in here. We just uh select the miniature uh paper cutout style. go in here, generate the uh image and then you turn it into a video, let’s say. So I go back to create from prompt and then then there and then you turn this into a video, right? Uh for the purpose of time, I just want to rush this so that you can see it like all the styles you can do. While this image is getting created, I’ll show you the other uh style here um how this one works out so you can get an understanding of uh how uh this not only the video but also why the style is so important for storytelling. All right, cool. You see this? This is created. Anyway, let me show you. Tur came to the paper village and would not leave. The stoves were cold. The lamps were empty. Pip was small and made of good, thick paper. His mother folded him a scarf and told him to stay inside. He did not stay inside for long. The first night, he tore a strip from his sleeve. It burned for an hour and warmed two houses. The second night, he tore the hem of his coat. The paper families pressed their hands to the great. The third night, he gave them his left arm. The fourth, his right. He said it did not hurt. His mother found the scissors in his room. She hid them in the flower tin, so he tore with his teeth instead. The fifth night, he gave them his legs. He dragged himself across the frozen square. The sixth night, the whole village was warm. He was one sheet of paper and getting thin. His mother found him on the doorstep at dawn. She carried him in and laid him on the table. She did not reach for the flower tin. She tore a strip from her own apron instead. One strip was not enough, so she kept going. The village woke to a fire that smelled of lace. It burned all day and melted the frost off every window. In the ashes were two paper shapes holding on, and the spring came. The village was still standing. Pretty cool, right? So now the next one I want to tell you is uh which is a really cool style which I want to show you is the uh Giblly style. It’s probably our anime style you know like the Japanese anime kind of style. So you see right here uh and it’s just very simple. Again I’ll show you how the image is generated. Uh just so you know it’s can be done with our application because I can just tell you go do it. I give you the prompts which are in the description but you’ll not believe it unless I show you it can be done in the application. Right? So that’s the thing with the creative mode. That’s what we’ve done. And of course behind the scenes, you know, we’ve fixed a lot of the other little minor details to make it better quality and stuff uh where prompted the events and multi-shots and stuff like that as you can imagine. So while this image is getting created, let me load up the um example video of this one and u get a better understanding of this. And I showed you this kind of example before um but you know, I’ll just show you quickly um as well right here like uh to to give you an understanding of this. You see this right there? Right. Watch. Has taken someone from every family in this village. Today it is Ren’s turn to go out on it. His grandmother asked for one thing before she died. Take me past the headland and let me go. Ren has never rode past the second buoy. He is afraid of deep water. He always has been. The orars are much heavier than he remembered. Past the first buoy, the village looks like toys. Past the second, the swell begins to lift him. A wave slaps the bow and the urn slides. He catches it against his knees and holds it. The sky turns the color of wet slate. Rain arrives all at once like a hand closing. He rose blind counting strokes instead of seen. So I’ve been getting some questions on the multi-shots. How does the multi-shot work? What is the multi-shot and so on. So multi-shot is where basically let’s say the clip length is 10 seconds. You can generate within the 10 seconds you can do uh scene switching. That’s what’s happening here actually. Uh so let me show you an example of this so you get an understanding. So you see how here watch this watch this. So this is one sequence here right here. You see where he’s in the boat the scene shifts. You see it goes up there. Right? So this kind of scene switching happens within the actual prompt itself. The way uh this works again I’ll play this video again. No worries. But like it’s in the prompt itself you can dictate the term. So in the video prompt itself you can say hey from uh like a time stamp based prompting is what we like to call it right. So let me show you here uh you see it right here where uh in the image to video prompt you see this right here we say scene action 0 to 3 seconds and then we do so you see how it says 0 to 3 seconds you can dictate that what will happen from 4 seconds to uh five uh 6 seconds and so on and so forth. So that’s what we mean a multi-shot you can tell it hey in this shot do this in from zero to three from four to six do this whatever whatever right you get the point so that’s what we mean by multi-shot so that it’s a little bit more better realism wise uh where it doesn’t pause right in terms of the jump cut it looks a little bit better right I mean little details right so that’s the idea for multi-shot okay so that you get a better understand okay um all right so now let’s play this one more time so you can see it quickly Okay.

    Stops rowing. The sea holds him up. He opens the urn at the headland’s black tooth. The ash goes out over the wheels like gray rain and the water goes quiet the way a room does. He rose home with an empty jar and a straight back. At the second buoy, a wheel rises beside him. It waits. It wants him to follow.

    The final one is the low poly style. So this is the style right here that you see. Um low poly is like a type of animation 3D but it has like uh you know slightly different animation style. I’ll show you this example to give you an understanding because these are not there before. Uh these are new styles that we’ve personally trained behind the scenes, fine-tuned behind the scenes, optimized behind the scenes uh as well, right? So this way that when the animation occurs, it’s not just like where we just change the prompting style. Of course, that’s definitely there, but you couldn’t create this style even if you wanted to before. You could do that now. All right. And um, of course, behind the scenes, we’ll be talking about other updates we made as well. Gives a realism, lip saying style, all that been updated. And multi-shot also obviously allows you to create this scene by scene styling that you can achieve, which gives it more realism, especially for when you want a lot of things happening in the scene where a person opens the door, goes in, right? Then after he goes and meets another person, you want that to be one scene rather than cuts cuts cuts, right? Which might uh even that 1 second delay makes it look uh weird. All right, so anyway, uh let me show you this example. Has 90 seconds to make the drop. She has carried this parcel across the city for six nights. She has never once looked inside it. Rule one of the couriers. The package stays closed. Tonight, the case hums against her ribs like a second heart. Rain on the low poly rooftops turns the neon to glass. Two enforcers block the skybridge, so she takes the vents. Her visor maps the route. Half the streets are missing. Someone has been deleting this district from the grid. She drops into the archive suble with her boots sparking. The client is already waiting. He has no face, only glass. He asks for the parcel. She asks what it is. He says it is the part of you they cut out. The case opens on its own. Inside is a memory of a kitchen and a woman calling her name. Vex has never had a name, only a number. The archavist reaches for it. She closes her fist. She presses the memory against her own visor. The kitchen floods in. Warm bread, rain, someone laughing. She remembers a sister. She remembers being stolen. The enforcers break the door behind her. The archavist smiles without a mouth. He says the sister is still on the list. Vex runs and the whole city flickers to black.

    So I want to talk about again the other reason why we did that multi-shot is you see towards the end here. Let me mute the audio where you see when she’s running. Watch this. Watch this. Right. Right here. Right. Watch the background changing. Okay. Check this out. There we go. Darken. You see that’s another way you want to leverage multi-shot where you know instead of the person just in the same background doing the same thing it also changes as time goes on right second number three second number five whatever even the background uh animations let’s say or effects change okay that’s the other value for uh multi-shot all right now I want to answer a couple other questions that came in u you know increasing of the dialogue duration this is the reason why we do the workflows so it’s more natural so that the dialogue doesn’t matter anymore the problem that occurs is no matter how good the application is like seed dance 2.0 to 2.5 which is like right now for every I believe like 20 seconds or so video or 15 seconds you got to pay like upwards of $5 to $10 depending on if you do 720p 1080p 2K whatever right we do 1080p natively but you’re getting the point right so now what happens is that here when you do the workflow automation and when we tested within seed dance 2.5 and stuff once it goes beyond like about 15 seconds there’s hallucination happening in that same sequence that’s why we do multi-shot that’s why we do workflow that’s why we do all this stuff to create the realism once all the uh clips are merged together in the end. Right? So keep that in mind. All right? It’s just an AI thing because what happens is the Nvidia servers that you use behind the scenes to run these things uh they run into bottlenecks of RAM. They run into bottlenecks of what’s called KV cache. What KV cache is in a nutshell is that uh when you are playing a video like this, right, you’re creating a video and you’re merging the scenes, you’re doing the text to speech, you’re doing image prompts, video prompts, storytelling, hooks, all that stuff. uh it consumes so much of uh RAM or memory that once that memory fills up it forgets it starts deleting the old memory right so in simpler terms so that’s the reason why uh you know the best way to do it is the workflow method no matter what even in the future that’s will be the best workflow way right and then the other question uh was about can my agentic uh application run yes so we’re integrating this with chat GPT and uh anthropic plot um other ones you could probably run browser automation and do it but like we have not tested because I mean hey if we sit and work on the other these are the two which have 60% of the compute right now and these are the two which are more or less monopolies right now and it’s better we focus on our time where 99% of our users will be using more or less right so yeah uh and that will be part of the workflows that we’ll be building over the next coming days and that’s the plan that workflows will fix these little text effects issues and stuff like that as you go um uh into the future and those will all be within the video press uh dashboard itself like you see this uh link that I have in the bottom right so there will be uh as a part of that link that page if you will uh but we’ll be integrating that page into VD express application itself does that make sense so in simpler terms if I remove this let me show you uh it’ll be in this page right here right like you see we had like kids uh music videos workflow narration style video workflow kind of what I mentioned all this like claimation style and all that will be as workflows in here and we will integrate that into the video press application itself where they’ll be as part of the features, right? So you see here we’ve added this uh right here this workflows tab on the top. So they click on this right here. You see we’re going to make it more merged that way under the video express workflows tab in the application like what you see. It’s going to be a little bit more streamlined like so. All right. So uh uh so watch out for that there. We’re doing some fine tuning stuff but I was excited. I want to tell you about the 3.5 update what we’ve done. So to summarize this video, two major updates have been done behind the scenes. uh not 2002 behind the scenes there were many many many updates done uh which were hundreds of them but to simplify it what we’ve done is in a nutshell we’ve revamped the entire video creation system which means that it has the new multi-shot option it also has uh uh this video uh and audio prompt option where like when you put it you can do time stamp based prompting. Second thing as well is that you can do where a character inconsistent character for example can do uh within that 10-second or whatever scene multiple cuts can happen which makes it look where the weather changes in the scene or the lighting changes in the scene the person opens the door and goes in and meets something all that little details will be done within the scene itself which makes it really exciting more engaging more powerful and then the other thing we’ve done as well is the creative mode okay this is where you don’t have to rely on only one style or few styles like human 2D and 3D. When you select this, this gets blurred out. And here you can do any style instead of just what we put before. This can be claimation. This could be the low poly, 8 bit pixel, literally anything. Imagine watercolor style and comic book style. Literally, you can put anything and you can do we’ve done a lot of behind thes scenes creativity. And this is one of the things that even for me as we go into agentic workflows and stuff like that is that if you do only certain types of dropdowns even the agents or cad GPD or uh entropic plot gets confused right cuz it feels like hey only these two dropdowns are available so I won’t try a low poly style or I’m not going to style a watercolor style I’m not going to try cuz it doesn’t exist by making it more promptbased right and this doc I put in the description box you’re going to be able to just say create me a low poly style and then you can do it and all these were created by AI by the way right I use taggbtd and uh uh anthropic claw to be able to do this like literally just generate me with the image prompt the video prompts and stuff and then you can create a whole story and that’s what these workflows are about so in the next coming days and weeks with this 3.5 update what we’re going to do is you see on the top right here where it says workflows we’re going to be updating all the stuff that I shared with you once they’re tested by our team fully hundreds of times we’ve only tested a dozen times now and little text effects that keep coming once in a while and there’s some uh voice selections that we want to make which is with that clone voice integration and stuff we want to uh tighten that up a little bit more but you can start using it right now anyways to create these things using the prompts that I’ve given in the Google doc uh that you get access to um and of course with the workflows you don’t have to worry about it just going to click on this you’re going to come here it’s going to be like this you just click on it um copy the workflow and then you can run it on chat GPT anthropic or whatever right super easy and that’s where the future is headed anyways and we are position for the future and this makes video express really uh and I’ve been in the space for like so long uh 20 years almost next year will be 20 uh is basically where I’ve been so long that I can tell you V Express is easily the greatest value ever and once you go into this discount we’re running at software deal.io io right now. You go into that page where we’re giving 30% discount on all our applications. That’s like the greatest deal I’ve ever offered in history in anything we’ve ever done simply because of the cost. Our margins are so thin. We’re not like chat GPT where we’re like trying to add credits and stuff because we’re doing an IPO whatever. We make a few percentage points in profit here and there. And most of that is also only because I’m doing the training for free, right? uh I’m not uh basically where we are saying buy a course or something uh to make extra money or we don’t have like a big sales team we are paying our product speaks for itself a lot of people promote our products refer our products and word of mouth of our products tens of thousands of people around the world so that makes AI accessible to everybody and because of that we don’t have to spend as much on marketing as these other companies which spend millions of dollars right that’s the only reason why because I would say my team and I are among the top five greatest online marketers of all time I know It’s bragging but it’s a fact. Nobody’s been in this space for 20 years like I have. Um, so that skill of being able to apply marketing and uh advertising skills and uh growth skills that we bring to the table is the only reason why we can sustain it at this price. Otherwise, we would be like Hicksfield just reselling uh uh Seed Dance 2.5 API back to you at a premium and then uh saying hey you know go pay it or or you know leave. It’s not our problem. What we are doing is the harder work which is trying to make it all for onetime price and making the updates for free and giving you the results as well that you can get uh doing these workflows and stuff like that which is even harder because that’s extra work right on top uh instead of throwing it on you to figure it out and waste credits and stuff. So, if you haven’t, go get that um you know that that link that I gave you up there. Uh go there uh right now if you haven’t already and um you know get it because like I said um like we we’ve even updated the voices in Clone Wars as I told you these are all the voices in the new section which you can use for narration videos, lip-sync videos and stuff with a clone wise integration. So all these apps integrate with each other as well which makes it awesome. So if you go to this uh link as I mentioned uh software deal.io get 30% discount. It’s going to be removed soon. Uh we’re doing it as a back to school day. A lot of people ask us, hey, you know, I was away for all summer. I’m back to work now. Uh it’s um you know, kids are at school, so we have more free time to spend uh on uh building my business or growing my brand or my social media and stuff. So, we’re doing that for you. Um so, try it out and it’s the best opportunity out there for you, okay? You know, it’s as simple as that. Uh you’re going to make a purchase anyways if you haven’t gotten any of these tools before. Why not now while it’s 30% off, correct? And you can help us out. You know the other thing is that when you buy say clone voice it helps video express the development team invest resources when you buy video express it helps our artisty update the v7 is coming very soon we’re hoping next week but very soon okay uh that will be a monster update for artistly v7 so media express customers help us update artistly and so on and so forth every single application gets updated uh with the money we make which allows you to get the best value in the industry honestly best quality and accessibility and what’s happening ing right now and I’ll leave it at this so you understand is that we work with every single big company in the world. We work with Nvidia. We work with Amazon for the servers. We work with Google for their own servers and architecture. We work with u Nvidia. We work with uh uh some of the biggest brands and platforms out there that you know of. And I can tell you we work with Cance. We work with uh Van from Alibaba. We work with uh different different companies out there uh like runway ML and stuff. And I can tell you with honesty, every single one of them are moving to enterprise, right? What does that mean? It means that they don’t care about you and me or small businesses or uh you know single entrepreneurs or solar proprietors or people trying to create price something. It’s not the focus. Their investors want them to focus on big businesses who will pay big money for them, big agencies who will pay big money for them. So what’s happening because of that is accessibility to AI is becoming impossible unless you pay the big bucks. uh big bucks, meaning $200 a month, $100 a month plus credits, uh and so on and so forth. If your employer paid for all these tools, that’ll be nice. If you’re working for a company, 99% of the time, that doesn’t happen for everybody. So, when I say we’re aiming and planning for the future, understand that it’s a lot of hard work. And I can tell you, we’re the last one left doing this. And I don’t see anybody being able to do this ever again. Okay? If you want accessible AI at this kind of a discount, I don’t have to sell it. You know it. you can do the comparison where you end up paying credits for videos. You can be spending $200 for one 3minut video uh with Cance 2.5 and that’s without revisions and regenerations and stuff. Here you don’t have to worry about that. You can generate as many videos as possible. Five parallel slots per video. Nobody else does that. Even I’ve seen other platforms do one slot, meaning they can do one video at a time or a bunch of credits you got to pay if you want to go beyond that. And that costs a lot of money. Hundreds and hundreds of dollars for every video you create once you go into automations and stuff. So hey, you know, why not give it a shot and help us out grow and be able to make even more updates for free, even more cool uh workflows that we can build for free and of course even better quality um algorithms and engines, right? And uh one of those things that we do right now is internally we’ve developed so many experiments right now that I’d love to share with you and we just are in that final stages like that artistly v7 we’ve been working on it for 8 months now and finally we are happy enough to release that in the next week or so maybe week to 10 days from now where we feel okay after that hundreds of hundreds of tests that we’ve done now we’re confident we can release it uh to everybody that v7 update for artist next week or 3.5 for express so like that we have a lot of internal updates we’re making across our applications that we love to release in the coming months for free and every purchase you make helps us out, right? So, uh appreciate everybody who gets in and uh comes to these webinars and these live training sessions and stuff. But the greatest appreciation and the greatest gift we can give you is lower our prices, keep them the same price. Like think of us like the Costco, right? Where we give it the lowest prices, best value. And also the other thing is that we take care of you in a way where you don’t have to worry about the prices going up like a crazy like the other folks are doing. You can imagine that the value will always be there and uh you’ll always know that you’ll feel good about using these applications. They’ll be constantly updated and there’s a person and the team behind it that you can blame or argue or say something is bad, right? That’s why we have our Facebook group as well which I will leave the link here if you haven’t already joined where people constantly tell us, hey this sucks, that’s better. this could be better and we listen to you and hey sometimes it hurts but hey how do we learn without criticism fair not right and that’s disappearing these days you know like you can’t go and complain to Chad GPT or anthropic law or your seed dance 2.5 or whatever somebody sitting in China or somebody sitting in Silicon Valley in their in their throne they don’t listen to you right you’re too small of a fish to care unfortunately right and so here at least we hear you we listen to you can feel confident that even if not today a week from now 10 days from now a couple of months from now uh things will get better because we hear you. That matters a lot more to me than anything else because having somebody to talk to, having somebody to yell at, having somebody to say, “Hey, this is not good. It needs to be better gives you sense of comfort that somebody is there to care. Somebody cares, right?” And we are the only ones which do this right now. It’s sad actually to even say it that it’s become this way where you now for uh like a higher level support, these companies are asking you to pay enterprise support packages which costs anywhere between $1,000 a month to $5,000 a month or more which is ridiculous for just a product you purchase to support you on a one-on-one basis or listen to you your feedback. That’s the way the world is moving, you know, and we’re the last ones doing the traditional way of caring for people who paid us, right? And how long? Well, we can keep doing it as long as you keep supporting us and buying our tools and uh spreading the word and leaving us good reviews, that kind of thing. Every little detail helps, right? So, thanks again for being here live. Watch out for my other training sessions and stuff. As I mentioned before, in this workflows tab in video express on the top in this workflows tab is where you’re going to find all the workflows that I mentioned to you where today I give you the prompts. In the coming days and weeks, I’m going to give you the entire workflow. You just copy paste one thing. You give an idea, I want it on this story or whatever and it will do the whole thing, right? Goes to V Express, creates the videos, merges it together, puts it into one video, boom, gives it to you, right? And uh with voiceovers and everything and that’s the intricate stuff we’ve done and we cracked and it’s done, it’s solved. So, watch out for that as well. Okay, so thanks again. And uh if you haven’t gotten Video Express, definitely get this uh deal or any one of our other products is the time to do so. Okay, so thanks again. I’ll talk to you very, very soon.

  • 10/04/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. What’s happening everybody? Where’s everybody calling in from? Go ahead and comment in the chat. Calling in from San Francisco. I see Virginia, Nashville, Minnesota. Um, let’s see. Still getting ready over here on my side, of course. Um, yeah. Minnesota, Houston, North Carolina, Georgia, uh, Tennessee from Mel, Robbie from North Carolina, Patricia from Florida, Mark Rosamond, California, Lassan, San Antonio, Steve from Georgia, Andrea, I can barely hear anything. Um, anyone else having that issue? Uh just uh make sure you are uh like sometimes you’re on Zoom and you you go in your browser and you go in the app at the same time and you should probably just choose one or the other. That causes a lot of problems on Zoom. Okay. All right. Uh Darren Wburn, England. Okay. Good evening to most of you. Good uh quite late in the in the evening or maybe even the morning for uh Darren. Thanks for staying up. appreciate you. It’s awesome. John, Atlanta, Georgia. Darla from Birmingham, Alabama. Justin from South Dakota. Elsa. Ean from Winnipeg. Nice. Uh Chris from San Diego. Richard, hello. Michelle, hello from Kansas. Awesome. I used to live in Kansas. Two Kansases in a row. Michael, nice. I actually lived in uh western and eastern Kansas at different points. So it was western Kansas first then eastern Kansas. Nice. Howdy from uh WNC. I’m guessing that’s western North Carolina. John, hi from San Francisco. What’s up, John?

    Okay. Yeah, that I love that Northern California area. I’m I’m originally from Monterey, so just uh just a little bit away from San Francisco. Uh Rhonda, Bullhead City, Arizona. Uh Charlene, hi via Texas. Awesome. We got North Carolina, New Jersey, Arizona, Nashville, Austin, Texas, Los Angeles, Atlanta, another San Francisco, Europe, Ireland, Florida, Seattle, Greenville, South Carolina. Okay, awesome guys. So, um, next question I have for you is, what is the number one reason why you are here tonight at this live training? What’s the number one thing that got you here? Was the number one reason why you’re here?

    Okay, Lisa says, “Hello, James.” Zup y’all. John, hi from another pharmacist. What’s up, John? Um, Daniel leads Valerie Strategy. A hottie Chicago. Maria, second source of income. Rhonda to make money. Cherylyn to get the YouTube advantage. Jimmy, a learning opportunity. Mark extra income for retirement. Ronald or Ron Ronsled to learn. Uh Jessica to make money. Bill income. Elden make money. Jeffrey follow-up email. Christy can’t find a job. Need to make money. Uh Lysa to learn more about automating my systems. Very cool. Todd, learning opportunity. Cynthia, it burnout. Got it. Meline working on a channel right now. James, wanting to work for myself and not someone else. Roy Brown, explore the niche options. Uh, Eric, uh, greed. Okay. Okay. Eric Ken, continue uh, learning and action. Patricia to put a plan in place on YouTube. Michelle, I used to make videos for fun. I want to monetize them now. Okay. Very cool. Bjorn, uh, financial autonomy. Very cool. Okay. Um, Ram, new income. Steven, extra money. D’Angelo, learning how to make money on YouTube. Richard, freedom. Marne, I’m old. John, uh, your YouTube videos. Assan, to make money after 9 to5 as a side hustle,

    potentially my main hustle. Okay. Aadi, extra money. Carlos, make more money and want to start a YouTube channel. Patty, retired and looking for side income. Tamatha, no retirement. Judy, switching from Gemini to Claude. Okay, very cool. Uh, Elizabeth, to make money, learn, grow, and need income. Dal, trying to get my online presence off the ground. Cherylyn, dollars. Cindy, get a better understanding of how it works. Michael, building a successful brand. Jamar, learning how to make money with YouTube. Tammy, how to get YouTube started in picking a niche. Dale, learning to use AI to make extra income. Alan, make money on YouTube. Maria, want to be successful in a new venture. Very cool. Okay. All right. Next question is, what is stopping you guys? Right. So, you guys all have these goals, right? The goals are a little bit different, but what is stopping you guys from reaching the goals

    direction? Okay. Knowledge. Jennifer, too much competition. Stephen, my nerves. Uh, Mary Joe, where to start in doubts? Jessica need the knowledge. Mark lack of motivation. Uh Ali fear of starting. Angelica don’t know how. John by Adam time and knowledge. Bjorn free time. Uh Ram lack of tools. Lan not techsavvy. Tammy struggling to pick a niche. Liza I’m exhausted. Derek time to make videos. Ronald don’t know where to start. Roberto insecurities. Okay. Um, let’s see. Melinda, don’t know how. Michelle, can’t decide if I want to do welding videos or gaming videos or both. Got it. Well, we’ll be talking about uh niche stuff today. I think you’ll probably go with one of those over the other ones. Um, uh, after we talk about that. Jeffrey, knowledge. Daniel, uh, time, info, overwhelm, lack of systems. Lori, need to know how. Rhonda, don’t know how to start. Michael, not having a proven process. Okay, perfect. Perfect. Okay, guys. Um, so yeah, I’m I’m seeing a lot of stuff here. Like I I don’t think I saw anybody’s question that wasn’t going to be answered either directly or indirectly uh in this presentation. And if any of the questions aren’t answered, um then of course you can just ask them at the end and I’ll I’ll go ahead and answer them there. With that being said, you know, there’s what to if I’m being completely honest, there’s what you think that you need and then there’s what you actually need, which is which is what we’ll be talking about today. Because some people think that they need, you know, like fancy editing and to get a lot of views and stuff like that and that’s not what they actually need. You know, if you really care about um results, that’s that’s really not what you need at all. With that being said, let’s go ahead and jump in right now. So, I’m going to go ahead and share my screen. Hopefully, everyone can see it. Drag it over here. and let’s go ahead and get started. So, this is how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and you follow one simple rule. Now, one thing I want to say right off the bat because I always get this question. I do address it later on in the presentation, but I want to say it right now. This is for you if you’re a complete beginner. Okay? So, I’m going to teach you the right things from the beginning. the fundamentals, the first principles, the most important stuff on YouTube. That way, you don’t have to unlearn bad habits. I’m going to show you a bunch of different examples of people that we’ve gotten results for. Most of those examples, we purposely pick the ones where they started off as complete beginners. Of course, we also work with people who have already started YouTube channels, right? Um, we’ll get into that here in a second, but uh uh if you’ve already started a YouTube channel, chances are you’re going to have to forget a lot of what you’ve learned up to this point because a lot of it just doesn’t apply to this type of YouTube channel. And it probably is the reason that you’re spinning your wheels, overthinking and stuck in analysis paralysis, burnt out, right? So, this also works if you’re already having some success. Maybe you already started a channel, uh, had some initial success and then it died or you posted a bunch of videos, then you just kind of abandoned it, or you haven’t gotten results yet, or you’re getting views, but you’re struggling with monetization. Uh, this is still going to work for you as well. It also works if you’re a big YouTuber who is crushing it and wants to crush it even harder. I work with people who are literally number one in some of the biggest niches um out there. For in, you know, one of our clients that’s number one in one of the biggest niches out there made over $4.5 million last month, right? So um it works as well if you want to pivot niches or you’re in a niche that you don’t like and you want to switch or adjust or you’re in a niche that’s kind of a dead end when it comes to actually making money and you want to pivot to a niche that where you can actually make money, right? And we’ll talk about exactly how to do that later with the niche 2.0 and the hybrid personal brand, right? So, it also works if you’re a business owner, both online or in person, like a realtor, a cosmetic dental clinic, a financial adviser, or a law firm. And it works whether you’re doing this as a side hustle or a second income or a oneperson business or to scale your existing business or to help uh you know, your other marketing efforts. For instance, if you’re doing Facebook ads or something, this works in very very well in conjunction with that. You’ll see your rorowass almost immediately boost, right? So, this system is designed to help people solve uh problems on YouTube, right? As long as you’re making educational content that helps people solve their problems, right? That’s what this system is built for. Okay? So, somebody has a problem, they go to YouTube to solve that problem or they go to Google to solve that problem. Chances are YouTube’s going to pop up at the top cuz Google owns YouTube and your videos are going to pop up, right? So, that is what this is all about is educational content where you’re helping people solve their problems and that’s what this is built for. So, we’ll give you a bunch of examples later on, but type me if that sounds like you. If that sounds like something that’s interesting to you, type me in the chat. Okay.

    Whoa. Okay. All right. Chat’s moving very fast. Good stuff. All right.

    So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be at the bottom right of the screen. Views. Okay. First one is views. do the thumbs up emoji or whatever emoji you want if you’re excited about getting views.

    All right, good amount of people. Good amount of people excited about getting views. Okay, but how about this second one? Actually making some money. Do the emoji if you’re excited about actually making some money, guys.

    Okay, a lot more people are excited about making money. Okay, good, good, good. You guys have actually watched my content because there’s tons of people out there that get a lot of views, guys, but they’re not actually making money. You do not want to fall into that trap. Okay, but how about this third one, which is having an impact, right? Basically, creating a business that you can be proud of, that helps a lot of people out there, that helps people solve their problems. How about that one? Okay, this one is also quite popular. I could honestly can’t tell the difference between the money and the impact. It looks like those two are about tide. Um, with that being said, this is actually quite important because you could make a video, let’s just say you do a prank video or some sort of Tik Tok dance video, right? And that video might get millions of views, right? But are you actually making an impact with that video? Are you actually solving anybody’s problems? Are you actually giving them any value? Probably not. In fact, you can make a a good argument that you are like like kind of taking value from them if anything, right? Because it’s kind of just brain rot. You’re kind of just wasting their time and they’re kind of just doom scrolling and and wasting their time watching this content that does not add any value to their life, right? So, that type of content, there’s a reason that it doesn’t make any money, and that’s because it doesn’t actually add any value to people’s lives. It doesn’t actually solve their problems, right? And so I’m going to try to I’m going to teach you a type of content where you’re actually having an impact. You’re actually solving their problems and you’re educating them so that you can tangibly add value to their lives. And so you’re not going to have to get millions of views to make a full-time income. In fact, you’re going to be able to make a full-time income with significantly less than that. So, uh, once you solve the impact problem, the views and the money will easily follow. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten for free right here with no catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, which is our coaching program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. So if that sounds fair, drop deal in the chat. Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair.

    All right, good stuff. Now, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the Niche Validator Pro, both the ChatGBT or the Claude AI version, whichever one you like to use. And this is the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you’ll also get an opportunity for $64,000 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, type staying if you’re staying until the end for the Niche Validator Pro. Type staying in the chat. Okay. Boom. All right. Good stuff. I can’t even scroll down fast enough. The Zoom chat is uh not made for this many people. Okay. Now, before we start, I am going to ask you to type things in the chat the whole way through. And here’s why. This is the forgetting curve. It has been studied for 140 years at this point. So, if you just sit and listen, roughly half of what I say is going to be gone within the hour and 2/3 will be gone by tomorrow morning. Right now, the same guy who discovered that also discovered the fix and that is active recall. So every time you pull something back out of your head, the line resets so you can retain more information as you go. So every time I say type it, that’s not me being cute. That is repetition. You’re resetting your curve. So do that 20 times tonight and you’re going to walk out with knowledge in your head instead of that knowledge being gone by breakfast. And additionally, I’m going to ask you to watch and listen, okay? Because we’re going to have a lot of important visuals pop up on the slides. So I’m actually going to trick some of you cuz I know some of you are not going to watch. You’re just going to listen. I’m going to trick some of you later on and we’re going to see who’s actually watching and who’s listening. Okay? So, but type locked in if you’re with me. Type locked in in the chat if you’re with me. If you’re going to watch, listen, and you’re going to actually actively uh uh interact so that you actually learn this stuff once and for all. Okay, perfect. Perfect. Now, I am going to be teaching you the most important things tonight when it comes to winning on YouTube. Um, so if I don’t teach it, it’s probably because it’s not that important, honestly. With that being said, at the end, if you have any other questions, I’ll be able to answer all those questions as well. So, look at this. A venture capital firm called Slow Ventures just put money into three more creators. Um, this is real money and it’s 1 to3 million each for a stake in the business. Now, look at who they picked. A career advice creator, a guy in textile manufacturing, and an in and a commercial fisherman in Alaska. Very random. And, uh, look at this part. The fisherman is Kyle Lee. He runs a YouTube channel called Fisherman Kyle and it’s documenting what wild Alaskan fishing actually looks like. And he built a seafood company off the back of it. And he’s selling straight to people instead of through 10 middlemen. And a venture fund looking at a fishing channel bought equity in it. So think about what that means. Look at what the uh these three actually make, right? Career advice, how commercial fishing really works, how textiles get manufactured. That isn’t entertainment. That is teaching. Each one takes something that they know and explains it to people who want to understand it. And that’s what investors just bought into, right? So, the smartest people in the world, uh, you know, people that are investing millions of dollars, they see this opportunity as well. And here’s the thing, you don’t have to be funny. You don’t have to be famous. You don’t have to have insane charisma or do stunts or dances or be uncomfortable on camera, right? You just need to know one thing well enough to explain it. And the narrower that thing is, the more people who care about it will actually trust you. So narrow and useful isn’t the small version of this, it’s the asset. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. So type teach it in the chat if there’s one thing that you know well enough to explain to somebody else. Right? And I see a lot of people by the way who think like oh I’m not an expert on anything. I like almost like so many people think this and you you are. Okay? You’re an expert probably on like a dozen different things because you spent thousands of hours doing things in your life and just by happen stance, you might have done some of certain things than other things. And if you had a time machine and you could explain to the younger version of yourself something uh or or you just go back in time and like tell the younger version of yourself to not do certain things or to do certain things, would that give value to the younger version of yourself? Chances are the answer is of course yes. And if the answer is yes, then you can explain things to other people as well and help them. Okay, perfect. All right. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions, but then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. So, type burnt out if you felt this or not yet if you haven’t even started yet. Type burnt out in the chat if you felt this or not yet if you haven’t even started yet. Okay, I’m seeing a good amount of both, but it looks like there is more uh not yet than burnt out, but there there’s good amount of burntouts as well. Okay, got it. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part as a side note, um, anything you’ve ever heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze. that’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay, so I’ll kind of outline it a little bit with my mouse here. So that is making zero mistakes, not a single mistake. And that is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Okay, but actually it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. You can just go around the maze like this, right? Pretty clever. But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned from a young age that the fastest way to get from point A to point B is a straight line, right? And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely. Uh you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. Okay, that’s what I’m going to be doing tonight. So, type straight line if you want the straight line, but also realize that you might have to forget a lot of the stuff that you’ve already been told before cuz a lot of it is leading you in the wrong direction. Okay. Okay. Good stuff.

    I saw one comment that said that I’m freezing. Uh let me know if uh that’s a problem that a lot of people are having. Uh I think my internet is pretty good on this side. Okay. Now, one thing I want to say about this part right here, a lot of other YouTube advice out there. I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. Uh, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats uh right here. So, you can see that last year um they said that by 2034 the YouTube uh and the creator economy was going to be worth about $1 trillion, which is a massive industry, right? But then they revised that just 6 months later and they said that it was going to be worth 1.6 $6 trillion. So it grew that much in just a sixmonth period. And then you know the next year 2035 it’s going to be worth $2 trillion. Right? So it has grown that much in just the last year and the projections are just going up and up so much faster than even the experts predicted. Right? So this is growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it is not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. So, type money in the chat if you want a piece of that $2 trillion pie. Type money in the chat. Okay. Takes me like two minutes to scroll down here. Okay, I see it. Awesome. Awesome money. Good stuff. And today you will be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online business owners of course all all different types like coaches, freelancers, job seekers, uh stay-at-home parents, nineto-fers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies are SASS, location specific uh businesses like dental cosmetic clinics, financial advisors, law firms, uh other types of medical businesses as well. And of course, realtors, any any type of real estate related stuff works incredibly well on YouTube. Uh people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective uh by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners, even people with disabilities do this, right? So, this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible. So, you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing influencers, right? The dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. So, here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, by the way, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income and being transparent about this. But he’s got about four million subs and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American, right? With 4 million subscribers. He’s making about $3,700 a month. Um, so obviously you would expect somebody that has 4 million subscribers to be making a lot more than that, right? and he is one of the hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. I’m going to show you some examples later on. But there are also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. So, type got it in the chat if you get that views do not automatically equal money. This is something that is very, very important. It’s something that I see people mess up on all the time. They just assume that if you’re getting a lot of views, you’re making a lot of money. And that is not the case.

    Okay, perfect. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. and you’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because maybe you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first, you need that gear first, you need to be uh really good at editing or uh you need to have a really fancy set or any of those types of things, right? But you basically found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for uh a living because an example of a total beginner was my brother Zach. So, let’s see here.

    All right, we’ve got RN salesperson. Uh we got another nurse down here. Yeah. Okay. Uh love my nurses. Love my uh fellow medical professionals. Of course, I I came from a medical background myself. Um salesperson. We have a lot of people um that join our that are kind of business related, business finance, etc. related coder a lot of people join that are um in IT or tech educator another nurse legend that’s that’s your uh uh that that is your profession uh is is a legend I I love that Kobe good good stuff uh Michelle Welder awesome Daniel insurance agent Mary Joe accountant AJ business owner awesome Robert pilot okay very cool golf coach RN RN couple retired people healer Um, it retired teacher. Nice. Uh, bookkeeper, writing coach, pressure washing, consulting, IT, consultant, operations manager, interior design, IT. Awesome. Okay. So, yeah, the the types of people that are typically attracted and the types of people we typically want to work with because we we get a lot of people who apply to work with us, the types of people we typically accept are going to be highle professionals, people that have a lot of experience, so people that are a little bit on the older side, they actually have something to teach. uh or people that are like business owners, that kind of thing, or or they’re already YouTubers. So, those are the types of people we typically work with. And I’m so confident in the system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy and who’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use the system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel, cuz it is going to be different for a new channel versus an existing channel. um but aka a new channel versus somebody who already has a lot of subscribers, right? But last year, I decided that I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body is starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” He was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It is going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted, cuz he trusted me. Uh got 800,000 views, blew up his channel, he went from zero to full-time income in 29 days. Uh 29 days after posting that video, he made $214 in a single day. So that’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing as well. So he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more uh, you know, than what you make from AdSense. It kind of depends on the type of channel and the type of demographic that you are targeting with that channel. Um, but there’s people that can make a hundred times more, sometimes even more than that, um, than what they can make from AdSense. So, adsense, of course, are the ads that pop up on your channel, um, if you’ve ever watched YouTube and you’ve seen an ad, the creator gets 55% of the revenue generated, uh, from that ad, which is great. That’s awesome. But you don’t want to have to rely on that, right? That if that’s the only way you’re making money than then, you know, you don’t you don’t want to have to rely on that because there’s way better ways to make money in other ways, which we’ll talk about later on. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator. you want to use YouTube automation. So, there’s a very specific type of faceless channel that we recommend if you want to go faceless. And just to be very, very clear. We recommend showing your face. Okay, I’m going to say that right off the bat. Okay, we recommend showing your face. It is way easier. It is way better and there’s way more advantages to showing your face. With that being said, if you do want to start off, we have some people sometimes that want to start off anonymous or they don’t want to show their face right off the bat because they, you know, they they just don’t want to record with the camera yet. um and they want to just start off uh you know just maybe showing a slide on the screen or something, right? Um with that being said, there there there’s one particular way of doing it correctly that you can actually that works really well um without showing your face. Okay, so type face or faceless in the chat, whichever one you prefer. I want to see how many of you are in each bucket. We typically turn people away that uh want to do faceless content because we find that a lot of people who want to do faceless content, they’re interested in making like AI slop, just spamming the internet with AI slop. And you know, that’s that’s really not what we’re we’re trying to teach people to do here. Like I I’m not going to wake up in the morning and get excited about teaching people how to spam the internet with uh AI slop, right? So um but if you want to make faceless content that’s actually valuable, I can kind of show you how to do it. So here’s an example. So, I see most of you do want to make content where you’re showing your face here, but um here’s an example. Whiz of ecom, right? So, if you are going to do faceless content, this is kind of the blueprint for how to do it. So, this is one of our clients. He started off faceless. So, there’s a few things uh to to note about him. By the way, he got to seven figure uh seven figures a year with this channel uh faceless, right? So, and then after he he did he eventually did a face reveal. You can see it right here. Showed his handsome face and now he’s doing like multiple seven figures a year. He’s crushing it. He’s pretty close to eight figures now. Um, and of course like face showing your face is way better. But with that being said, he did get to about seven figures a year uh making faceless content. So what he did here is first of all, he had a cartoon character that represents him. This is really important, right? Because even if you’re going to, you know, use like like the the you know, not show your face. You want the other person to feel like there’s a real human being on the other side, right? So you still it’s still a personal brand because there they you want them to feel like there’s another human being on the other side that they’re talking to, not some kind of faceless entity. It could be some corporation that made the channel or it could be some random person, you know, from some foreign country that’s just, you know, making stuff up on on Claude or whatever, you know. So you want it to feel like there’s a real person, right? The second thing is you want to use a a uh your own voice, a your real voice. Okay? very important that you actually use your real voice, okay? Not an AI generated version of your voice, your actual real voice. Uh YouTube really is cracking down on people who use AI generated voices because it’s just so easy to just spam the internet. I mean I mean think about it like you could you could just make like a 5hour video with an AI generated voice and you could do it in like 30 seconds and like think about how much spam is out on the internet because of that. So you don’t really want to do that, right? That’s that’s not a good idea 99% of the time, right? um people get people are getting banned left and right, demonetized left and right doing that. So, we don’t recommend that you do that. We’ve had zero people get banned or demonetized in our community. And there’s a reason for that, right? And then the third thing is is you want to have this air of mysteriousness where basically you’re saying like, “Hey, once I get to 10,000 subscribers, I’m going to do a face reveal.” Something like that, right? So, you’re you’re very interesting and they’re wondering like, “Ooh, who is this person?” Like, you have this air of mysteriousness. And then once you get to a certain level, you’re you’re telling them that, yeah, I am going to do a face reveal. So they’ll subscribe to you because they want to figure out who you are later on, right? So those are the things that you uh want to do if you do want to start faceless. And this is kind of the blueprint for how to do that. Okay? So um again, we don’t teach people how to spam the internet. Okay? We’re not going to if that’s what you’re interested in, if you’re interested in making these AI clones spam the internet with this stuff, like that doesn’t work for one. Uh, and in the very rare cases where it does work, it’s very you’re probably going to get demonetized or banned very quickly. And in the very rare cases where it does work and and you don’t get demonetized or banned, what’s stopping literally anybody else in the world from just copying you like like cloning one for one? Nothing. That’s the answer. Nothing. There’s absolutely nothing stopping anyone else from copying you. And so even if it does work, uh, it’s only going to work for a very short period of time and then someone else is going to start copying you and then it’s just going to stop working, right? So I don’t teach people how to do that. It’s it’s a race to the bottom and yeah, so anyways, this is also for you if you tried YouTube before, but it didn’t work and your channel died, right? Maybe you uploaded for months or even years. You spent your nights and weekends filming and editing and every video got the same thing, which is maybe a few hundred views. Once in a while you might get a video that got like a few thousand or something, but no subscribers and no real money, right? So, you stopped and now that channel just sits there. You don’t even want to look at it anymore because every time you do it reminds you that it didn’t work. And maybe you’ve told yourself, “YouTube just isn’t for me.” So, type revive in the chat if you want to revive your dead channel because I want to show you someone who was in this exact spot. Right? So, this is Magda, right? This is a kidney nurse whose videos were stuck at a few hundred views for years. Not because she didn’t work hard, but it’s because she didn’t have a direction. and we helped her dial in her niche and package her videos properly and now she averages like $34,000 views a video and she just crossed 100,000 subscribers and she had her first $10,000 month just from AdSense alone which is awesome right and she even had more views than my channel last month which I thought was really cool so she actually the the the student surpassed the master I love it and I love to see that right that’s great and this is somebody who had a dead channel for a very very long time and now she’s absolutely crushing And she’s putting out really high quality information about, you know, you know, for for people who need help with their kidneys, which is amazing, right? This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, type clients if that’s you. If you want inbound clients without paid ads, clients in the chat. Speaking of business owners, nurse Magda uh owned a in-person uh kidney training facility. So, basically dialysis training facility. So she she gets a lot of people who want to work with her who want to be trained for diialysis, but she also has uh kind of a a second way that she monetizes her channel, which is basically more of a BTOC mass market way. And we helped her do that as well. But yeah, so we helped her on the business owner side and on the mass market side. Okay. See a lot of people there typing clients. So I would say that uh our clients that really make the most money, the ones that are really heavy hitters, they are usually the ones that sell a high ticket product or service. and they’re aka they get clients, right? So, um, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making $100,000 per month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies and just one YouTube channel and one company. And that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually, he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. He literally just has other people recording the videos. and now he spends zero hours a week on the channel. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can just have a system that takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, type authority if that’s you. If you want better opportunities or to be an authority in your niche, type authority in the chat.

    All right. Okay. So, the indirect benefits of YouTube, guys, like I know this is probably what a lot of you are not as interested in, but the indirect benefits are even more valuable than the direct benefits. Sorry, the intangible benefits are more valuable than the direct benefits because they say that your net worth is your net worth. And there’s a lot of truth to that. So, here’s a really a good example of becoming an authority and uh networking, right, using YouTube. So, Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. He talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it is literally harder to get into a fame company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually you have to apply to these jobs for years and then maybe you’ll get accepted after years of applying, right? But these companies were literally reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different f companies and ended up going with one of them for his dream job, a Fortune50 company where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, uh then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled it all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like this example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K per month, and then scaling his business. And I think this really illustrates the power of becoming an authority in your niche and the power of networking, right? um you know he got job offers like from the top most top tier companies in the world just by simply making useful content in his niche in his industry. Um and the same thing happened to me. I’ve gotten job offers like left and right. I’ve gotten job offers uh so many different things. I’ve I’ve gotten offers to invest in people’s companies. I’ve I’ve had literally 10igure companies reach out to me many many times to to work with me. Um and you know once in a while I do actually invest in one of these companies. one of the companies I invested in may end up getting sold for, you know, hundred million or even a billion dollars. Um, and, you know, I’ve also gotten to meet people that I never would have gotten to meet um, if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel. Um, I’ve gotten just just opportunity after opportunity. I’ve gotten invited to masterminds and to be speak on stages where everyone else is paying like $50,000 to be in the mastermind, but I get to be there and and speak on stage uh, for free, right? And I even get like a bunch of them end up becoming my clients a lot of the time as well. So just opportunity after opportunity after opportunity that I would have I wouldn’t have gotten if I didn’t have my YouTube channel. So the indirect benefits of YouTube are arguably even better than the direct benefits of YouTube. The indirect benefits of building your personal brand, establish establishing yourself as an authority, etc., etc. But you might be thinking, but Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail? Because most people do fail when they try to start on YouTube. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video because you have to endure the process because you know or three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. Right? So these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. And the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel at all. Okay? And guys, go ahead and type in the number of the myth that you believed. One, two, three, or four in the chat. Type the number of the myth that you believed. I’ll scroll down here and check it out. Okay, I’m seeing a lot of fours and a lot of ones. Yeah, a lot of fours. Okay, so you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. Uh, number one, you need to be an influencer. Okay, got it. Seeing a lot of fours, a lot of ones, seen some threes, all fours. A lot of people are saying like, you know, a lot of them. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Um, so just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Helmus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting that channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. So, we’re going to show that channel here in a moment. And these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon-to-be trilliondoll opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I, right? So, my name is Shane. I’m an ex-harist. I have a 1.7 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And uh I have several other YouTube channels as well. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. Those are just the ones that I helped from absolute scratch. Like meaning they had no YouTube channel, no business, and I helped them get to 100K per month. I’ve helped countless other people uh that already had something going on, right? So they already had a YouTube channel or they already had a business uh get to 100K plus per month or even significantly higher than that, a million dollar a month, etc. And I’ve also helped countless other people uh just start side hustles because a lot of people just want to make like a few thousand a month or or some much smaller goal like like5 or $10,000 a month, right? So, side hustles, second incomes, oneperson businesses, things that build into a full business later on, but can make money right now as well. I’ve helped countless people in that situation as well. I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube specifically for businesses. So, basically treating YouTube like a business. And one of the biggest things that involves, of course, is helping people solve problems because that’s what business is all about is helping people solve problems. So, here’s a company that I worked with, just as an example. I mentioned them before, course Careers. They like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to them and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. I’m also on their board of adviserss. So yeah, really cool company and uh you know they might end up getting sold for hundred million or even a billion dollars. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals and one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks, I was even homeless at one point. And I did what society told me to do, right? Um, you know, because I didn’t want to be poor anymore. And by the way, this is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in for about 6 months uh in Lawrence, Kansas, where I was homeless for about 6 months. And uh so yeah, I did what society told me to do cuz I didn’t want to be poor anymore. I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to make this happen. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or watch movies or whatever, but at least I had some free time. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money, right? Because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So on top of being burnt out and everything else, I was also in fear of my physical safety. Okay, so here’s one of the videos of us getting robbed. Um, so overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how burnt out, and how anxious I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I just, you know, I started trying just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, drop shipping, uh, Amazon FBA, SMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. You name it, I probably tried it, right? Here’s one of them that I tried, the booty kit. Okay, a little bit embarrassing, but it’s basically an at home workout thing, so you can work out your your booty at home. Um, and I tried selling this on Shopify, uh, you know, drop shipping as well as Amazon FBA. And I had a little bit of success here and there with a lot of these side hustles, but nothing sustainable, right? I pretty much failed almost all of them. I I couldn’t make any of them sustainable. And a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things and, you know, just having shiny object syndrome, which is pretty common. Um, but as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views, right? Another way of saying this is you need distribution. Okay, so this is a key term that they use in business. Uh when you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people know that you exist. It’s kind of like owning the shelves on a at a store. People are going to go to the store to buy stuff. And if you own the shelves, you can put whatever products or services you want on those shelves, whether they’re yours or somebody else’s, and you have distribution at that point, right? Um so type distribution in the chat if that makes sense. None of these work without distribution, right? Nobody can buy from you if they don’t know that you exist. Like that’s that’s that’s kind of like a fundamental proof. Like nobody can buy your products and services or buy the products and services that you recommend if they don’t know that you exist, right? So none of these side hustles work if nobody knows you exist. And they all work if you if people actually know you exist, aka if you have distribution, right? This is very very important to understand. Okay, this is the key reason that most people fail is because they simply don’t have distribution. You could have the best product or service in the world, but if nobody knows it exists, doesn’t matter. Nobody’s going to buy it. But yeah, because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again at that time, I was basically a house full of seven guys. And one of the guys that I met, you know, I was trying to save money. He moved here from Lebanon and he was an immigrant and his name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business and he barely even knew English. and he started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month from his YouTube channel and I think it was less than 10,000 subscribers at the time as well as his wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, I’d spent a lot of time in LA. I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers, had a lot of subscribers, and they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money. They were all broke. And so I was like, Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? And you know, cuz he was the first person that I ever saw to actually do this. And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like, you know, 10 to 20,000 subscribers or less. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have like a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. Now, you might be thinking, Shane, you’re exaggerating. There’s no way you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And you’re right, I am exaggerating in the opposite direction because here’s an example of somebody who got a couple hundred views and made a $100,000 from a video. This is Carla, right? So, she This is one of our community members, Carla. So, she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a small channel about 1500 subscribers at a time. And you can see her videos here, 17 views, 156, 158, 130. Uh, best video was 215 views, right? So, she’s not getting that many views. And she’s also not uploading that many videos, right? Uh but she made a video that got a couple hundred views. Um and she landed $106,000 a year ongoing contract. And if they renew, it’ll uh end up being $200,000 any, you know, ongoing, right? And in her niche, it’s very common for people to renew because her niche is basically placing talent in businesses and then overseeing that talent. And the number one expense for businesses is hiring, right? They spend more on labor than any other expense. And so businesses often times if you get a contract with them and you do a good job, they’re just going to keep hiring more people through you. So there’s actually a very good chance this might turn into a $200 or even $300,000 contract over the years if they renew. And so uh yeah, but she, you know, at the very least it’s a $100,000 contract and she got it from a video that got about a hundred views, right? So, uh, yeah, when I say you can make $10,000 with a video that only gets a few hundred views, I’m I’m not exaggerating. I’m actually exaggerating in the opposite direction, right? Because we there’s extreme examples of people who make even a lot more than that. There’s even one person I know, they want to remain anonymous, but they’re in a niche where they have less than a,000 subscribers and they made over $500,000 last year, right? They want to remain anonymous because they’re basically the only person doing it and they don’t want other people to know about it, right? But they’re inside of our community. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. So, I know how to play the views game with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video, and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $31,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last week that got less than 10,000 views but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So that is kind of the secret because listen, it is way easier for me to reproduce the video that only got 8,000 views but made $48,000 than to reproduce the video that got 4 million views but only made about $30,000. So type more in the chat if you want to get less views but make more money. type more in the chat.

    Okay, awesome. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about 3 years ago, right? So, this is about uh three Septembers ago. Um made about $283,000. This was before I ever taught anybody how to do YouTube, right? So, this was when I was running a business where I was helping people get remote jobs. And we helped thousands of people. We literally have thousands of verified testimonials of people uh getting remote jobs. Like I think we have over a thousand video testimonials of people that we help get remote jobs, which is pretty awesome. So we help thousands and thousands of people do that. Um anyway, I made it to about $283,000 uh uh in a single month doing that. So multiple seven figures a year. Then the next year, um this is when I started actually teaching people how to do YouTube. Made it to about $325,000 uh in a single month. And then the year after that, it was about a million dollars in a single month. Now, I’m not trying to say this to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because I have started multiple 7igure businesses from YouTube. And there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there who are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves. And they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers, teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never done it outside of just teaching YouTube. But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And I didn’t have to fake it till I made it. My first channel had nothing to do with YouTube. It was helping people land their dream remote jobs. U and we help people grow their personal brands, land those jobs. And we have thousands of documented, verifiable testimonials to prove it, right? And uh that’s before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Um, here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s me in the San Juan Islands, just off of, uh, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, uh, whale watching, orca watching specifically. And we did see some orcas that day, which was awesome. They swam under the boat. Now, I choose to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube, but I only have to work 4 hours a week. And there’s been many cases where I’ve gone a month or even two months at a time without working at all. And during one of those stretches, I actually had a pretty serious health issue that I, you know, I couldn’t really work with. And I spent zero hours on my business that entire two-month period, right? Uh, and that business actually grew. No inerson employees, no office, and I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up, right? So, type four hours in the chat if you want a business that only needs four hours a week. Right? type four hours in the chat because that’s what this is designed for. This is designed to make a YouTube business that only requires it build a system that only requires 4 hours a week from you. Okay? But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of, but once in a while I would create a video just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I’d watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but not for most channels. So, I decided once every six months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Hey, Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it works for my niche, but not for other people’s niches. But, I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. So I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and it was a very diverse set of people, right? There’s a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., right? Just on and on, right? The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience. Most of them had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. They were complete beginners, right? And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros. Same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different, and they all do require some tweaking. Uh there are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the craziest thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels, right? And so I was basically uh spreading my impact way further than I ever would have been able to on my own. Probably a hundred or even a thousand times further than I would have been able to on my own. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, our goal was to get to $10,000 a month. We ended up making $42,000 a month. So, uh if you can see right here, 42,000 uh in that first month. Uh that was $1,736 uh per 1,000 views in the first month. So, that is uh you know, and 24,000 total views, right? Uh so, yeah, 24,000 views made 42,000 right off the bat. That is $1,736 per 1,000 views. Now, let’s put this in perspective, okay? Entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I would have done like a Mr. Beast style entertainment channel and I would have gotten that same amount of views, 24,200, I would have made about $24 to $73. Not great, right? Definitely not not so good. Then you’ve got education channels. And education channels in this is like a mass market education channel. So you can think like Veritasium or something like that, right? Or maybe Mark Robber. So this type of channel makes about $20 per 10,000 views. So that’s right off the bat that is like way better than entertainment content. So right off the bat they’re making like 10 times more money than uh entertainment channels. But still 24,000 views at $20 per 1,000 views. That would be about $484 total. Okay. But with my second channel, which I like to call a niche authority channel or a niche education channel, uh that’s properly monetized, we made about $1,736 per 10,000 views. That was $42,000 uh right off the bat in the first month. Now, one thing I’ll say about this channel is this was just the first month. We actually got this channel to $4,000 per 10,000 views or even above that. Um there were even some months I think we were doing about 6,000 to 8,000 per 10,000 views, right? So it got it just kept going up from there. Now, you can do a little bit more mass market education channel and you can properly monetize your content and still make a heck of a lot more money than this. So, just as an example, on my main channel, it has 1.7 million subscribers now and I make about $400 per 1,000 views on average. And this is despite the fact that honestly I talk about whatever I want on the channel now because I can. But I started the channel off niche and that’s the important thing. I started off very very niche and that’s what I highly highly recommend that you do. And later on you can make the decision if you want to talk about uh different stuff or go more mass market, expand your niche, pivot niches, etc. And I’ve done that many times on my channel. And that’s definitely something that you can do. But what I recommend people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to start with uh stay with a niche subject uh if you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something we’ll talk about here in a moment. So let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, these are people that just kind of stayed niche. Um, so they they started off niche and then they stayed niche. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 43 to $119,000 a month according to view stats. And uh usually these tools actually underrepresent how much money people are making, especially with educational content cuz they they’re made for entertainment channels. Um, so for instance, if you look at my channel right now, it’ll probably say that I’m making like $10 to $20,000 a month, but we actually made about $50 to $60,000 last month from AdSense. So, it’s definitely underestimating how much people are making because educational channels make more money even just from AdSense alone. So, let’s just say he’s making about $43 to $119,000 a month from AdSense alone. And if he’s properly monetizing even remotely well with other methods, he could be making $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. That’s actually quite conservative. And that would mean that he’s making about 136 to $273,000 a month from this channel total. That’s again very conservative, extremely conservative estimate. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload a single video in 177 days. So, over 5 months since he’s uploaded his last video at the time of uh screenshotting this. And uh he’s been making this much money passively without uploading anything. And that’s because he has been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Okay? So, comment passive in the chat if you want to make passive income because he has a whole portfolio of these videos. They’re almost like little pieces of digital real estate. Every time somebody has a problem, you know, for instance, some poor soul is about to take a a math test where they have to know the derivatives of inverse hyperbolic composite trig functions, uh they’re going to go to YouTube and and they’re going to go to Google and they’re going to watch this video and, you know, he’s going to help them solve that problem, right? And uh so he has basically been uploading these videos for a long time. Each of video is like a little piece of digital real estate where people are just going to continue searching for the solutions to these problems uh for decades most likely. And he’s just going to continue making money off these videos for decades. And that little bit of, you know, each video he posts might make him a couple dollars a day, right? But a few dollars passively, right? A couple dollars a day passively, you know, cuz they’ll probably get an initial spike. they’ll get some views and then they kind of like get a few views after that. So, it’ll be a couple dollars a day passively, but that little bit of money adds up. And it might be a few dollars per day, but when you have a hundred videos or a thousand videos, it really adds up. So, here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I’m not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products and services. And that is his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him. Okay? And that’s one thing that I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing but he recorded it with a camera and he posted online so instead of helping one person at a time he could help thousands you know tens of thousands hundreds of thousands maybe even millions at a single time right now this is the craziest story of all and that’s Physics Walla so he came from a small village in India uh and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are uh he’s got like blurred faces uh looks like it’s recorded with a potato terrible lighting can’t even see the whiteboard uh it didn’t matter right he started making these videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future so it basically determines what schools you get into what careers you can get into etc etc and it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US and he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests and at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff so let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India and standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called PhysicsWala and it’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion, right? And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos and he is probably richer than Mr. Beast and that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So, type no excuses if physics wallet just killed your my setup isn’t good enough excuse because if someone who came from India, a poor family in India, uh could make a billion dollar company from YouTube, like starting off as a YouTuber, you can definitely make a few thousand dollar a month of, you know, side hustle income or a second income uh starting from YouTube as well. If if you’re, you know, watching this from a first world country, right, it is an amazing story. Yep. Prime just said it was an amazing story. I I agree. It’s an incredible story. Right now, this is an exact is this real? Of course, this is not realistic. Like this is a total outlier example, someone becoming a billionaire. Um, but it’s just to illustrate like if someone can come from a third world country, they’re making more money than Mr. Beast and when they’re making niche educational content, they’re making more money than Mr. Beast does, even though most of you probably didn’t know who he was before I introduced you to him, right? Um, so this just illustrates like came from a third world country, making more money than Mr. Beast. um you know getting way less views, having way less followers, being way less known, way less well-known. This illustrates the power of educational content, right? Actually solving people’s problems. That’s how you actually have an impact. If you just kind of entertain people, it’s kind of like, you know, a little bit of entertainment here and there, you’re not really having that much of an impact on their life. And arguably, you might even be wasting their time because it’s kind of like brain rock content, right? Okay. Uh good stuff. Good stuff. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this and there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s probably because it’s not important. So type formula in the chat if you if you got the formula. So now we have the foundations laid and it’s very important that you understand the foundations, right? This is kind of like launching a rocket, right? You you cannot launch a rocket off the side of a hill. You have to have really good foundations before you launch that rocket. Okay? Um and so we have the foundations laid right now and you hopefully you understand this if you’ve been paying attention. Um and it’s it’s very important to understand this. But now let’s talk about the actual rocket itself, the formula. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now we call this the niche 2.0. Now generally speaking, there are three niche categories out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of niche categories outside of that and a lot of niches in general and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche category to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what I want you to do is I want you to pick a niche. Now, by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. So just comment what you think your niche is in the comment section. And don’t comment health, wealth, or relationships because that is a niche category, right? Go deeper than that. Okay. Um, I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. Let me scroll down here. Okay. Change travel, nonprofit management. Uh, Maria says project management. Awesome. Paul, health. Uh, Steve, probate pro. That’s a really, really good niche. Uh, Christopher Tech. Uh, Karen cleaning.

    Lawrence, business data management. Uh, Robert, insurance. Awesome. That’s also a really good niche. Business data management. It’s great as well. I’ve seen a lot of really good niches. Niches here, guys. This is awesome. Kristen, immigration. Uh, Kobe, cloud code coach. Uh, Anna, Faith, Michael, life transformation. Beverly investor. Andrea, vocal technique experts. Awesome. We have a a vocal coach in the program already, Isaiah. He’s gotten great results. Bill automotive. Maria pathology. Interesting niche. Okay, Richard, health, wealth, and relationship. Okay, that’s that’s no. Richard, you didn’t get the the message. Uh, Steven, travel. Uh, John, formula. Rob, uh, helping teachers use AI. Sandy, luxury travel. Really good niche. Luxury travel is a very, very good niche. Uh, Don, technology career path. Awesome. Great niche as well. Jennifer, you when when I’m saying these these great n like I mean it’s the the direction is correct. You still want to get a niche hypothesis statement, which we’ll we’ll help you with here in a bit, but I like the direction at least. Okay. Small business owner, accounting, awesome. Managerial RN careers. Very cool. Um, awesome. Awesome. One person said, “I’m a jack of all trades, master of none.” A lot of people think that and that’s just not true. So, if you’ve spent, for instance, if you spent more than like a few years in any career, then you are actually an expert on that cuz you spent thousands of hours doing the career. So, you’re automatically an expert. that you you know more than 99.9%. So, it’s almost impossible to be like actually a jack of all trades. There’s chances are you’re an expert on like 12 or 15 different things. Okay. Okay. So, I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche. That’s exactly what happened. And I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that that market has. Right? So, uh the market is going to be X. Then you pick one problem. Now, uh that market might have three problems or 300 or 3,000 different problems just in one market alone. You’re not trying to solve all 3,000 problems. Okay? You are going to solve one problem that they have. Okay? That you’re just going to pick one big problem. A big problem, a painful problem, a problem that uh isn’t being solved very well right now. Okay? Okay, you’re going to pick that one problem and then you are going to find a specific solution to that problem. So the problem is Y, the solution is Z. So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. And then the Z part is going to be I help X overcome Y by doing Z. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people X and then you establish that they are having a problem Y that isn’t being solved very well. and you’re going to help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. So, type niche 2.0 if you understand why a one-word niche isn’t a niche. You need a market and a specific problem inside of that market. Type niche 2.0 in the chat. Very, very important to do this. Okay, awesome. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients. I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a a little bit more on the mass market channel side, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. Usually they’re going to be students because they’re studying for a test or something like that, right? So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. So this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a very long time, and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or get certifications in accounting. So this would be kind of like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and get certifications. Um so physics walla but instead of being in India it’s in the US and instead of being for physics it’s for accounting. So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So, that’s another business owner that I know who’s making multiple seven figures a year. Okay. So, who’s in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry- level job. That’s the market. And that is different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones because people who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not necessarily want to get an accounting job, right? So, it’s totally different content and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Now, by the way, this is the third level and um you know, I could do I’m going to go five levels total. I could do 50, 500, maybe even 5,000 uh different, you know, examples of this of niche hypothesis statement just in the accounting niche alone. Okay? Just in the accounting niche alone. Um, so you can see why all of these are different. Like the way that you would talk about these things, the type of content you would make are different for all of these niche hypothesis statements. Now, fourth level, people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make $200 or even $300,000 a year. So it’s totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire better accountants, the right accountants. Okay, so hiring and placing accountants in businesses specifically. So in this particular case, you are targeting business owners or people who make hiring decisions inside of businesses. uh specifically the ones that need to hire accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So uh even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content you’re going to be making is going to be completely different for all these different ones. So for instance, a video example here would be how to hire the best accountants, right? So if you’re accounting student or you’re someone who’s like brushing up on their accounting, you’re probably not interested in how to hire accountants, right? like that’s not something you’re interested in, right? So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them overcome. It’s incredibly important, right? This is the foundation of how everything works. You know, it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting. Um, but you can see how different all of these different niche hypothesis statements are and how different the videos that you would make to target that avatar is, right? Just like all these people for instance, you know, and before you you saw this, you probably would have thought like, oh, it’s, you know, this is all accounting, right? Uh all these examples that I showed, just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that valuable. If you thought that was valuable and if you want the niche validator GPT, both cloud version and chat GPT that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while, it’s going to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Either pick one in the first place or if you already have one, it’s going to help you make it 10 times better. Okay, perfect. All right. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people, but you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you’re going to have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator, but when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with your niche hypothesis statement. I help X do Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else, right? So, type in I am the niche in the chat if you get it. Type in I am the niche. Say it loud and proud. I am the niche. Okay?

    Right? Because you guys you guys might have noticed that I can talk about whatever I want on my channel at this point, right? And you might have noticed maybe some of your favorite big YouTubers can also talk about whatever they want, right? You’re thinking, Shane, they didn’t pick a niche, right? But actually, they did. Okay, so if you look back at the beginning of almost any content creator that you really like and sometimes their videos will be public, sometimes they actually made them private, but you can always look look them up with the way back machine, right? So that’s a a tool you can use online called the way back machine. You can look up what the internet looked back looked like back in time, right? So here’s an example. Alexi when he first started posting on his YouTube channel four years ago his niche hypothesis statement was I help gyms do marketing and sales and now he can talk about anything right now obviously he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses but now he can talk about his unconventional diet this is why you’re not happy talks about uh his book launches he talks about how to stop wasting time and yeah I mean now he can talk about anything that he wants but the point is is that he started niche and if he tried to do that from the beginning he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right Now, he started off being the king of a puddle. Then they became the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, and then a river, and then the sea, and then the ocean, right? And that’s what we always tell our clients to do is to start off as the king or queen of a puddle first, right? And then you can expand from there, but you got to start small. You have to start niche. Uh but don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it and evolve it over time. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method because that’s another mistake that people make is they start their channel niche and they name it something for instance where you could just you can never talk about anything else on your channel if you name it incorrectly. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. There’s so many different directions you can go both in terms of your content and the topics as well as how much money you can make with your channel. So, AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Roszie, for instance, opened up basically like an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in, and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, you could do digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you uh watching your channel, right? Because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems so they see you as an authority. Not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. Now, by the way, guys, comment which one uh which one of these is your favorite uh the one that you think is uh going to be your main monetization method. So it’ be one, two, actually you can just go AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, membership, SAS, or high ticket offers. Just go ahead and comment those whichever one uh you you uh prefer.

    Okay. All right. I see a lot of high ticket offers here. I see a lot of AdSense. Yep. Okay. Affiliate marketing is coming in there as well. Okay. Very cool. Job opportunities. Very cool. Okay. High ticket AdSense and affiliate membership SAS. Cool. Cool. Awesome. So, I’ll just tell you guys um you know, AdSense is great because it’s just passive. You just you just have to enable it once you become a part of the YouTube partner program. You just press a button and it’s just automatic basically. So, AdSense is great because it’s passive. Uh affiliate marketing is also really nice because it’s also quite passive. You just have to, you know, figure out the right products and services that your audience wants. uh you know the ones that you have vetted and you make sure that they’re actually good and then you just basically promote those products and services and that’s it. You don’t have to do anything else except for promote them. So that’s what makes affiliate marketing so nice. Um sponsorships are a little bit more work um but they can be pretty good too. And then we’ve seen a lot of people the the clients that have had the most success do high ticket offers. So, this is the one that we’ve we’ve seen the clients that make it to, you know, 100K per month, uh, you know, $1 million a month, that kind of thing. They typically do high ticket offers. We’re also seeing memberships, uh, being quite successful recently as well. We have some clients that have made it to a million dollars a month doing memberships as well, but most of the ones that have made it, you know, to really big numbers are doing high ticket offers. Uh, so, but honestly, they all work and every niche is a little bit different and it really just requires you to kind of just know your niche and that’s what we can help you do. Okay, awesome. So, let’s just give an example uh here of a hybrid personal brand. So, Doug Deiro launched this website called carsandbbits.com. And if you weren’t familiar with Doug Deir, he’s basically a car review YouTuber. He’s a very large he has a very large YouTube channel. He’s been doing this for over 10 years now where he basically just reviews cars. You’ve probably seen him before. Um, but he started this website called carsandbids.com and he ended up selling the website for about $80 million. But here’s the interesting part. So, this was an online car auction website. And when he first started on YouTube, online car auction was such a tiny niche. I mean, it was so small. It was almost not even worth doing because everybody who did car auctions just did in-person car auctions cuz that’s way more fun, right? You get to go, you get to actually sit in the car, you get to see it in person, etc., etc. But during COVID, you couldn’t do in-person auctions anymore. And this niche absolutely exploded. It got really big. And he was positioned in such a way that he was able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel, and then sell it for $80 million. But the whole point here is this. When Doug first started his channel, he had absolutely no idea that an online car auction website was going to be his big break, right? I promise you, he had no idea that that was going to be the the thing that worked really well for him, right? And this is a secret way of building your channel where as things happen in the world, as products and services that you sell change or the ones that your market wants change, uh, as the popularity of certain things changes, as trends happen in the world, as you grow and evolve as a human being because we are all growing, breathing, evolving human beings. And we should have a business and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve with us. You know, you might change your interest over time or you might change what type of content you want to make over time. You want to build your YouTube channel in such a way where it can evolve with you, right? So, this gives you the ultimate advantage, which is a channel that can adapt to changing circumstances. That’s the ultimate advantage you can possibly have. And that’s the way that you want to build your YouTube channel and your business. And by the way, when we say YouTube channel, obviously this is about YouTube, but we also build it so that the YouTube channel is the center and then you can syndicate your content to the other platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram, etc. And we’ve been doing this with extreme success. And AI does about 95% of the heavy lifting. So it’s pretty much automated or semi-automated as well. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, that’s just wrong. So here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. Uh he was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. and he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, but he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people who wanted to work with him immediately. And that is a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right? as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients that I’ve ever worked with. He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and he was basically working like 60 to 80 hours a week. Had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So, yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. So, type 2 hours in the chat. If you can find 2 hours a month for this, that two hours in the chat. Now, by the way, just to be very clear, guys, we recommend four hours a week, that’s a really good sweet spot. Um, you know, four hours a week. We’ve seen a lot of people have success with that. But in extreme examples, like if you’re a very busy business owner or you’re extremely busy, um you know, it might take a little bit longer, but you can get to two hours in a in a single month. Typically, that require requires you to build out a system that’s just very streamlined, uh to get to that level. Here’s another example. Guy, this one’s a really cool story. So, he’s disabled, he has tenitus, uh which is constant ringing in the ears. A lot of veterans have this. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran. And it is very debilitating. So, he made this channel with a goal of just making a couple extra thousand a month, $1 to2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement. So, that was his version of Rich. And he made it to $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And that was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. Now, he’s getting close to 13,000 subscribers. But the whole point is he hit his goal, which is $1 to $2,000 a month with less than 500 subscribers. So, if you think you can’t make money from YouTube with a small channel, you absolutely can. and he got to his goal with less than 500 subscribers. Now, one more thing about him. This is a really beautiful story and it happens a lot in our program and our community. Life gave him lemons and he turned those lemons into lemonade. So, I told you some, you know, some very common examples of people that we get results for are people that just kind of use the skills that they learned in their career, whether it’s helping people get into the career or just helping people do the career or just skills related to something that they already knew really well in their career. Another really common one is uh problems that you’ve overcome in your past. So if you’ve had problems in your past, you’ve been able to manage them, overcome them, uh you know, treat them, etc. Uh these are things that you can help other people with. And that’s exactly what uh Guy was able to do here, which is which is awesome, right? So if you have problems in your life, you can help other people with what you’ve learned solving those problems and make their lives better as well. So one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, which is to start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video idea. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So, type icon if you want to know more about the icon method. Type icon in the chat.

    All right, let’s see who’s paying attention. Okay, so a few people here are listening and not watching because they typed icon as IC O N. Told you guys I was going to trick you later on. All right, so this is a little bit of a weird spelling, right? IC Ahn, icon. Um, but yeah, that’s that’s how his name is spelled, the icon method. Um, but yeah, so this is an incredibly powerful method. Um, I discovered it basically from studying people in the finance industry such as Carl Icon. And uh, I was the first person to ever do this on YouTube. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers, that’s important, right? It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers. Uh, because if they have a big channel and they have a big audience that follows them, that audience is probably going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, it’s important that they have a lot of views despite coming from a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay? Very important that the video itself is mediocre or preferably bad. You don’t want to choose some kind of Netflix, you know, documentary style quality video. All right? You want the video to be mediocre or preferably bad. Okay? So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is in better focus than his face. His audio is really bad. and he was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees and yet he still got 760,000 views even though it was an objectively bad video. This was the thumbnail by the way right here. Then what you want to do is you want to steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now. Uh guys, this is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue forever again. And once you get this down, giving value, quite literally, your videos will do all the work for you. So, type nice in the chat if you thought the icon method was valuable. Type nice. Nice. Okay. Very cool. All right. Cheryl put nice with a few ease. Very cool. All right. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. So, type ready. If you’re ready to hear what it takes, type ready in the chat. All right.

    Super ready, says Ethel. Nice. All right. With no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing without having to show your face all the time. No expensive gear or software. No burnout or guesswork. No algorithm chasing. No spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, one day per month content workflow, and scalable monetization from day one, plus top tier coaching behind 7igure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer, right? So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now or you can type in go.shenhum.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. Um uh but some of them you don’t even uh you’ll get all of these uh when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, guys, if you know somebody who’d be great at this, share this with them. your cousin, a family member, a friend, etc. Send them this link because we can teach them how to do it the right way instead of spinning their wheels for years. We’ve literally had two sisters join together before and I just interviewed them recently. One of them, her name was Farah. Uh, and then her sister is just right behind her. So, Farah is already making a full-time income, almost six figures a year with her YouTube channel. And her sister is just behind her. She’s making like three to$4,000 a month with her YouTube channel. I’m probably going to interview her sister here pretty well, uh, too. So, that’s pretty awesome. We had two sisters join. Both of them are getting great results and making full-time incomes. So, we’ve also had an entire group of like ladies join together, like a ladies friend group, which was really cool, too. Um, so yeah, um, go ahead and, uh, you know, send this link to them. We do prefer if they actually attend our live training first, just so they have kind of a good idea of what we teach and stuff. But yeah, you can go ahead and send this link to them. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And you guys should only book one call. So, one person, one email, and one call. Booking two does not get you anything extra. The bonuses are tied to you, not to how many calls that you book. All a second booking does is take a slot away from someone else here on this workshop. And our team cancels duplicates anyways. So, you might even lose the time that you actually wanted. So, if you accidentally book twice, just keep the time that you like and then cancel the other one. And guys, of course, almost every time we do this, uh, we’re fully booked. So, we couldn’t even open up more slots even if I wanted to. We have way more people who want to join our program than we can even have people take calls to join the program. Um, this is you applying to join the program and us seeing if we’re a good fit to work together. That’s what this call is. With that being said, the call is free and it is valuable. You will get value out of this call whether we choose to work with you or not or whether we’re a good fit to work together or not, right? Um, so, uh, we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. So, I suggest you book now while you can cuz once I drop those bonuses, people are just going to swarm the calendar. So, go to go.shane.com/coaching, shanhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between um uh being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section. Um, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. This is actually when I ask people these first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. people are just obsessed with that one. And then also the mindset section and the core foundations. Um and even though a lot of people, you know, don’t really think that they need the core foundations before they start um they end up loving this one. And another thing I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people it takes five, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable and you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here, finding the right video ideas. And by the way, just got word the slots are almost gone. Uh we had I believe 29 open and we already had 52 submissions from from the numbers I’m seeing right here. So uh slots are almost gone. Uh we typically we only accept about 18% of people who apply to book a call with us. We like accept them to even have a call on these live trainings. It’s usually a little bit higher. Um but yeah uh we we do have a limited amount of uh slots here. Um yeah so uh go ahead and click that link in the chat right now. Get your slot. So the next one is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So all three of these need to be good. And you also want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Okay, that’s actually even more important than being good is making sure that it’s kind of like an arrow. They all need to be pointing in the same direction. They need to be congruent with each other and work together. So, it’s actually better to have like, let’s just say three uh eight out of 10 title, thumbnail, and intro that are all pointing in the same direction than to have a 10 out of 10 title, thumbnail, and intro, but they’re pointing in opposite directions. It’s actually significantly better to do that. And that’s this is something that a lot of people miss out. Additionally, we teach you to make this in such a way where you’re attracting the right views, not just views. Okay? And that’s another thing that’s really important cuz not all, you know, thousand views are equal. One person getting a,000 views might make $10,000. Another person getting a,000 views might make $1, right? So, not all views are equal. And we designed this to attract the right views, which makes our method totally different than anyone else’s method. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother, who got his video to 800,000 views, only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work, you know, 4 hours a week or less on your channel, right? Or if you’re a very busy business owner, you could even work like 2 hours a month, just show up one time per month, record the videos, and then literally everything else is taken care of for you. Or if you want to outsource the recording and have somebody else be the face of your business, you could even have them uh just completely outsource it to the point where you’re spending zero hours a week or a month on your business. Right? So, this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Now, uh I think we might have a few slots left. Um we may have opened up some more slots. So, like I said, we had about 29 and we have 135 total submissions now. So, I think we may have opened up a few more slots here, but yeah, click the link in the chat right now um to to lock your slot in. And that’s just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time, like Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run chat or cloud, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Now, out of curiosity, type in the chat which AI do you actually prefer to use? I’m curious which AI which AI you guys like. Our favorite um now all the AIs have their their pluses and their minuses. Our favorite for content creation by far is Claude. For content creation, Claude is the best for anything creative content creation etc. Uh writing that kind of thing. Claude is absolutely amazing. It’s really really good. Chat GPT is probably the second best. Um and you know that’s why we we make tools for both. Catch is also quite good for um it kind of goes back and forth, but it’s quite good for coding. And then um descript is a really good video editor that integrates AI. And then uh even even something like Grock, for instance, I see if you know a few people posted Grock here. Even something like Grock, it’s really good if you’re making news style content. So, if you’re making content where you’re covering the news, Grock might be the best one just because it gets that instant access to news that’s coming out because you, you know, obviously someone can tweet a piece of news faster than somebody can make like a video or or an article on the news, right? So, Grock is really good for that. Yeah. Okay, cool. So, I’m seeing a lot of Claude. I’m seeing some uh chatbt. I’m seeing some Gemini, some of the other ones, too. And uh yeah, Gem Gemini can be pretty pretty solid as well. Um there there’s some things that Gemini is quite good at, too. Uh you know, Gemini is Google and they have access to a lot of data. So, there’s certain things that they can be quite good at as well. So, good stuff. Okay. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another person finally got to 100,000 subscribers. Another one just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers and 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers. So, this is not a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of them. So, this is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now and we’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a good fit, map out what it would actually take to get you results like this, and uh yeah, see if we’re a good fit to work together. So, go to go.shade.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now and we’ll see if we’re a good fit to work together and we’ll probably select a few of you to join uh the uh the community. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. Uh, this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. This person has been posting on YouTube for well over 5 years. They never had a single video get over 100,000 views. And you can see because there’s no shaded region right here. Right? So, the shaded region is actually so low that it blends in with the x-axis. So, they never had a single video get more than 100,000 views. their typical video got uh you know 176,000 less than this and then they posted their first video with us and it got over 180,000 views and all these people are crushing it as well. Right? This person closed about four out of five calls that they booked right here. Um they even ended up closing the fifth call later on. U this person had no sales experience whatsoever. So if you’ve ever done sales calls um the leads that you’re getting from YouTube are going to be like the easiest leads to close of all time. So, if you’re doing the calls yourself, it’s going to be obviously a lot better because the closer they’re people are going to show up and you almost have like a mini celebrity effect when you’re on the call. Um, so they’re going to be very very happy to see you and they’re going to buy quite easily. Or if you’re having other people close the calls, it’s it’s just going to be like it’s almost like they’re a cashier, right? They don’t even have to be a salesperson. They’re just a cashier. People are already ready to buy. You just have to have the person take the call, honestly. Just see if they’re a good fit to join your program or not. So, it’s more of a discovery call rather than like a sales call, right? So, like we hear people all the time, for instance, with us saying, you know, oh my gosh, the call was so valuable and it’s like, you know, your salesperson didn’t even try to sell me on the call. It’s like, yeah, we you like we don’t we we have way more people that want to join our program than we even have room for. So, we’re going to give value uh on the call whether you know whether we we have you join or not, but um you know, there’s only a few certain types of people that we look for to actually work with, right? This person right here is number one in their niche. So, this is what I would refer to as a category king. Um so, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in our program. This person is a category king in a very, very competitive niche. So, this is one of the most competitive niches on YouTube, if not the most competitive one. and they they got over 8 million views, mostly long form, so they’re number one in their niche. And they made over $50,000 just from AdSense. They made over $4.5 million last month. So, um, and we’re number one. We’ve been working with them ever since they were making, you know, low seven figures, right? So, we help them with that. Um, this person right here, total beginner, started off about a month and a half before this, and you can see that they already got incredibly good results in about a month and a half, right? plus 8,000 subscribers, 909 953 uh dollars just from AdSense alone. And this is just showing their their stats on YouTube. They can make a lot money, a lot more money outside of that. Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. Now he’s making over 30K plus per month um at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane, help me out with this keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, we turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month. We helped him scale all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So, he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Okay. Um, so Shawn is another category king. So, he is number one on YouTube in the Amazon KDP niche. So, this is another, you know, relatively big niche, and he’s number one in that niche. He’s crushing it. Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings, and before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message, but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content, strategy, titles, and thumbnail frameworks, and hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views, and now she is landing brand deals. This is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jyn here, she’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our uh program. Uh before joining us, she was a complete beginner. So, she was in the same position as you guys are right now just a few months ago. And she was also thinking like, “Oh, I don’t think I’m an expert on anything. She had no idea what to make, no experience.” And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And now she’s got over 61,000 subscribers. She’s got over 10 million views already. Two of her videos already went over 900,000 views. And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job as a nurse. Two, she’s now traveling all over the US and internationally in her camper van, which was always her dream life. Uh that was literally like her dream is to do her camper van. Whoops. Balloons. Um and then three, she records part-time while traveling inside of the van itself. And last month, she said that she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. These are numbers that most creators chase for years, right? And she started just like you guys watching this a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering this is for her or not, but she took the leap of faith and she booked a call and she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional or just a professional in general, this could be for you. Like I said, one of the most common ways that we see people have success is if they already have experience in a career, um, or they’re, you know, a bit older, which means you’re probably already going to have experience in a career. Or people that are younger, but they’re overachievers, right? and in their industry or in their career and then you just make their channel about things that they learned that where they already learned it doing the career, right? Whether it’s directly about the career or something that they learned while they were doing it or things that they spent a lot of time doing, whether it’s a passion or a hobby or a sport that they played or something like that. Um they just spent a lot of time doing it, they’re already experts on it because of that. Um or problems that they’ve had in their life that they’ve been able to solve themselves and they can help other people solve those same problems. Right? So those are the three main categories that we help people unlock typically. There are other examples but those are the three main ones and this is what happens when you follow the system. So I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. Basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Uh usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations. So they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. And they can probably only work with a few of them at a time. Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. So, I have some friends that do this, and they’re basically like one of the very first few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build-and-release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months and they hire everybody for the channel. They build it out and they figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them and they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two and these are extremely valuable as well. I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys as well. So, so there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you $35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. Um, and 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. And we’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.chainhome.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. And I just got note, by the way, guys, we have um let me see, we had 212 submissions. We did open up a few more slots. So, obviously, we ran out of slots, but we did open up a few more. So, if you couldn’t find a time because we were totally out, or if uh you tried to find a time, but you know, there were a few slots remaining, but you couldn’t find a time that’s convenient for you, um you can go ahead and check it again cuz we we did open up a few more slots, right? So, after that, I don’t think we can open up anymore. um it’s just going to be full, but I’ll continue answering your guys’ questions. But yeah, with that being said, so go to go.shane.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Uh and by the way guys, we uh I’m not sure why this price increase is here. Um obviously that should not have been there. So bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one grow your business faster call with me personally. Now let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that’s exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.6 million subs and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. So that’s worth about $12,000 easily. This is only for five of the first people who signed up within the next 12 uh 24 hours. I do pre-work on your channel. You, you know, do pre-work on the industry and what you’re planning on doing. Then we do the call itself and then I do follow-up after that. Right? So, this is easily worth $12,000. Um, so go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two. This is the YouTube idea generator. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, etc., etc., you are looking at weeks, probably even months of trial and error, and most people will still pick the wrong ideas. Right now, if you hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. So the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt and a clawed AI version. So whatever AI you already use, you are covered. This is included as a bonus. So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatbot or cloud, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. And then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. So no guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro. This is worth $7,000. And this is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Chat GPT or Claude, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you are paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. The same tool running in both Chat GPT and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shm.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe. This is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. That’s the first thing that they notice. So, if your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good the rest of your video is. Now, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s part-time work, right? That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. Uh, so there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail because you don’t want to just get any views, right? You want to get the right views, just like we talked about before. So, this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. And on the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it is yours. And you see those annotations? That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works. Where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so you can build your own. So, go to go.sh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $4,997. Now, everybody wants to hit 1,000 subscribers and get monetized. They want to become a part of the YouTube partner program, right? That’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized and that’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some and most never make it, right? This tool is designed to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. We’re talking in days, not months. So, there’s certain things that you can do to get to 1,000 subscribers faster that we don’t really recommend that you do after you’re beyond that 1,000, right? But there’s certain things you can do to get monetized faster. And this is going to tell you all of those different options, right? And you can get the chat GPT and the claw version and it’s going to build you a strategy specific to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time and you’re going to get to that 1,000 as fast as possible. So go to go.shmas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube funnel essentials via goh highle. Uh this one is 30 days for free and it’s worth $10,000 easily. So this is the one that most creators don’t even think about. You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have a funnel, turning those viewers into leads and customers, you are leaving money on the table. If you hired someone to build you a funnel from scratch, the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at $5 to $10,000 easily, and that’s before they even turn it on. We are giving you ours. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, these funnels, guys, these are professionally designed and written funnels. Every single one of these funnels we paid over $10,000 for, right? Um, and that that was just the original one. And then we spent countless amounts of time optimizing the funnel and making it really good, doing split tests, doing all the automations, etc. Right? And this is the exact funnels that we use, the landing pages, the sales pages, the application pages, all of it ready to go. You can literally swipe it from us. Right? So, you’re not building from scratch. You’re copying what’s already making us money. And we give you the AIS to where obviously you’re going to, you know, whatever your niche is, it’s going to help you change the title to the correct niche and and it’ll help you change the um uh the the text here to the correct niche as well. But it’s going to all have it all has the same structure and the same ideas for why you’re you’re getting people to click on it. And it’s a proven funnel that actually works incredibly well. And you get all the automations, the email sequences, the follow-ups, the booking flows, everything runs on autopilot, right? Someone opts in, the system follows up, books a call, close the deal, all while you sleep. Plus, you get 30 days free on Go High Level so you can launch it without paying a dime upfront. So, this is insanely valuable. You know, we spent tens and thousands of dollars building this for you. Um, and we just spent lots of time split testing it to make it as easy as possible and and stress testing it to make as easy as possible for you guys. So, go to gosh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. I can tell you that just a few years ago, it would take weeks to make a really good funnel. And you’d probably have to spend like either weeks of your own time or like tens of thousands of dollars uh to build a really good funnel. Um and pro chances are if you’re doing it for the first time, it would not be a good funnel. It’d be a really bad funnel or you have to pay someone else tens of thousands of dollars to make it really good. So this is can’t emphasize how valuable this is. Now for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche profit engine. This one is different from all of the other bonuses. Um, this is an AI tool that makes your niche or takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, uh, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video, so you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and claude, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like Chaty Peter Claude, you can use this either way. So, this isn’t some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.shade.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus eight is the 90-day YouTube Creators Advantage money back guarantee. This one is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate monthly typically in the program, right? That means that 99% of people who join stay because it works. And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program. We asked them one question. Did you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of them said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. Right? So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat to see if you’re a good fit to work with us and we’re a good fit to work together as well. Um, so yeah, we do this because, you know, if if we deem that you are a good fit for the program, so if we tell you that you’re a good fit for the program, that means that we believe that you’re going to be able to actually get results. And that’s why we we have this, right? So, of course, we don’t work with like the vast majority of people who want to work with us because we believe that it would be very difficult to get them results and we only accept people that we think that we can actually get results for. So, there’s certain things that we look for uh, you know, when people are applying. Um, but you know, if you did actually get a call, there’s a pretty high chance that we think that you’re going to be a good fit to work with us. So, go to godynomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Um, we want you to feel like there is no risk for you trying out the program and we’re very confident in how good our program is. It’s, you know, we have the absolute best of the best people in the world. Uh, working at all of our coaches, for instance, have 100k subscriber plaques. The absolute best of the best. They get the best results. And that is why we are confident enough to give this 90-day YouTube Creator Advantage money back guarantee. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $62,497. Now, remember, bonus one, the 101 session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That is it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. Let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shm.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on a call. You get some clarity on your niche. You get some value and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sale. But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click link in the chat. And of course, I am now going to answer any questions that you guys have. So, go ahead and comment your questions. Linda says, “I haven’t even gotten a niche.” Uh, check out the niche validator. That’s the that’s the first thing that you want to do. Check out the niche validator. Most of the people who join the program have not picked their niche or they’re uncertain of their niche. So, that is not a problem at all. Uh, check out the niche validator. That’s probably going to help you, you know, at least get an idea of the direction that you can go with your niche. You can also once you get your your niche hypothesis statement, you could post it in here and I’ll give you feedback on it. And uh yeah, so uh that that’s a good place to start. And then on the call itself, oftentimes we will help people actually dial in their niche. So if they have an idea for a niche, we’ll tell them like, “Okay, eh, I don’t think that’s really good or, you know, maybe you have a few different ideas, we’ll tell you which one we think uh is is the best one, right?” Um, and then of course in the program itself, we help you dial your niche. That’s literally the first module in the program is helping you dial it in. Okay. Uh Ali says, um, “Do you think the uh content should be in English rather than my native language, especially since ad revenue is typically lower in my native language, or should I focus on a niche that relies on other monetization methods?” That’s a great question, Ellie. So, obviously, this is case by case. We have to, you know, we we we would need to see your exact situation in your exact case. But um I can tell you the the first answer to that question is we have helped people in English of course uh but also uh we’ve helped people French, German, Dutch, so Netherlands, Dutch, um uh Arabic, um Portuguese, Spanish, um and we’re starting to help people in Scandinavian countries, so different Scandinavian languages. Um so like Swedish, Danish, etc. So, we’ve helped people in those languages. Um, I think like if you count the Scandinavian countries, it’s probably about 10 different languages. This is designed for people in first world countries. The reason it is designed for that is because people in first world countries have what’s known as disposable income. Disposable income means that they can solve their problems uh directly by paying to solve their problems. Whereas, if somebody doesn’t have disposable incomes, they kind of have to pay with time to solve their problems. They don’t really have money. So they have to pay with time, right? So this is designed for that. With that being said, does this system generally speaking work in other countries that don’t have like aren’t first world countries that uh don’t have disposable income? Yeah, it still works. It just won’t work as well. Um so yeah, it’s it’s designed for first world countries and it it works the best in English-sp speakaking countries, but we’ve seen it work really really well in other first world countries outside of English-sp speakaking countries. oftentimes um uh it actually works a little bit better. So for instance, the French market, there was a few years there where insanely easy to make really good content in the French market and just make a ton of money. It’s still easier than the English market. Um but there’s a little more competition now in the French market, right? But uh yeah, it’s uh in some cases it actually is a little easier in other markets uh to to to make the money. Um, but yeah, uh, basically any any English, any first world country is is, uh, going to be fine. U, you want to make sure you’re targeting people who actually have disposable income. Valerie, I will be ready. Awesome, Valerie. Good stuff, Christine. Looking forward to the call and hope it’s not too expensive. We We make it extremely affordable. So, that is Okay, so that’s a question. Some people are asking the price. So, I’m going to say we’re totally transparent about the pricing. With that being said, we have different people that have different needs and they come in at different levels, right? So, I’m going to explain this one time and one time only. So, please listen now. If I get more questions about this later on, I am not going to answer it. I’m going to refer people back to the recording. Okay? So, I’m going to explain this one time and one time only. All right?

    And if you have any more questions, you can watch the recording or you can just uh ask the representative on the call. So, uh, we always have probably about 5% of people who apply to work with us are people that are they either own a big company or they’re like high up in a big company or they have been tasked to start a YouTube channel within a big company or start making long form content and they, you know, they they do their research and they’re like, “Okay, Shane’s really good. He’s got lots of case studies.” And then they they come to us, right? So, with that type of company, we we don’t really work with too many of those. That’s almost like a borderline enterprise client. If we do work with those types of clients, the reason why it’s so difficult to get them results is the scope of what they need is is quite is quite different, right? So for instance, we have to work with their existing team. We have to use their software typically. So they might even have custom software. I’ve worked with some companies who have custom software. They don’t they’re not even using like a normal software that’s literally custom. You know what I mean? So it’s like we have to integrate into their custom software and figure out how to use their systems and their software, right? It’s like a a huge learning curve for us. Um and then we have usually we have to have the departments talk with each other. The bigger a company is the more bureaucratic it is. Um so the companies have to efficiently communicate with each other. So for instance the YouTube uh side is going to have to communicate with the paid ad side and the email marketing side etc etc. Um so you I’m sure a lot of you have probably worked in companies and you know how bureaucratic they are. So for that type of job, we don’t accept too many of those, but that’s going to be at least a six-f figureure contract. Like bare bare bare minimum, it’ll be like a six figure contract for something like that. We also have startups that want to work with us, and it’s kind of similar in startups. So yeah, again, bare minimum six figure contract. One of the companies I worked with, for instance, I got equity in the company, right? So you know, they they have to incentivize me with something like that. They have to make it, you know, sweet sweeten the pot a little bit with something like that to to get my interest. Now down from that, a much more scalable solution cuz we can only work with like a few people at a time with this one. Much more scalable solution is what’s known as a build and release offer. So this is a really valuable solution for a lot of businesses out there. Um we know lots of people who charge, you know, $300,000 to do a build and release offer. I I even know one company in Silicon Valley, we just found them recently. They charge over a million dollar to do a build and release offer. And basically what that is is we hire out the team for them. So we source, hire, place and train uh people into the company. Um and then we oversee them and manage them to build out the YouTube channel. We get it going really well and then we release the YouTube channel to them. After it’s done really well, we’ve gotten it going. We release the YouTube channel to them. Okay, so um this is obviously super super valuable. We hire the person, we train them, they work direct directly with people on our team that are al already the best in the world. We train them to get to a point where they’re on the level of our team and then we release them to you. Right? So, this is a build and release offer. It’s kind of like setting up a system inside of your business and then releasing it to you instead of being like an agency. We just set up the system kind of like an agency at first and then once it’s running really well, we just release it to you so it can be in-house and you get all the advantages of having that in-house, right? So, that’s going to be somewhere around honestly like $30,000 plus uh for that. Um but it typically goes over like a 6 to 12month period. Um but yeah, $30,000 plus for that. Um that can go all the way up to like, you know, depending on what you need. For instance, there’s one client where he needed us to hire someone who lives in Miami who can travel all over the country for him and it was also extremely good at YouTube already. That is very difficult to find. Uh, so if you have like very specific needs like that, it’s obviously going to cost more, but it’s going to start around like $30,000 or so. Um, then we have uh the system where we just teach you how to do it, right? So for these systems up here, this is us doing it for you. Like agency work, we just do everything for you. This system here is we build the system that does everything for you, like the engine, the machine that does everything for you. And then we can even hire the person to run the machine for you, right? Like a creative director, we hire that person out and we train them for you. And then this one down here, we just teach you how to do it yourself, right? So, we teach you how to do it yourself. We even teach you how to build the system. If you want to build the system yourself, we teach you how to do that. And we can even teach you how to hire the person that builds the system as well, right? But the whole point is we’re teaching you how to do it. These two offers up here, it’s kind of like uh we’re fishing for you and uh we feed you for a day. uh with the or this offer here, it’s we we build the the the system that fishes for you, the machine that fishes for you, then we hire the person who who does it for you, but you still have to oversee that person afterwards. This one here is we just teach you how to fish, so that feeds you for a lifetime. And uh we can even teach you how to build the system, the fishes for you, and hire the people who can who can run that system for you, right? So, I think this is the most uh valuable one. Uh this middle offer is typically going to be the best one for business owners, very busy business owners. Um, but this offer down here is going to be the best one for people who are just kind of like beginners. They’re just starting out, right? So, I think that is the most valuable one overall because again, we’re just feeding you for a lifetime instead of just fishing for you for one day. Um, and that one is going to be about $9,800. Um, you can get it down a little bit lower than that with payment plans, but if you want to pay all upfront, it’s going to be $9,800. If you want to do payment plans, you can get it to $1,000 a month or even a little bit less than that, like $500 a month or so. Um, we did have an option uh earlier on for uh basically upgrading um to get funding. Um we would actually pay for the funding and we no longer do that. So we actually just increased our prices. So now it’s just $9,800 flat. So if you want any more information on that um then uh you know you can you can talk to the uh uh adviser. So that is my answer. $9,800 uh for the or $1,000 a month. You can if you want to do funding, you can get it down to about $500 a month. And that is uh that is the answer to how much does it cost. Um, of course, for business owners, I recommend that little that higher tier version. That’s going to be the best for you, that higher tier version. So, yeah, that is uh that is the answer um to that question. And if you have any more questions like that, I’m just going to refer you back to the recording. So, like I said, we’re totally transparent about our pricing, but uh we we have diff, you know, there’s different needs that different types of businesses need when they try to work with us. Yeah, the bonus uh it’s in the chat. I’m seeing that.

    Okay. Yep, we dropped the bonus in the chat. Christine, I’m stay at home mom. Work part-time trying to grow a YouTube channel. All good, Christine. We’ve we’ve had stay home moms who’ve uh had great success with us already. And by the way, guys, go.shom.com/coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. I’m I think I I saw that we did open up our last 17 slots. So, we cannot open up any more after this. We have 268 total submissions. We can’t open up any more slots after this, but we did open up our last 17 slots here. So, uh after that, we absolutely we have zero more room. Can’t open up any more slots, but we do have a few left. So yeah, go.Homes.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, uh, someone’s asking about the bonuses. So again, I’ll explain this one more time, guys. Uh, after this, I’m just going to say watch the recording. So I’ll I’ll explain the bonuses one more time. This bonus right here, the one:1 grow your business faster call with myself. Um, this one is only for five of the first people who sign up for this. Okay? So you’re basically entered into a pool. The earlier you sign up, the higher the chance you get at landing this. It is randomized, but it’s randomized in such a way where the earlier you sign up, you have a higher chance of landing this. Um, and this is going to be for five of the first people who sign up and join the program. Okay? So, we’re only going to allow a certain amount of people to join the program. So, if you get an offer to join the program, there is a pretty high chance that you get this. And the earlier you sign up, the better. If you’re watching this right now, you’re still super early. Whenever we send out the replays, we get most of our signups from that. So, if you’re watching this now, you’re super early. Uh, this one right here, the YouTube niche profit engine. This one is going to be just for booking your call and then showing up to the call. So, this one’s going to the one that helps you monetize your niche. Figure out the best way to monetize your niche. Okay. All of the other excuse me uh excuse me. Um all the other ones uh you get for joining the program. When you join the program, you get all these other ones. But you have to book your call within the next 24 hours. For all of these, you have to book your call within the next 24 hours. Now, your call can be a few days from now. It could be like three days from now, five days from now, whatever it is. But as long as you book your call within the next 24 hours, you get all these bonuses. So hopefully that uh makes sense.

    Uh someone said a secret bonus I’m only dropping in the room. So that is the niche validator. All you got to do scroll up, scroll down in the chat. We’ve dropped it probably 20 times now, okay? And we’ll probably drop it 20 more times. The niche validator that helps you pick your niche. That that is that is the secret bonus. Um, you just got to scroll up and scroll down and you’ll get that. Uh, Donna, is it uncommon to have several video ideas to begin? Uh, ve very no, it’s not uncommon at all. Um, yeah. So, if you’re if you’re talking about like niches, it’s no, not uncommon at all. Almost everybody who starts has confusion on their niche. They either want to talk about too many different things or they don’t know what to talk about at all. Uh yeah, almost everyone who starts uh has that.

    Okay. Uh a lot of people are asking about the the niche validator. Just open it. It’s in the chat. The directions are very clear. Um do make sure that you are logged in to uh chat GBT or Claude, whichever one you you open. So do make sure that you’re actually logged in. If you’re not logged in, it may not open up. Um

    Okay, sure. I think I missed the link to the niche validator pro. Just scroll up, scroll down. Hopefully I’m not going to get too many questions on that. It’s like, come on, guys. Please just the niche validator. Just scroll up scroll down. I I think it’s because I’m reading a little bit older questions. I think I might just skip to the to the front here because I’m getting so many of these redundant questions. Um whether Michael says whether I’m a good fit or not, I definitely appreciate your offer and the effort. Appreciate you as well, Michael. Yeah, and we’ve had people who aren’t a good fit at first um but then they come back later on and and they’re they’re a better fit to work with us and and they, you know, they join later on. Norma, if I booked a call, does that include everything he’s still going over? Yes, it does. Uh cannot see slide with the offers. Slide’s right there on the screen.

    All right, guys. One thing I’m going to say really quick, I’m going to scroll uh down to the bottom. Um, so uh you know, because I’m I’m seeing a lot of redundant questions, but one thing I’m going to say really quick, guys, remember this confirmation email here. Very very important that you actually follow the instructions from the confirmation email. If you don’t follow these instructions, there’s a good chance that we’re just going to cancel our call with you, right? Because if you cannot follow basic instructions, then we can’t get you results. Like if we tell you, we can tell you exactly what to do like step by step complete beginner tell them exactly what to do step by step, but if they can’t follow the step-by-step instructions, then we can’t we can’t guarantee results, right? We, you know, we just can’t get you results. We can’t give you a guarantee where you can get all of your money back if you can’t even follow basic instructions, right? So, uh, that’s the first test right there. Can you follow instructions? Can you open your email? If you do not get the email, if you signed up for a call and you didn’t get the email, check your all mail, your spam, your trash, your promotions, etc. It’s going to be a little bit different on every email, but you know, on Gmail, for instance, the best thing to do is check all mail. It’s usually going to be in all mail. Um, if it’s on Yahoo, it might be in like promotions or something like that or socials or something. Um, but go ahead and check those folders and you will find it and make sure you confirm and follow the instructions from the email. Additionally, once you sign up for the call, there’s going to be a page that pops up. It’s going to look like this, or it’s going to look like this. It’s loading a little bit slow right here. Okay, that’s a bit weird. Okay, there we go. So, it’s going to look like uh look like this or it’s going to look like this. So, there’s going to be a short video to watch about 26 second video. This one’s a little bit longer um but it’s still a pretty short video. You want to watch this video, then you want to follow the instructions right below the video. It’s very important that you follow these instructions. Again, if you can’t follow basic instructions, I mean, this is very simple. It’s a 26-second video and some basic instructions. If you can’t do this, then we’re just not going to work with you, right? Almost certainly we’re going to cancel your call. Okay. Uh, additionally, the representative might reach out to you. Make sure you actually respond to them when they reach out. Okay. Um, then what you want to do is you want to check out our results that we uh got people. So, there’s going to be uh example after example after example after example of results that we’ve gotten for people who have worked with us. So, you’re going to see all these different people. Um, you know, some of them are, you know, people that were already having success on YouTube, but most of the people on this page were people who were complete beginners before they worked with us. But, yeah, you’re going to see example after example. These examples are going to motivate you. They’re going to inspire you. um they are going to um uh show you what’s possible. You’re going to see people from different backgrounds, uh different niches, selling different types of products and services, uh coming from, you know, similar industries or niches or backgrounds to what you are doing, etc., etc. And you’re going to see all of them getting crazy good results, right? So, um let me just, you know, if you’re wondering, hey, does this work for online service businesses? Well, hey, here’s an online service business. If you’re wondering, does this work in the German market? Hey, here’s someone in the German market. If you’re wondering, does this work in the spirituality niche? Hey, here this here’s someone in the spirituality niche. If you’re wondering, does this work in the productivity niche? Hey, here’s someone in the productivity niche. If you’re wondering if does this work for a small coaching business, yes, it works for a small coaching business. If you’re wondering, does this work for women who are targeting women specifically, like women’s specific niches? Well, uh, Nicole helps primarily women get into cyber security roles. So, yes, it does. If you’re wondering, does this work for selling physical products? Yes, it does. Tiffany, she was selling physical products. Um, if you’re wondering, does this work for kind of art related stuff like helping people sing or helping people with instruments or or that kind of thing or helping people make music? Yes, it does. Here’s an example. Isaiah is a vocal coach. He helps people uh, you know, sing better, right? And he he made it to really really good numbers, six figures, multi6 figures a year in our program, right? Uh, ju just just on and on. Antoine uh helps African-Americans specifically get jobs. So, if you’re wondering if it’s like that’s a kind of niche that you can do, yeah, you can do that kind of niche. Um, if you’re wondering if you’re super super busy, does this work for super super busy people? Yeah, Richard was super busy and it still worked for him. Um, if you’re wondering, does this work if you’re a bit on the younger side, but you’re an overachiever? Yes, it this is an 18-year-old that we got results for, we wondering, does this work if you’re a bit on the older side? Yes, Felix is a bit on the older side. He’s literally number one in his niche now. Um, just on and on. If you’re wondering, does this work for a startup? Yes, it works for a startup. Troy had a startup. Uh just it just on and on and on. It’s just like you’re going to see people that are similar to your situation that come from a similar background to you, etc., etc. And it’s basically just an endless scroll of results, guys. It’s just an endless scroll. It it never ends. Okay? So, you’re going to see this page. You’re going to uh it’s going to inspire you, motivate you. It’s probably going to answer about 95% of the questions that you have as well. Um so, I highly highly recommend checking that out. And again, this page right here is quite similar. Um it’s it’s uh it just has a little bit longer video and then it has some FAQ videos, frequently asked questions and then you know here’s the directions as well. Um but yeah, it’s quite similar and then it has a lot of the the same videos and and testimonials and stuff like that and case studies. So yeah, and again endless scroll. So I highly recommend keeping those open, checking those out. If for whatever reason you closed those down by accident, I’m actually going to post in the chat right now uh the the two thank you pages. So, you can you can check out those thank you pages. If you close them down for whatever reason, you can copy them, paste them, uh you know, save them, what whatever you need to. But yeah, check out those those thank you pages. I just put them in the chat uh right now. Wait, did they disappear? Oh, there you go. Yeah. Yeah, I just I just copied them and posted them in the chat right now. Um, so yeah. All right. With that being said, I’m gonna I’m gonna scroll to the bottom, guys. I was getting a lot of redundant questions, like people just asking like, “Where’s the niche validator and stuff like that, so I’m I don’t want to answer a ton of questions like that.” So, I’m going to scroll to the bottom. If your question didn’t get answered, you can repost it, but please don’t ask where the niche validator is. Like, if I get that question one more time, like, it’s in the chat. Scroll up and scroll down. We posted it like 20 or 30 times, so it’s in the chat. Uh, Jorge says, “I have a dead channel. I don’t want to do that content anymore and I want to focus on mental health niche, relationships and self-love. Should I rebrand or new channels? We get this question all the time, guys. Every single time I tell people just use your old channel. It is totally okay for you to rebrand and use your own channel, but you need to convert it to the hybrid personal brand method. So, you know, there’s a few things you might want to do which which we go over in the course, which is like we might want to change your name, right? change the name of your channel so that it makes more sense with with what you’re doing with the new method. But yeah, absolutely. We’ve helped people with that over and over again. Nurse Magda is one example of that. Uh we helped her with that and she got crazy crazy good results. Uh but yeah, it’s uh that that’s definitely something you can do.

    Okay. Uh is there any kind of coaching for people who are hesitant to be on video? Uh yeah, absolutely. Like I I gave an example of somebody who was hesitant on that and uh we you know that’s Wiz of Ecom. We talked about that earlier. So you can you know we gave an example of someone who made it to seven figures without being on video. Uh Derek 2:15 2:15 a.m. in the UK now. Thank you and looking forward to speaking with Demetrio soon. Awesome, Derek. Love to hear it. Good stuff. Thank you for staying up. I appreciate you. You’re awesome. Maline, I need suggestions with niche luxury auto sales. Um, yeah, I mean, talk to the niche validator. That’s that’s exactly what it can do. It can give you suggestions on that. So, yeah, that sounds great. But I I I like the direction of that. But yeah, you need to talk to the niche validator. That’s why we made the tool. Gabriella, thank you for the information provided. Looking forward to my scheduled call. Awesome. You as well, Gabriella. Looking forward to it, too. Uh Jennifer, does this work for Kappa compliant channels? Yes. So, you’re talking about like children channels? Yeah, it works for children’s channels. The only thing in with the only thing is with children’s channels, you’re you’re kind of selling to the parents. You’re not really selling to the kids. So, you make the content for the kids, but the things you’re actually selling on the channel, you’re selling those to the parents. So, the parents make the buying decision. So, yeah. Uh, Kevin, please, please don’t ask questions like that, Kevin. Just just look it up on Google. If you don’t know what Kappa is, admin, come on. Come on, man. Just look it up on Google.

    Geez, Kevin. Oh, man. Okay. Okay. Cynthia Shane Hummus. Currently, I’m not a good fit at this time. Thank you. All good, Cynthia. Yep. Most people who apply, uh, we don’t, you know, they’re not good fits for the program. We we want to work with a very specific type of person. That’s why we give, you know, 100% money back guarantee because we know that that type of person is going to be delighted with our service and get really good results, etc., etc., if they, you know, if they follow the instructions. Jose, thank you, Shane. I appreciate all the hard work you put into this call, the information, how communicate it is top shelf. It is clear to me you truly care about helping people succeed. You’re an inspiration. I look forward to a book call next week. All the best. Appreciate you, Jose. You’re awesome. Thanks, man. I really I really appreciate that. Yeah, I you know at this point obviously I could retire. I could retire if I wanted to right now. Never work a day in the rest of my life. But at this point I’m much more uh impact oriented, right? I want to help as many people as possible and I want to uh you know make make a little bit of a ripple in the world with people creating educational content where they help other people solve their problems. Um, and uh that’s that’s what I’m dedicated to doing is uh helping the economy uh just, you know, transform the new economy where you don’t have to, you know, spend hundreds of thousands of dollars to go to college to get a good job or to make money. You can do it in an alternative way. You can get educated alternatively and you can make money alternatively as well. So, I’m really uh passionate about helping people do that. You know, it’s a it’s a new world out there. So, it’s it’s really exciting. You bet. Thank you. trying to hold the page open to listen to you and then go back to the page. Oh, I see. Yeah, I think people who are on their phones have that issue, right? If if you’re on your phone, that’s that’s an issue that people have. Yeah, Mike, I’m going to work on trying to make uh taking the risk on me worthwhile. Presently, not a good fit from what I gathered from the call, but like I said, I’m working on it. Yeah, I love Hey, love that mindset as well. Yeah, Aaron said something good. Love that mindset, Mike. That’s really good. Um, yeah. I mean, we we look for people who are, you know, there’s certain things we look for. We don’t really want to talk about it. Um, but there’s certain things we look for on the call. And it it kind of just goes back like we have data from a lot of people that we’ve worked with at this point and we can kind of tell who’s very likely to get results and who’s very likely to be a good a great client to work with. Um, and we can kind of just like tell based on our data. So, there’s certain things that we look for. Um, some of the ones are, you know, can you follow instructions, right? Like that’s a really big one. If you can’t follow instructions, uh, like read your emails, respond to people, like we’re probably not going to work with you. Uh, another really big one we look for is like, are you an expert or are you at least, you know, somebody who can uh, develop like document your journey of becoming an expert? So, for instance, we typically work with people who are a little bit older because we found that older people are more likely to be experts and they’re it’s honestly like a lot easier for them to get results because there’s not that many older people making content on YouTube. So, we find that they actually get the easiest results the best. Um, we uh there’s some other things we look for like obviously you have to be able to afford the program like we’re not going to put people in bad financial situations. So, you need to be able to afford at least like $500 a month uh to to do the program like we said before. Um, but that’s extremely reasonable considering you’re working with, you know, you’re doing like one-on-one coaching with a a you know, a very very uh highly decorated coach, right? Um, but yeah, go to gosh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Jorge says, “Thank you.” Clover says, “Thank you.” Appreciate you guys. You’re awesome. Thank you as well. Uh, Valley, just wondering about your view on the longevity of YouTube video, i.e. how future proof, eg ebooks are now redundant. pretty much ebooks are not redundant. Um there’s lots and lots of people still making money from ebooks. Um and YouTube is the same thing. So uh it’s it’s not it’s definitely not redundant. In fact, it is if any if any sort of media is going to last extremely long, it’s going to be YouTube videos. Um and video is obviously more powerful than than ebooks. Um you know, obviously there’s a lot of problems that you can’t really solve with an ebook. Like imagine trying to like fix something in your car or something just like looking at a book. It’s kind of painful to even think about it, right? But if you just see a video of it, it’s like, “Oh, that’s pretty simple.” You know, it’s like a video of the exact car that you have. It’s like, “Oh, well that’s easy.” You know, obviously, right? Video video has way more value and it’s way more easy to describe stuff with video. So, uh, yeah. So, I mean, we’ve had people in the program that posted videos 15 years ago and those videos are still getting views. So, who and and that’s obviously right when YouTube first started, right? So, who knows how long it’s going to last. It’s likely going to be decades. There’s also a pretty good chance that um because of the fact that the AI models actually train themselves on YouTube videos, there’s a very good chance that um you’re going to get royalties from the AI models. And I know a lot of people are like, “Ah, what are you talking about, Shane?” Like, just wait. There’s a good chance. There’s a really good chance you’re going to get royalty from the AI models, which is really cool. Tony, which bonuses are for staying to the end of this call. Niche validator, uh, just we’re responding to you. You can scroll up and scroll down. Yep. The call is free and valuable, guys. Uh, Kobe, I have an old channel that I abandoned and it has 27,000 paid subs, so it was dead zone every time I posted. What do you think? Sticker twist. I would stick with it for sure, Kobe. Um, we’ve seen lots of different channels, people that, you know, h have paid subscribers or, um, we I’ve even seen channels that did, you know, non-compliant stuff like, uh, they paid for sub, you know, because there’s a compliant way to do it. You can you can do ads on your channel to get subscribers and pay for it that way. Or there’s a non-compliant way of doing it, which is you just buy fake subscribers from these websites. We’ve even seen people who bought the fake subscribers be able to recover their channels. We don’t recommend doing that. that’s not a smart thing to do. Um, but that we’ve we’ve seen people recover from that. It’s totally fine. Um, also, uh, people that, you know, have just dead channels where it’s like a topic that they haven’t talked about in a long time. There’s still people that are going to remember you and they’re going to, you know, have some nostalgia like, “Oh yeah, I used to follow that guy. Oh, now he’s talking about, you know, something else instead of what he used to talk about.” Totally fine. You can definitely do that and uh it’s not a problem at all. So, yeah, it’s uh definitely something you can do. I I definitely stick with the original channel. Yeah, starting over from scratch is almost never a good idea. Uh in the UK, too, here. Awesome, Kobe. And by the way, as a you know, as as an add-on to that, Kobe, uh I’ll I’ll say one thing. If you use the Way Back Machine and you look at your favorite YouTubers, you’re going to see that a lot of them were talking about completely different stuff than what they talk about now, right? So, they ran into the same situation. They tried talking about certain things, it didn’t work out for them, and then they pivoted and they tried other things, and then something else worked, and then once that thing worked, they just they doubled down on it, and they made more content about that thing, right? So, yeah, it’s uh totally fine to, you know, change your your content. Again, it’s smart to set your channel up in the right way with the hybrid personal brand method so that you can actually change topics. Um, and it’s it’s not, you know, a death sentence if you change topics because because for instance, like let’s just say your name is uh, I don’t know, Call of Duty Coach or something and then you start talking about, I don’t know, productivity. That’s going to be kind of weird, right? Uh, so, you know, the way you name your channel, certain settings in your channel that you want to change um, when you when you’re changing your hyper personal brand, those are the things that uh, that we uh, help people with. Uh, Terry says, “Thank you. Booked a call. Got to go now.” Awesome. Nikki, can this help to create a kids account? Yes, it can. We do, just to be clear, we do work with the parents of the kids. We don’t work directly with kids. So, we can work with the parents of the kids and they can kind of, you know, those are the people that usually control the channel. Um, but yeah, we don’t we don’t work with minors. Um, Jerry, when YouTube changes how they do things, do you keep the community a breast of those changes? Oh, yeah, for sure. Of course, of course. Yeah. Yeah. We we stay up to date with all all the YouTube changes, the algorithm changes, the community chang. Oh, yeah, definitely. We we give people updates on that all the time. Yeah, especially whenever it’s an important thing. Alan, is this going to be over soon? My kids need dinner. Yes, you’re good, Alan. I’m just answering questions. I’m just answering people’s questions. So, like the presentation itself is is over. I’m just answering people’s questions now. But yeah, make sure if you guys got to go, make sure you screenshot this. Go to go.chainhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code. click the link in the chat, screenshot it, or you can just actually copy the link in the chat to to book a call. If you can’t, for whatever reason, you can’t book a call right now. Uh just go ahead and copy that link in the chat and book the call later on. But yeah, I’m going to end this here in a few minutes, guys. Um I’m answering the questions for a little bit, but I’m I’m going to end it here in a few minutes. So yeah, make sure you do that. And by the way, I’m just going to go ahead and uh post that link right now. Okay? So I’m going to post this link in the chat. So again, you can screenshot the screen right now if you want to, or you can just click this link in the chat. I just posted it. Click that link, save it on your browser, copy and paste the link, save it somewhere else, whatever you want to do. If you’re doing dishes right now, something like that, and you can’t sign up, and maybe you’re listening on your phone, so when you click on the link, the video goes away or whatever, I totally get it. Just save that link, make sure it’s saved for later, and then you can, as long as you uh do it within 24 hours, you’re good to go. Okay. Now, one thing I will say, guys, if you are on the fence about booking a call, comment why you’re on the fence right now. Okay? Comment in the chat why you’re on on the fence uh right now. Uh looks like I called it. Ever uh Everard Everard. Yeah, Everard was uh doing dishes. I called it. Okay. Uh yeah, if you’re on the the fence about joining the program right now, comment why you’re on the like why you’re not like not joining the program but booking a call. Uh if you’re on the fence about booking a call, tell me in the chat right now why why you’re not booking a call. Adam, current finances, the call is free and it is valuable. If we don’t think that you can afford the course, if we think it’s going to put you in a bad financial situation, we will not give you a uh offer. So, it’s like you should still book a call. Uh, even if that’s uh something David says, “Booked it.” Awesome, David. Nikki, I booked a call but on the fence because I’m a stay at home mom. Well, like being a stay-at-home mom, that that should not put you on the fence. That just means that, you know, you have time to to make videos, you know, in between, you know, naps and stuff like that for your kids. Like, we’ve had plenty of people in that same situation that have made videos. That’s like actually one of the most common uh archetypes of people that have success on social media, stay at home moms. So, I’m not sure why that stop you from booking the call. I think you should still book the call. Make sure you talk to your partner obviously um and have them show up to the call. That’s one thing guys is if if your partner is a decision maker, I would highly recommend that they show up to the call as well. Okay. If you need your partner’s uh consent to do this, make sure that they’re on the call too with you if possible. Ari, I’m on the fence because I’m afraid I’ll fail on YouTube. Yeah, I mean lots of people fail and it’s because they don’t have the right systems, right? they they don’t do things the correct way and that’s why you should book a call because even if you don’t join the program it’s going to be super valuable for you and it’s going to make sure that you know the right actions to take right so that’s no reason to not book a call uh Eric uh Bejorn book but I’m a senior dev but I don’t see how that’s a good niche with AI now oh come on come on man are you kidding me um AI like guys AI does not make developers go away Okay. It’s just like every other Man, it’s it’s crazy that I have to explain this to people. No, no offense. I’m not trying to be rude, but I’ve explained this so many times on my channel. Every other technological advancement in history, it it might eliminate some jobs. Usually, it’s not as many as you think, but it might eliminate some jobs. But what it typically does is it just changes the scope of what most jobs are. And then way more jobs pop up because of that technological advancement. You can look at literally every technological advancement that’s ever happened in in history. Whether it’s, you know, there’s one point where essentially all human beings worked on farms cuz we were trying to solve the problem of starvation so that we didn’t starve, right? So we all worked on farms. Then we had farm equipment come out and then like, oh, all the farm all the farm workers lost their jobs. There’s probably people freaking out. They’re like, oh my gosh, we lost our job. But then what happened? way more jobs popped up and other types of things, shops, uh, etc. popped up, right? Then we went into the industrial age. We had lots of these factories. And so these factories replaced the shop workers that were doing manual labor. Everyone’s freaking out. Oh my gosh, we don’t have any jobs. What ended up happening? Way more jobs popped up, right? Yes, certain jobs got eliminated. Jobs that kind of sucked in the first place got eliminated, right? Way more jobs popped up. Okay, you can just go on and on. You can do the internet or or telecommunication or uh social media or you know etc etc. AI is the exact same way guys. Okay. Yes, it’s changing the economy. Yes, there’s different things that pop up. But all you have to do is ask yourself one question. Is AI going to solve every problem? If the answer to that question is no, just think from first principles, right? If the answer to that question is no, which it is, AI is not going to solve every problem in the world. it’s going to solve a lot of them and it’s going to help us solve them more faster and more efficiently, but it’s not going to solve every problem in the world. So the answer to that is no. Um then the like ultimately what you need to do moving on from there is you need to say like okay so if it’s not going to solve every problem that means there’s going to be entrepreneurs because entrepreneurs solve problems. That’s how the market works. That’s why we are at the point that we are at in society right now is because of entrepreneurs. people that were took risks and they solved problems and entrepreneurs need employees. Okay, so there’s going to be more jobs, right? So it’s yes, it’s does is it going to change the scope of how certain jobs are done? Yes, absolutely it is going to change the scope. Is it going to eliminate certain jobs? Yeah, there’s going to be certain jobs that get eliminated. Probably not as many as you think. Most of them are just going to change uh the scope of what they do. For instance, perfect example when ATMs came out, uh, like bank tellers, like everyone was like, “Oh my god, all bank tellers are going to lose their jobs.” And some of them did because you you no longer needed people whose whole job was just to count money because ATMs did it automatically, right? But the scope of what bank tellers did changed. So they stopped being uh money counters and they started focusing more on customer service so that you have a really good experience whenever you go to your bank to withdraw money, right? That’s what they started focusing on. And so yes, again, some jobs got eliminated because of ATMs, but even more jobs popped up. There’s just as many people working for banks now, if not more, than before ATMs came out, right? So again, it’s like it’s kind of like whack-a-ole. Some jobs get eliminated, but then two more jobs pop up, right? this is how it’s always worked. This is how it’s been working right now. Every indication is that this will be how it continues working, right? So yes, AI will help us solve problems. It will help us uh you know makes it’ll make some jobs redundant and it’ll also open up the possibility for way more jobs out there because it’s not going to solve every problem. And as long as there’s problems out there, there’s going to be entrepreneurs and as long as there’s entrepreneurs, there’s going to be employees and jobs, right? It’s just that simple, right? So, uh, yeah, like there’s lots of, uh, fearmongering going on on the news. And this is why I tell people like just you should probably stop watching the news. It doesn’t really give you much value. Um, all it does is just fearmonger. Just, you know, like the news is not really that valuable in most cases. So, yeah, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Right there, there’s probably some exceptions, but for the most part, it’s just fear-mongering. Um, okay. Bejorn book uh but I’m a senior dev but I don’t Yeah. Okay. Steve booked the call. I need to watch this video and confirmation after this is over. Awesome. Good stuff. Yep. Appreciated that. Agnes booked but intimidated about the pricing. Um again, we’re not going to let you join the program if we if we don’t if we think that the pricing is going to put you in a bad financial situation. Okay. So, we make sure that people we don’t put people in bad financial situations. Jerry asks concerned about spending 10K and my niche is not viable. That’s why you want to book a call because we will kind of talk talk through what niche you’re thinking about going into and see if it’s a you know it’s a viable niche. Um okay,

    Roberta, I’m not ready to begin. You can you can still book a call. You know, it’s uh it’s going to be valuable and uh we can we can help you uh see if uh um you are ready because a lot of people think they’re not ready and then they are all of a sudden once they pick their niche and they have a good idea. I booked already getting help with a niche. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. You got it, Connie. My pleasure. Uh, Steve booked from down under. Awesome, Steve. Love it. Man, I am a little bit disappointed because my my favorite team, the 49ers, had a game in Australia recently and I was thinking about going to Australia. Really wanted to go this year. Um, but I just kind of got busy at that time and, you know, but I probably could have done it and I probably should have done it. Uh, hopefully I’m I’m able to visit Australia. I have a lot of friends in Melbourne. Melbourne. I’m probably saying it wrong, but uh yeah, probably gonna visit Melbourne here pretty soon. Valley. Uh Cairo with a backbone. You could be Cairo with a backbone. Very cool. Uh Linda, price, but we’ll save for the future. Again, we can get people started at pretty pretty reasonable prices. Um we do have in-house funding if we think that you are a good fit to work with us. Yes, you can write it off on your taxes. That is correct, Trisha. That is correct. You can write it off on your taxes. Michael, one last question. I spent many months last year learning vibe coding on my own and I built a whole custom wireframe OS that I can place over any AI engine model. Do you think anyone would be interested in that? Yeah, very likely. I mean, there’s so there’s so many cool things you can do uh with that. The the key here is you want to really you probably want to make it as niche as possible, right? So, I think that’s really the future of AI and like anything. Think of AI almost like data analytics, right? So data analytics is super valuable, but what makes it even more valuable is when you have uh subject matter expertise in the data analytics. So that’s really what the future of AI is. Yes, you need to know how to use AI, but having using AI in a very specific way. So for instance, we’re experts on using AI with YouTube and then content creation in general. So like YouTube is the mother platform, but then like syndicating that to other platforms. That’s what we specialize in. And we’re like constantly staying on the on the cutting edge of that. And we tell people what it can and cannot do, right? So there’s some people that are kind of like, “Oh yeah, AI can just like do all the work for you.” And of course that’s BS, right? Like it can’t do everything for you. We tell you what it can do and what it cannot do. And like realistically speaking, right? So and we’re we’re staying on the cutting edge of that. We’re constantly up uh getting updated on that. Uh, Laurel says, “Thanks. See Ryan tomorrow.” Awesome. Christopher, Chad GBT. Tony, I’m booked and I like the payment plan option you described. I appreciate it. You got it, Tony. My pleasure. Donald, question on your niche validator prohibt. I have another plugin called uh AI PRM and Chad GBT. Will that mess with the validator? Nope, it shouldn’t mess with it. I I’m very familiar with that plugin and no, it should not mess with the validator at all. Uh Tony, I’m a retired IT techie and I love working with AI. Yeah. Yeah, AI is is amazing. It’s a great tool. Um, it’s going to, you know, help us solve a lot of problems. It’s going to help us advance the economy faster. Um, and it’s great, but it is, is it going to solve all problems? Of course not. Is it going to help you get better at singing? No. It’s not going to replace vocal coaches. Is it going to help you uh, you know, actual self-actualize? No, it’s not going to help you sex self-actualize. You have to, you know, work with yourself or maybe work with other human beings to do that, right? You know, like certain problems it’s just not going to be able to help you with, right? But it it will help people uh solve those problems faster, more efficiently, etc. Um, you got it, Michael. My pleasure. My pleasure, Michael. You got it, Bjorn. Um, I I mean, it feels like it’d be saturated for YouTube. My goal is to use AI to do more than I could do by myself. Yeah. So, again, guys, like, let me just put it this way. Let’s just like pick your career. Think of your career in your head, right? And think of the productivity niche, right? So teaching productivity in general somewhat valuable but you know you might let’s just say if you there’s a productivity course that you really like you might pay like $50 for it but think of your career let’s let’s just say you are this is an example I’ve heard before let’s say you are a pest sales pest control salesman and somebody comes out with a productivity course specifically for pest control salespeople right now that course is worth instead of $50, it’s now worth like $500, right? Because it’s productivity specifically for people who do this exact thing. It’s the same exact thing with AI, right? AI is valuable. Like if if I if you know you make a course about AI and you just teach AI in general, that’s somewhat valuable. But what makes it even more valuable is when you teach about AI to do a very specific task, which is what we do. We teach people how to use AI with YouTube specifically. And that’s what makes it way more valuable than just a general AI course, right? So it’s like it’s kind of the same thing, right? So if like maybe if you’re like a data analyst, you could use AI specifically for data analyst. Maybe you could even go deeper than that. Maybe data analysts for financial projections, right? That kind of thing. Um so kind kind of combining AI with like data analyst and finance, right? Something like that. Um Nikki, could this uh work with network marketing trying to go to the affiliate? Yeah, absolutely. It works with that for sure. There’s lots of people that have done that on YouTube. Absolutely. Many, many examples of that. Karen, thanks for another great session. You got it, Karen. Beverly, I booked a call, but not sure if I needed to because I’m in the VIP on Tuesday night. Um, yeah. So, I’ll be doing the VIP uh Tuesday night, 600 p.m. Eastern Standard Time for anybody who signed up for that. So, I’ll see you guys there for the people who signed up for that. Um, but yeah, like you can book now, book then. Like, I’d probably just go ahead and book now. It’s a better better time to do it. Bjorn, I get it. I mean, it feels like it would be saturated for YouTube. Uh, all good. Bejorn. Justin, hi Shane. I’m very excited for the call tomorrow at 8 p.m. PST. I’m a chiropractor specializing in scoliosis, hyper kyphosis, and other complex spinal conditions, and I’m beginning to record videos for my practice already. However, I really want to build something that is independent of my practice, so I don’t rely on that income solely. Also, I’m looking to make a big impact in the work with helping others, much like you just mentioned. That’s awesome, Justin. Yeah. Um, yeah, a lot of people have that. Um, a lot of people have just like skull and spinal issues in general. Um, and yeah, it’s very, very interesting. There’s there’s a lot of uh new stuff coming up on on that. Um like this the skull and spinal issues and how those cause issues with like um like brain fog or you know just all all kinds of weird issues that can cause. So yeah, that’s really exciting stuff. Go to.com/coaching guys. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Okay guys, I’m going to jump out. Um so I am going to drop the thank you page one more time. I’m dropping in the chat right now. You can save that thank you page. um if you’ve already booked a call and then I’m also going to drop the apply for oneonone YouTube coaching in the chat as well. So again, uh you can save that too. Uh I would, you know, copy and paste it or have it open up in a browser and save the browser, bookmark it, whatever you want to do. Uh whatever your preferred method to save it is. But with that being said, I’m going to hop off now, guys. Thank you so much. Appreciate you guys. Have a good one. Uh Beverly, Maria, Andy, Michael, um Steve, um uh let’s see, Aaron, Alexis, Stephen, even Kevin, and even Justine, right? Uh thank you. Thank you guys. Appreciate Appreciate the uh the admins as well. Uh Valley, thank uh thanks so much. You got it. Ally, Crystal, uh, Steven, Michael, uh, Linda, um, Aaron, Justine, Will, Wed, Connie, uh, Liz, Jaden, Tony, Charlene, Anna, Darren, Steve, Tammy, May, Jose. Appreciate you guys. Have a good one. Take care. Uh, and I look forward to working with a few of you guys in the program. Appreciate you guys. Have a good one. Take care, guys. Bye.

  • 10/03/2026 – DirectorAI

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome, welcome, and welcome. Good to have you here. Let me know if you can hear my voice and let me know if you can see the screen. What you’re about to witness here is absolutely phenomenal. It’s been the number one missing piece when it comes to AI video generation. I believe anyone that wants a great video with AI needs this. That’s why I absolutely love it myself. I keep using it. It’s been the game changer in results, whether it’s views, leads, clicks, and sales. This is what’s going to allow you to make your video stand out among anything and everything else. So, I hope you’re excited. Let me know in the chat box if you are. Just give me a quick yes, if you can hear my voice, if you can see the screen. There you go. I see lots of yeses coming in. John is here. Adam is here. Stephen is here. Anony’s here. Lisa is here. Rebecca’s here. David is here. Good to see you. Michael, Thomas, amazing. Dana’s here. Ali’s here. I love it. Lots of beautiful names in the room. So, without further ado, you’re right on time. So, let’s go ahead and get started. Now, as you can see right here, a new personal AI video director. And that’s a key word right there. AI video director. Different from just an AI video tool agent or video creator. This is going to be next level. A new personal AI video director finds what’s viral right now, creates the video, and make sure it generates views and sales simply by directing something we’re going to focus on a lot today. And then it gets the views and it gets you the buyers. Now, here’s the truth. By now, you should already know video is the number one way to get attention online. And that’s not just something we’re saying. You can see right here, 91% of businesses now use video as the primary marketing way. It’s fundamental. It’s a baseline requirement. Now, you can’t go without video. As a matter of fact, 85% of people have bought after watching a video. You can see it right here. 85% have been convinced to buy something by watching a video. And 84 wants to see more videos from brands. Now, this tells you that if you want more sales, double down on video. The numbers prove it. The stats show right now the best way to grow any offer, any business, it’s by doubling down on video. And this is the same reason why businesses right now happily pay you for videos. As a matter of fact, the price has gone up by a lot because the demand is through the roof. As a matter of fact, let’s do a quick pop quiz because this might surprise you. Let me know in the chat box what do you think the standard price is nowadays for one short AI video. One short AI video the documented standard price across all businesses is it $10 to $50 per video. Is it $50 to $150 short video? I’m talking about 30 seconds maybe 60cond tops 50 to 150 bucks or $150 to $500 per one short AI video. There you go. I see B. I see C. C. It is in fact, there you go. Surprising, is it? It is C. 150 to $500 per video. We’re going to explain you exactly what the range is in between this. Why someone will pay all the way up to 500 and why some will pay, you know, uh, just 150. But you can see right here, the standard price is $150 to $500 per short AI video. Now, you’ll be able to create these left, right, and center on the higher range. You can see for local businesses, you should right now charge $150 to $500 per single short form AI after a video or a,000 to $2,000 per month on a recurring retainer. You can see it right here. Some charge even 2K a month per client. This is the baseline. Now, video is the fastest way to grow your own business. And that’s why, and it’s not just for clients, even for yourself. Whether you’re an affiliate marketer, an agency, a freelancer, whether you want to work with local businesses, or you run a local business or product seller, software sellers, video is the answer. However, and this is where the problem starts, let me know if you agree with this. Everyone, everyone can make AI videos now. And standing out has never been harder than it is today. Your next door neighbor, as I like to say, can create the best videos just by putting in a few prompts. Let me know if you agree with this. Tell me if this sounds familiar. You post videos right now, but barely anyone watches. You’re never sure what to make or what’s working right now in the market. What do people actually want to see in relation to your industry and to your offer? You get some views, but no leads and no sales. And worst of all, you’ve put in a ton of time, money, with nothing to show for it. And if that’s you right now, we’re going to explain why that is and how you can beat the competition and how you can get people to pay you $500 per short AI video. Let me know in the chat box if this sounds familiar. Just give me a quick yes. And I want you to know it’s not your fault. The problem is there is a huge difference between a video creator that makes what you type, which is what most people have is what I used to have. This used to be the standard, but right now that has been outplayed. Anyone, even the businesses themselves can do this. A video creator that makes what you type, it’s stuck in, you know, generating specific types of templates and you just hope for views based on what it has created. Or a brand new way of doing things is video director. This is a director that knows what works. It has a brain. It doesn’t just, you know, wait on you to, all right, tell me what to make. The director knows what to make. It decides what to make and you just approve it. Now, who here likes the idea of a video director much more because this is what brings in results. Most people have a video creator but not a video director. And that was the missing puzzle piece for me. And I so glad that Steve, you know, Steve Tarry was here with us today, the founder of what we’re about to show you, you know, saw this gap that so many filled the sea creating the best video creator tools, but what’s important is a video director. You can have the best actors, but without someone to direct them, the story, the plot, knowing what people want to see in theaters, nothing will matter. Knowing what to create matters the most. Let me know if that makes sense because that’s what it all comes down to. And that’s what so many people are not aware of. And that’s exactly what Steve and his team solved like no one else has ever done. Without prompting, without having to figure things out, you give it a goal. It handles the search, the strategy, the script, the production. It does everything that you normally have to figure out yourself. takes, you know, the most powerful tools and turns into what we call director AI. Now, they built an AI that doesn’t just wait for you to prompt. It directs exactly what your audience wants to see. And literally, we can type in one sentence. For example, promote this affiliate offer, right? We put in here, it says, how can I help you? We put in promote this affiliate offer. And then from there, we don’t have to pick the hook, the script, or worry about is this going to work, what, you know, what avatar, what are we going? It’s immediately going to tell me, all right, here is what’s required. Here’s what your audience wants to see. It does the research, and better yet, it then goes ahead and creates the video for us. Now, I’ll show you what it creates in a few minutes, but what if I told you that after this training, you will have your own AI director that knows what’s working right now, videos that finally get watched every single day, and businesses happily pay you for videos they cannot make themselves. And the best part is without writing prompts, without chasing trends, without filming or editing. So, let me know in the chat box, comment yes if you’re starting to see the bigger picture here. And if you’re staying until the end, comment yes in the chat box if you’re staying until the end. And if you do, you’re going to be surprised with the biggest special we’re going to do. Um, this is honestly out of this world and something we’re only doing on this webinar and you’re here to witness it all if you stay until the end. Comment yes in the chat box. There you guys see lots of yeses flying in. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and get started with the three secrets. Number one, vibe directing. a brand new way that AI videos get made and you’ll be one of the first being on the top of the food chain doing this and that’s why you’ll be able to bank the most. Always when you’re one of the first, you earn the most. On top of that, I’m going to show you Vibe Director Income, the brand new income stream getting paid to direct AI videos. You see, anyone can create AI videos right now. There’s a lack of directors. We’re going to show you how this is the latest gold mine. How people are profiting with this. like there’s no tomorrow. And on top of that, because you’re smart enough to stay until the end, and because you’re smart enough to show up live in the first place, we’re going to allow you to get access to this in a way nobody else can. So, once again, I hope you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s get started with Secret One, Vibe Directing, the new way that AI videos get made and why directed videos win. You see, here’s what nobody is talking about. Some AI videos take off. They do really well, get loved by hundreds of thousands of people, continue to generate a ton of clicks, views, and sales. And then there are other videos that are made with the latest and greatest tools, and they get zero views. And Steve decided to find out what is causing this. What makes the exact difference between these two? And it’s the same reason some movies become blockbusters and others absolutely flaw. You see, both have cameras, actors, and a full crew. Heck, the same movie. You can even use the same actors. The difference is the director, the person telling you what to do, where to stand, what to say. The director decides what gets made before anyone creates. Comment yes if this makes sense so far because a lot of people don’t understand it and the ones that do end up making a ton of money, generating a ton of followers extremely fast. And it’s exactly the same with AI videos. Answer the following question. Which video will generate more sales? An AI video with absolutely no direction. It’s just, you know, you asked them to create something and created it. Or a video that’s been carefully directed that has been told exactly what to focus on, where to zoom in, where to zoom out, the exact story line from start to finish, and what to highlight. Now, without Phil, there we go. It is BB B. Hands down, it is B. B wins because it shows the viewer exactly what they want to see. And until now, AI video tools never had a director. It’s like an orchestra with no conductor. Amazing instruments, but it’s just noise. No matter how talented the players are, you need a director to create something that the audience can follow, listen to, that actually makes sense and enjoy listening to and in this case also watching. If this starting to make sense, there you go. I see. Or that’s a great way to put it. Thank you. so much. Now, in 2026, there’s been a massive change, and it’s exactly what we’re talking about right here. You see, there’s a brand new way that only relatively a handful of people have discovered by now, which is called vibe directing. And it’s a brand new way that AI videos get made. And it’s the hottest method and approach to AI video making that actually triumphs any other person trying to generate views and sales from video. You see, vibe directing is a conversational method of creating AI videos where you describe a mood, a story or scene in plain language instead of manually adding clips, writing or using prompts. Now people are calling it the most magical experience. Did you say I don’t say this lightly vibe directing is the most magical experience. The same way vibe coding changed how software gets built. Vibe directing now changes how videos are made. All you need is an ID in your head. Now creators everywhere are switching to vibe directing. It is the most powerful way to have AI direct the story for you and generate the best possible video. No cameras, no crews, just one clear ID. And you let AI go ahead and take that ID and direct it for you. It turns the AI from a video creator into a video director. And that’s the big difference. Vibe directing versus traditional directing. And AI has completely changed it forever. You simply describe what you want. It can be, you know, full of holes. So it can be just a vague merely an idea and then AI goes and directs the video. But normally you have to not only describe it but also direct it. I want this, I need this, I need specifically this to happen. I need to happen here. Now you don’t need to do that anymore. So comment yes if you see why everyone is talking about this and why this is a huge game changer and more importantly how it’s different from just creating a video. Let me know in the chat box. There you guys see lots of yeses coming in. Now, you might be wondering, well, if vibe directing is so powerful, why is not everyone doing it? That’s because most video tools, first of all, don’t allow you to do it yet. You need to be super specific, or else you’re just going to get, you know, a random basic video with some kind of template hoping it does well. And the ones that actually allow you to vibe direct, you know, cost a lot of credits, can’t get it right immediately, and just letting you wait until the point you basically just need to become very specific again and have to start all over. And even if you were to try and direct it yourself, you won’t know what the audience want to see. Where do they want you to zoom in? What is working right now? And if you guess it wrong, nobody watches. And that’s what’s happening with most AI video tools and creators. They create videos that they hope people will watch, but they have no idea because it’s purely based on guesses. There’s no real director in the seat. Now, that is all about change because of the brilliant man Steve Tari, who had one goal, which is creating an AI that directs the video for you. You see, he was fed up, sick and tired of his videos just being created. And then he posted it and you know, it did it was a beautiful video. It looked good, but it didn’t do the numbers he wanted it to. And when he saw the missing gap and the brand new evolution of AI, of vibe directing, he immediately knew that that’s the missing puzzle piece. He built the first AI director that researches, decides, and creates everything for you. And this is the newest generation of AI video. You see, generation one was manual editors, right? The editor would help you, but you still have to go in drag and drop. Then generator 2 or gen two was the prompt and pray. You prompt something and you hope. You pray that it will do well and most of the time it doesn’t because it’s based on just hope. And then last but not least, you now have Gen Tree, the AI director, where it directs the video based on a specific goal. It goes and actually makes sure it’s the best video for any given scenario. It scripts, it researches, it doesn’t just create based on a prompt. It creates based on what the current audience online wants to see. Even if you have no followers, no idea what to post. It goes out there and looks at what do the people want to see that you’re about to release. You might be wondering, well, how does it do that? How does your AI director even know what to make? And that’s the beauty of what Steve Tyres built in. It’s called the live trend intelligence. This is a trademark technology where before it creates anything, it researches your goal. It researches the platform you want to post your video on. Because each platform which most video tools fail to you know uh realize is that each platform has its own set of rules, its own particular audience, its own way of posting content. You know YouTube is sometimes a little bit more long form. Instagram is a little bit short form. Tik Tok is completely short form. LinkedIn you know you want to be more educational heavy. It understands the nuances between the audiences that are on each specific platform. It understands what the audience wants to see. It understands what’s trending. Then it finds the winning angles within that. It creates the best possible format. It directs and it creates the finished video. Now these are the steps you need an actual video tool to make if you really want sales. If you want to make clients happy, if you want them to get, you know, videos to be shared on non-stop, videos that get followers, videos that get subscribers, videos that get leads and sales, this is the way to do it. Every video start with what is working right now. Not something you hope looks good, but something you know is working as we speak. You simply give it a goal such as I want to promote this affiliate offer. I want to, you know, do make this for this local business. And it goes ahead, applies all the steps and direct it. You can tell it in plain English. It finds what’s working right now. It writes the brief, builds the video, and you approve the director’s cut. Now, let me ask you a question. What if we equipped you with your very own AI director? Imagine posting videos that people actually buy from, or imagine businesses asking you what you charge. Do you see yourself posting videos that finally get results because there’s a director that makes sure people listen and watch and click and share? Let me know in the chat box. Give me a yes. Pay very close attention because what we’re about to introduce to you is the director AI. An AI that directs every video you post. Comment I want this in the chat if you want to see it in action. Comment I want this. We’re going to go ahead and show it to you firsthand. power, the missing puzzle piece, the one thing that everyone needs in a day and age where video is the most important and fundamental marketing necessity. You cannot go without a video director. This is what’s going to make you stand apart, make businesses fall in love with your service over anyone else. We’re about to show it to you firsthand. Comment, I want this. There you go. See lots of people commenting. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Now, do me a favor. Also pay attention to the very video itself because it has been made with directory AI. So you’re seeing living proof of what it creates as it will explain itself to you and you see the quality in real time. Hey, I’m Steve. You already know the hard part about video isn’t making it. Anyone can make a video now. The hard part is knowing what to make, which format, which hook, which style actually works. get that wrong and it disappears in the feed. So, we build something that makes that decision for you. And take a look at me for a second. The presenter you’re listening to right now, this face, this voice, me talking to you, created with the very tool I’m about to walk you through, that’s the smallest thing it can do. This is Director AI. Let me show you the rest. Your journey starts right here with Director AI, your personal conversational creative partner. Director AI is your all-in-one video studio boot to create every kind of video you need. Photorealistic avatar videos, viral faceless clips, talking photos, studio podcast, idea to video productions, and full multi- language translations. But here’s what makes it different. You don’t have to guess which format to use. You just tell the director AI your goal and it decides the perfect video style, presenter, and structure for you. No setup, no blank screen. Just tell it what you want in plain words. Your goal, your topic, your platform. Let’s try it. I’ll ask for an engaging avatar video for a fitness app made for Instagram res. Hit send and watch what happens. In seconds, the director designs your entire production the way a real creative director would. It’s chosen the avatar format in vertical reel format. It’s paired presenter David Allen with a matching voice. It’s written a scroll stopping opening hook and structured a complete five scene script. I didn’t pick any of that. The director did because it decided that’s what would win for this goal. The plan looks spoton. So I’ll just type looks great. Let’s create the video and confirm. And the director starts building and rendering your video. It takes just a few seconds. Now see your video. It’s been created. Let’s look at the My Videos dashboard, the central hub, where every video you create across every tool lives in one place, ready to view, filter, and organize. And the three dots menu is where your video goes to work. Share a direct link. Download the MP4. Let’s click post to social. Every connected account is right here. YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest. Pick your channels, open your caption and hashtags and it’ll post instantly with one click or schedule it for later. Hit submit and director AI distributes it for you completely handsree. And that’s the video the director built for us fully rendered. Realistic lip sync, smooth pacing from one center. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. 10 jumping jacks get the blood moving. 10 arm circles. Wake up your shoulders. One deep breath. Feel that? That’s your energy back. Now, the director already made every call for you, but if you want to step in and take the chair yourself, everything is open to you inside the advanced editor. At the top, your project title, global settings, and the render button. In the center, a live preview. Along the bottom, a timeline where you drag, drop, add, and rearrange scenes. Your global settings control the whole video at once. Under voice, browse the AI voice library by tone on each. Preview any voice. Cosmo makes ideas bright and easy to fine-tune the pace and apply it across every scene. Under avatar, pick a readymade presenter, generate a fresh one with AI or upload your own photo. Under watermark, drop in your logo and place it anywhere. Under music, add a royalty-free track

    and balance it against the voice. And on the caption, switch on subtitles, style the font, colors, karaoke highlights, and animation to keep viewers hooked. Down at the scene level, you’ve got total control, too. Edit the script for any single scene and add expressive pauses or let AI tag optimize the delivery for ultra realistic speech. Drop in stickers and animated gifts. Add up to three fully styled text overlays and drag them anywhere on the canvas. Snap your captions into the perfect position with one click. Frame your presenter exactly how you want circle or square picture in picture. Split screen top or bottom or full screen placed anywhere with the position grid. And here’s a real game changer. AI avatar style restage your presenter for a single scene. Type a prompt or even upload a product for them to hold and show off. Generate, compare, and apply. Change your mind? Revert in one click. Swap any scene’s background with stock footage, uploads, or solid colors, or generate a brand new one. The AI background generator will read your script and create matching visuals automatically as a steel image or a fully animated motion background.

    Add scenes anytime with the plus button. And when it all looks right, hit render and your finished HD video is ready in minutes. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. Full manual control, start to finish. Pick your platform ratio. Choose a presenter from the library. Generate one with AI or upload your own photo.

    Write your own script or generate a high converting one from a few keywords. Choose the perfect voice. Set the backdrop from millions of stock clips, AI generated visuals, or your own uploads.

    Add music.

    Style your captions

    and launch it straight into the editor to render. Three habits that will change your life in 30 days. Number two changed everything for me. Habit one, wake up at the same time every day. Consistent. The fastest way to turn ideas into viral videos without ever being on camera. Title it pick your ratio.

    Choose your language. Then write your script, generate it from keywords, upload a document, or even repurpose an existing audio or video file. Pick a natural voice.

    pull in stock visuals

    and style dynamic captions that drive retention, then straight into the editor to render. These places look edited, but they’re 100% real. The Danakil depression in Ethiopia looks like Mars with acid lakes, love. Turn a raw idea, a topic, or even a web page into a finished video in seconds.

    Type a few keywords and it writes the narration, auto pairs, matching visuals to every scene or paste any article or product link. It reads the page voices and writes a tailored script and even pulls images from the page itself. review on Gener. This beginnerfriendly adjustable dumbbell system lets you switch from 5 to 25 lbs per dumbbell. That means one compact set covers toning, light strength work, and progressive training effort. Bring any still photo to life with hyperrealistic speech and lip sync. Upload your portrait of character. Add your logo, then write or AI generates the script with expressive tags for natural human delivery. Choose a premium built-in voice or clone and train your own. And a moment a static photo becomes a speaking presenter. Why is everyone suddenly doing this in their home? Warm neutrals, natural textures, zero clutter. It’s called quiet luxury design, and it’s taking over for a reason. It doesn’t sh Multie speaker podcast videos with real back and forth conversation, dynamic camera cuts and studio layouts. Set up two hosts with a hone avatars and distinct voices.

    DFY avatars for your podcast.

    Then let AI script the conversation from just a topic, a seamless natural debate between both speakers.

    Music style your studio set and caption and create. It renders with natural lips sync and automatic camera switching between hosts. Okay, debate time. $1 million today or $10,000 every month for life. Easy. The million cash in hand. Wait, do the math though. 10k a month is 120k a year forever. Okay, that adds up fast if you live long enough. Take one video and reach the whole world. Upload your source video.

    Choose a dobing voice

    and pick your target languages from over 50. Choose four at once. English, Spanish, German, French, and create translation. It transcribes, translates, and dubs your video into every language with synced natural voiceovers, ready to publish worldwide. When a comment can ruin my whole day, that’s when I shut it down.

    A library of ready to use, high converting campaigns across the dozens of niches. Filter by ratio and category. Preview any template. Looking for the best wireless earbuds? Meet the Apple AirPods Pro 3. And click to import the entire project into the editor, every transition, background, and animation pre-built. Swap in your own text and images and render.

    A finished professional campaign in minutes. The director AI can boot any of these for you automatically, but everyone is also a full creator. You can command directly whenever you want hands-on control. That’s director AI. Every format you just saw, avatars, faceless, talking photos, podcast, idea videos, translations, the director AI can build any of them for you. You don’t pick the format. You don’t fight a blank screen. You give it the goal and it brings the vision, the script, the voice, and the final cut. This isn’t a tool. This is your production studio. Director AI direction. Reimagine. Every story deserves a director. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own AI director? Just looking at the video itself, did you see the immense quality of what it created right there? And all you have to do is give it a goal. Whether you want a videos that sells your products, a video that sells your offers or services, a video for local business, a video that gets clients, and the director AI does the rest. Let me know if you absolutely love what you just saw. That’s it for secret number one, Vibe Direct. And I see lots of great comments in the chat. You guys are amazing. Now, I quickly want to touch on Vive Director Income because there is a brand new income stream opening up in 2026, and that is getting paid to direct AI videos. And I actually prove it to you. You can see right here, this is live on Upwork right now as we speak. Full-time AI video generator where people are looking for the best, you know, AI content and plan for, you know, a personal brand called the Stop Drinking Coach. Now, full-time AI video generator. They’re willing to pay $1,000 right here. Uh $1,500 right here. $2,000. Now, remember the difference between a creator and a director. These people are not just looking for another AI video. They can create it themselves. They’re looking for someone to direct the story. What should the video be about? Why should it be in this format? What do the people want to see? An AI video creator typically earns, you know, over a year. someone that’s really good, has a steady, you know, clients, $75, which is not bad. But you can see right here, a creative director, Generative AI creative director, which has a ton of jobs now hiring. It’s now up for grabs for anyone that is smart enough to see this opportunity right now, earning up to 120 grand, over six figures. The average yearly salary for an AI or generative AI creative director is about 120 grand to $146,000 in the United States. Meaning directing pays at least $44,000 more a year. Statistically show. Now even better is that this is right now untapped and the demand is greater than the supply. Businesses pay more for knowing what to make instead of just making it. So, let me know in the chat box. Comment yes if you can see why directors get paid more. Any business can create an AI video, but not any business can direct one. And you can tap into this without applying for a single job. Businesses will happily pay you because they have no idea what to post. They have no time to figure it out. And until now, their only option was a video agency or trying to wing it with a video creation tool. And these agencies charge anywhere from 2500 to 15,000 a month just to direct. Now, you can show up with videos directed for their customers and they’re saying $150 to $500 a video and you’re the easy yes. Three ways to collect VIP director income is this. VIP director income number one is you get paid by local businesses. This is probably one of the easiest way. Let me know. As a matter of fact, if you want my three-step client framework, everyone that takes action on this, you’ll be able to pick up clients so easily. Give me a yes in the chat box if you want the three-step client framework because the demand for vibe directing is all-time high right now. You see, all you have to do is pick one local business. You can find these on Google. Now, this is the easiest part of everything. Then you send them a free directed video. Not just another AI created video, but a directed video. And then you charge per video or charge monthly. Now, you can see right here, basic 30 second is anywhere from $150 to $300. A polished one for a local business anywhere from $400 to $1,000. And the simple message you send is this. Hey business, I made a short video for your service, right? You fill in what their surface is built around what’s getting attention in your industry right now. This is what sets you apart from any other creator. I made a video built around what’s getting attention in your industry right now. It’s already done. Want me to send it over? You can see right here, there’s no page. The sample does the talking for you. Now, this is a whole different way to approach businesses because what’s happening here is that you’re providing them not just videos that, you know, are random hopey do well or hopefully do well, but you’re giving them what the industry they’re in already wants. Now, besides clients, you can also just promote affiliate offers with this and do extremely well. All you have to do is give it one affiliate link and it will give you a directed video ready to publish on all platforms actually bringing in buyers. And then one of my favorites as well is just growing faceless pages. This is something I’ve been doing consistently now and is working. Your pages grow while you stay off camera. You keep a 100% of what you charge. You can promote anything on these pages whether it’s your own offers, your services or affiliate offers. Anyone can do this even with zero experience. So again, comment yes in the chat box if you can see how Vibe Directing is bringing in a completely new income stream where sure any business or anyone can create AI videos, but not everyone can direct them. And that’s what’s missing and that’s what businesses are demanding right now. They’re not just looking for video creators. They’re looking for someone that can come in with the plan, direct it in a way what their audience wants to see, what the industry wants to see. And your AI director makes sure it backs it up. Here’s why it’s directed this way. This is what the stats show. This is how many people click. This is the latest trending, the most searched. This is the best video format. You’ll have all the proof and data to actually have the best directed videos instead of just AI videos. And that’s what businesses are handsomely paying for. There you go. See lots of yeses coming in. That’s it for secret number two. Now, with that being said, who wants direct special access at a massive discount only on this webinar? Comment yes in the chat box because you’ve just seen what’s possible. All you have to do now is comment yes. We’re going to show you everything you’re getting access to. And let me tell you, it is out of this world. you’ll be able to grab this at literally a big big discount that you can’t find anywhere else. And then on top of that, you’ll have something that nobody else has, an unfair advantage. So, let’s go ahead and see lots of yeses flying in. Let’s show you everything you’re getting today. Here’s what you’re getting today. the director AI commercial actions with a realworld value of over $2,364.

    Now, this includes the goal in finished video out. You simply give it a goal in plain English and will give you exactly what you need, completely directed, perfect for what your audience wants to see in the first place, all backed by actual trend and data. Furthermore, that is where the live friend intelligence steps in. It actually looks at what people are watching right now, clicking right now, viewing right now, and uses that to your advantage. Now, the AI picks the hook, the scripts, and the format, realistic AI afters with perfect lip syncing, talking photos, and AI podcast, as well as 50 plus AI voices and dubbing. Now, furthermore, you have a smart editor that actually edits the video without you having to drag and drop. But you can simply say anything and it adjusts accordingly with auto captions. Now, the best thing is the AI Director is so good that everything will be perfect right from the get-go. And even better, you’re getting the commercial license included. So, you can use these videos and keep a 100% of the profits from them. Now, the beauty about this is you literally put one goal in and you get a finished video out. In a day and age where video is the key to generating more sales, the key to generating more traffic, this is exactly what you need. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you will unlock the entire Director AI bundle. And this is where you will literally knock a home run out of the park because with the bundle, you’ll be truly unstoppable. You’ll be able to do things that other people can’t do whatsoever. You see, you’re not only going to get the Director AI commercial valued at $2364, but you’re also getting the professional version. And this one is valued at $1,673 and allows you to get access to over 100 plus premium AI avatars, custom avatars from any face, as well as AI voice cloning, as well as videos in multiple languages, 4K exports with priority rendering, no watermark on any export, and a full drag and drop editor. You’ll be fully unstoppable with the pro version because you have your face or the business owner’s face or anyone’s face, your voice or anyone’s voice in 4K top and prime quality in literally any language. The best crystal clear and crisp content perfectly directed to generate you views. So on top of the Director AI commercial, you’re also getting the Director AI Pro. Now, to get you results even faster and only because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to include the done for you. And this will allow you to fasttrack your results the moment you grab this. And this is valued at $1,676, which includes 100 plus ready to launch campaigns. You can literally get started and see results from the first moment you log in because of the done for you. Furthermore, you get 10 new campaigns every single month since we keep using it ourselves. We see exactly what’s working right now and plug these campaigns into your account. Furthermore, the affiliate ecom local and any other template in any other niche that is literally ready to be deployed directed by the AI for perfect results. Add your brand, publish it in minutes, and it’s fully editable and client ready to swap it out for any offer you want to sell or any offer you want to promote. This means you’ll never start from zero. You can open up a campaign, publish it, and the director does everything for you. So, let me ask you this. Who is loving everything they’re getting so far? Give me a yes in the chat box if you do because you’re getting the Director AI commercial, the Director AI Pro, the Director AI done for you. Now, this alone will already allow you to see so much more results from your video. Now, to make it even easier, and again, because you’re on this webinar, we’ve decided to allow you to sit back and watch the magic happen because we’re going to give you the director AI automation included. Normally, you would have to get this separately, but again, because you made such a smart decision being here, you’ll get the automation included in the bundle. Now, the real world value of this is $1,273. And this includes the ability to bulk create videos in one pass, as well as auto schedule and bulk post. So, literally, your accounts are always growing without you having to look back. Now, post to four major platforms allin ones consistently and automated. You can put in one goal. Say, “Hey, this month sell this offer. I want to make $1,000 from selling this or you know, I want to grow this channel.” You give it one goal. It fills up the calendar and it does what it needs to do as a director. Now, furthermore, repurpose one video anywhere you want and you can use unlimited social accounts, meaning there’s no limit to how much you can grow and you have a director that knows exactly what the play is, what should be posted, where it should be posted, how it should be posted. All the heavy lifting is off your shoulder. You set it once and your calendar fills itself. And this is truly where the value once again of director AI comes in play because unlike most tools where it just posts video for the sake of posting videos, this will fill your calendar with perfectly directed videos that is aligned with your goal and based on actual trend intelligence. So, your webinar bundle includes the Director AI commercial, the Director AI Pro, the Director AI done for you, and now the all powerful Director AI automation. And to make it even better, and again, only because you’re on this webinar, because you’re going to get a steal of a deal, we’re including one of our most valuable upgrades, which is director AI business. Now, you can already see this one is valued at $2,776. And this includes a full agency dashboard. Resell Director AI as your own. Keep 100% of the profits. You can create client and team accounts. You can literally give away free trials. Try it out. If they like it, they keep it. Charge anything. Keep 100%. You can leverage your own API and tokens and white label rights included. Meaning it will be as if you created director AI. You can name it anything you want according to your brand and you’ll have your very own unique vied directing video AI. Something that nobody else has where people are running around with merely video creators. You are one step above all. The moment you let anyone try it, they’ll see the difference and the power and they will pay monthly to use this and you can create them an account whenever you want. put your name on it and keep a 100%. Now again, who here is loving everything they’re getting? The commercial, the AI pro, the director AI them for you, the director AI automation, and the director AI business. A unique software, yours to white label, keep 100% on. This is what is making you stand out amongst anything and everyone else. And when you get the bundle today, we’re even going to include 10 bonus AI tools which are only available on this webinar, which is number one, the AI image and art generator. Now, on top of that, the AI thumbnail maker, as well as the AI copywriter, our AI logo and brand kit maker, our AI social post designer, our stock media library, AI voice over studio, our bio link page builder because you’re going to get a ton of traffic to your link and bio, custom GPT builder, and our AI webinar builder, one of my personal favorites. Now, all in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. Combined, we’re looking at a total realworld value of at least $11, $182.

    Now, because you’re on this webinar, we could have easily charged 997 showing you the value of what you’re accessing right now because nobody else has a director. I keep emphasizing it. This is what makes you stand apart. This is what finally makes your videos work. And this is what businesses are paying for right now. And for once, you are early, perfectly on time to have something where the demand is in surplus right now. And you’ll be able to fulfill it like nobody else can. Now, because you’re here, you won’t pay anywhere near 997. We figured to drop it down by 50%, bringing it down to 497 one time. And honestly, that is a steal of a deal for having a unique state-of-the-art technology that directs your videos for you. But if you’re live with us, which if you’re here, but because you’re live with us, when you comment the word live to prove that you’re here live, we’re going to reveal to you the liveonly webinar special. This means you’ll have one shot and one shot only to grab it at the biggest discount. Have a unfair advantage stateofthe-art AI allowing you to use this in a way nobody else can. And we’re dropping it down to just 397 one time. A massive steal for having the Director AI commercial, the Director AI Pro, Director AI done for you, Director AI automation that grows your accounts on autopilot. director AI business and our 10 bonus AI tools. Nobody right now has a director and you’ll have one. And to make it the ultimate deal, and only if you act right now, we’re going to reveal a live coupon called director, which takes another $100 off, bringing it down to just 297 one time. This is the biggest bang for your buck and this is what’s going to finally allow you to succeed with the number one mechanism online that is known to bring in the biggest results which is video but finally it will work for you. Director AI tells you exactly what videos needs to be created and creates it for you in the best way your audience actually watches it, shares it, clicks it, and actually becomes leads and buyers. The exact videos that will have clients begging you to create this for them because these are videos that actually work for them. Now, the link will be dropped in the chat right now. It’s a onetime payment, but only because you’re on this webinar. Make sure you grab this while we’re live because when you grab this right now, you’ll be able to use our special coupon, taking another $100 off. Now, that coupon will expire immediately after this webinar. So, make sure you take advantage and you know, get this steal of a deal at only $297 one time where in one payment everything’s included. And this is the launch price literally right after this. This will go monthly. So, you’re lucky. It’s a onetime lifetime access. And you even have a 30-day money back guarantee. Not 14, but a full month back guarantee where you can try it out, use it, abuse it, see the results, log in, use the director, get the white label. Now, it’s 100% yours and you can still decide to keep it. And again, the best part is you don’t need to write prompts. You don’t need to chase trends. The director does everything for you. And that’s the advantage that goes to people who know what to make. And finally, you’ll be there. You’ll know what to make. And the director AI will make it for you. Everyone else has a video creator, but Steve built you a director. It directs and you approve. Now, the link is in the chat. It’s 2971 time. Make sure you grab it right now. get your AI director right now and make sure you take advantage of the live coupon that we just released. There we go. I see people already going and grabbing it. Congratulations. Uh Steve, congratulations to you. Anthony, congratulations to you. Um Adam, congratulates to you as well. Lisa, all you can use it in business and get your clients paying way more than what you invest right now. Now, the agency white level on its own is already more than worth it. But once again, let me show you everything you’re getting included, plus the special mega bundle upgrade, if it’s even still available. Because right here, you’re going to get the pro, the done for you, the automation, and the business. Now, this means all you have to do is tell it your goal. From there, the live trend intelligence finds what’s working right now. Then, the director directs and builds the whole thing, and you approve the final director’s cut. It’s literally as simple as that. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting the full front end, you’re getting the pro version, you’re getting the done for you version, you’re getting the automated version, the automation, and the complete white label business. Full agency dashboard, reseller panel, custom access, charge clients to keep 100%. You’re getting everything as promised, full business ownership. Now, here’s the beauty. You can literally create anything in any format, top quality. But again, unlike most videos who just put something out or most tools who just create something hoping it will work, this directs it in a way it understands what your audience wants to see. It turns it from idea to video content. It talking photo to videos, podcast style videos, as well as product videos, shorts and reals. create, publish, and grow your account with real live content that allows you to take things to a whole new level because this is actually what people want to see. Not just another video made by II, but a video directed in a way it understands that this is the trend right now. Now, this can literally be created for you left, right, and center. and you’re getting the whole nine yards for educational videos, reals, as well as, you know, product videos, as well as review videos, the whole nine yards. So, let’s talk about the special mega bundle upgrade that you can take advantage of right now when you go to the checkout page. And just to show you the stacks once again, right here, you’re getting the entire funnel plus all the premium features, everything in the front end, plus the pro, plus the done for you, plus the automation and business. You unlock full access to all the bonuses. You even get over 50,000 credits included lasting you more than long enough to create a ton of videos all directed for you. So, what you have to do is simply put in your name, last name, email, and then here you will want to put in the special coupon code that I mentioned earlier right here, which is the onetime coupon code only available on this webinar, director 100. So, all you have to do is enter that right here, and the price as you see it from 397 will drop down to just 297 one time only because you’re on this webinar. Everyone else outside of this webinar will have to pay monthly. You on this webinar, however, can take advantage of a lifetime access. Now, if you’re lucky enough, you’ll see the mega bundle upgrade, adding another 10,000 credits every single month. basically putting you on unlimited. From here, you will be able to use this forever without fill as you have fresh credit more than enough every single month. Now, all you have to do is check this box. It’s a onetime 127. You add the mega bundle to your account and it gets richer every month. Now, most tools run dry the day you mine them. This one refills and upgrades itself and replenishes ongoingly. Now you get our free clips viral app where you can turn any longer video into dozens of auto captions, viral qu clips in 20 languages. You get the new avatars, the latest voices, the newest templates added monthly. So when there’s new advances, new characters coming out, new voices, you automatically get them upgraded into your account. You get the newest AI models, plus VIP priority rendering. When there’s new models released, it automatically upgrades into your account and early access to every new feature because this one is here to stay and it’s going to grow grown bigger and bigger and bigger as video becomes more important every single day of the year. videos growing bigger and bigger and bigger. Which means when you grab this right now, it’s an investment that will turn out to be getting a software that’s worth tens of thousands of dollars as you will have all the upgrades, all the features, all the latest models, all the latest voices continuously added to your account. Now, if you want to add this, normally it’s 147. Because you’re on this webinar, you’ll be able to snatch it up for 127 if it’s even available. This is something we can’t obviously do unlimitedly for everyone. That’s why only a limited time and only on this webinar you can add the mega bundle giving you unlimited access. It’s a onetime 127. Now it is optional. Know that the first thing and the most important thing is obviously the bundle itself giving you access to the creative director, the pro, the done for you, the automation and the entire business account. Giving you everything you need already to absolutely crush it. The world’s first Gentry creative director that researches what’s working right now, decides the winning strategy, produces the entire video itself while you just approve. Simply give the director a goal and from there it takes it all over. As a matter of fact, let’s have one more look at the demo so you can once again see the power of this. But in the meanwhile, make sure you go to the link right now because the absolute steal that you’re getting it for, including the coupon that’s available right now, will only last while we are live. So, make sure you grab it right now before it is too late. And if you have the opportunity and the chance to snatch up the mega bundle, do not forget to check this box because this alone will make it more than worth it. This will make it a true investment that will last you a lifetime as video becomes more and more prominent, more and more important, and you will always be on your agame. So, in the meanwhile, let’s have one more look at the demo. And again, remember, the demo itself is made with Director Studio AI or Director AI, allowing you to already see in real time the quality of what it creates. Make sure you grab this in the meanwhile because time is running out and this will be one of your only chances to get lifetime access to something everyone else will pay a lot more for, pay recurringly for. You will be stepped in grandfaughtered with the best possible price. And on top of that, you even have a 30-day money back guarantee. Make sure you grab it because it includes the donefor you business reseller agency. All of which you can snatch up for onetime 297. So let’s have one more look at the demo. In the meanwhile, ask the team, drop the link in the chat and go grab it before it’s too late. Hey, I’m Steve. You already know the hard part about video isn’t making it. Anyone can make a video now. The hard part is knowing what to make, which format, which hook, which style actually works. Get that wrong and it disappears in the feed. So, we build something that makes that decision for you. And take a look at me for a second. The presenter you’re listening to right now. This face, this voice, me talking to you. Create it with the very tool I’m about to walk you through. That’s the smallest thing it can do. This is Director AI. Let me show you the rest. Your journey starts right here with Director AI, your personal conversational creative partner. Director AI is your all-in-one video studio boot to create every kind of video you need. Photorealistic avatar videos, viral faceless clips, talking photos, studio podcast, idea to video productions, and full multi- language translations. But here’s what makes it different. You don’t have to guess which format to use. You just tell the director AI your goal, and it decides the perfect video style, presenter, and structure for you. No setup, no blank screen. Just tell it what you want in plain words. Your goal, your topic, your platform. Let’s try it. I’ll ask for an engaging avatar video for a fitness app made for Instagram res. Hit send and watch what happens. In seconds, the director designs your entire production, the way a real creative director would. It’s chosen the avatar format in vertical reel format. It’s paired presenter David Allen with a matching voice. It’s written a scroll stopping opening hook and structured a complete five scene script. I didn’t pick any of that. The director did because it decided that’s what would win for this goal. The plan looks spoton. So, I’ll just type looks great. Let’s create the video and confirm. And the director starts building and rendering your video. It takes just a few seconds. Now, see your video. It’s been created. Let’s look at the my videos dashboard. The central hub where every video you create across every tool lives in one place ready to view, filter, and organize. On the three dots menu is where your video goes to work. Share a direct link. Download the MP4. Let’s click post to social. Every connected account is right here. YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest. Pick your channels, open your caption and hashtags, and it’ll post instantly with one click or schedule it for later. Hit submit and director AI distributes it for you, completely handsree. And that’s the video the director built for us. Fully rendered, realistic lip sync, smooth pacing from one center. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. 10 jumping jacks get the blood moving. 10 arm circles. Wake up your shoulders. One deep breath. Feel that? That’s your energy back. Now, the director already made every call for you, but if you want to step in and take the chair yourself, everything is open to you inside the advanced editor. At the top, your project title, global settings, and the render button. In the center, a live preview. Along the bottom, a timeline where you drag, drop, add, and rearrange scenes. Your global settings control the whole video at once. Under voice, browse the AI voice library by tone or niche. Preview any voice. Cosmo makes ideas bright and easy to fine-tune the pace and apply it across every scene. Under avatar, pick a readymade presenter, generate a fresh one with AI or upload your own photo. Under watermark, drop in your logo and place it anywhere. Under music, add a royalty-free track

    and balance it against the voice. And on the caption, switch on subtitles, style the font, colors, karaoke highlights, and animation to keep viewers hooked. Down at the scene level, you’ve got total control, too. Edit the script for any single scene and add expressive pauses or let AI tag optimize the delivery for ultra realistic speech. Drop in stickers and animated gifts. Add up to three fully styled text overlays and drag them anywhere on the canvas. Snap your captions into the perfect position with one click. Frame your presenter exactly how you want circle or square picture in picture. Split screen top or bottom or full screen placed anywhere with the position grid. And here’s a real game changer. AI avatar style restage your presenter for a single scene. Type a prompt or even upload a product for them to hold and show off. Generate, compare, and apply. Change your mind? Revert in one click. Swap any scenes background with stock footage, uploads, or solid colors, or generate a brand new one. The AI background generator will read your script and create matching visuals automatically as a steel image or a fully animated motion background.

    Add scenes anytime with the plus button. And when it all looks right, hit render and your finished HD video is ready in minutes. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. Full manual control, start to finish. Pick your platform ratio. Choose a presenter from the library. Generate one with AI or upload your own photo.

    Write your own script or generate a high converting one from a few keywords. Choose the perfect voice. Set the backdrop from millions of stock clips, AI generated visuals, or your own uploads.

    Add music.

    style your captions

    and launch it straight into the editor to render. Three habits that will change your life in 30 days. Number two changed everything for me. Habit one, wake up at the same time every day. Consistent. The fastest way to turn ideas into viral videos without ever being on camera. Title it pick your ratio. Choose your language, then write your script, generate it from keywords, upload a document, or even repropose an existing audio or video file. Pick a natural voice.

    pull in stock visuals

    and style dynamic captions that drive retention. Then straight into the editor to render. These places look edited, but they’re 100% real. The Danakil depression in Ethiopia looks like Mars with acid lakes, love. Turn a raw idea, a topic, or even a web page into a finished video in seconds.

    Type a few keywords and it writes the narration, auto pairs, matching visuals to every scene or paste any article or product link. It reads the page, voices, and writes a tailored script and even pulls images from the page itself. review. I’m Jen. This beginnerfriendly adjustable dumbbell system lets you switch from 5 to 25 lbs per dumbbell. That means one compact set covers toning, light strength work, and progressive training effort. Bring any still photo to life with hyperrealistic speech and lip sync. Upload your portrait or character. Add your logo, then write or AI generate the script with expressive tags for natural human delivery. Choose a premium built-in voice or close and train your own. And a moment a static photo becomes a speaking presenter. Why is everyone suddenly doing this in their home? Warm neutrals, natural textures, zero clutter. It’s called quiet luxury design, and it’s taking over for a reason. It doesn’t sh Multie speaker podcast videos with real back and forth conversation, dynamic camera cuts and studio layouts. Set up two hosts with a hone avatars and distinct voices.

    DFY avatars for your podcast.

    Then let AI script the conversation from just a topic. A seamless natural debate between both speakers.

    Music style your studio set and captions and creates. It renders with natural lip sync and automatic camera switching between hosts. Okay, debate time. $1 million today or $10,000 every month for life. Easy. The million cash in hand. Wait, do the math though. 10k a month is 120k a year forever. Okay, that adds up fast if you live long enough. Take one video and reach the whole world. Upload your source video.

    Choose a do invoice

    and pick your target languages from over 50. Choose four at once, English, Spanish, German, French, and create translations. It transcribes, translates, and dubs your video into every language with synced natural voiceovers ready to publish worldwide. When a comment can ruin my whole day, that’s when I shut it down.

    A library of readytouse, high converting campaigns across the dozens of niches. Filter by ratio and category. Preview any template. Looking for the best wireless earbuds? Meet the Apple AirPods Pro 3 and click to import the entire project into the editor. Every transition, background, and animation pre-built. Swap in your own text and images and render.

    A finished professional campaign in minutes. The director AI can boot any of these for you automatically. But everyone is also a full creator you can command directly whenever you want hands-on control. That’s director AI. Every format you just saw avatars, faceless, talking photos, podcast, idea videos, translations. The director AI can build any of them for you. You don’t pick the format. You don’t fight a blank screen. You give it the goal and it brings the vision, the script, the voice, and the final cut. This isn’t a tool. This is your production studio. Director AI direction. Reimagine. Every story deserves a director. Now, again, the truth is video is the number one way to get attention online. And there’s a reason 91% of businesses now use video. It’s the same reason why 85% of people have bought after watching a video and why businesses are happily paying for anyone that can create good videos. And it’s not just about creating good videos, but knowing what to create. And therefore, you already know the standard going rate is anywhere from $150 to $500. Something that anyone can earn immediately when grabbing Director AI. There are people even charging up to 2K a month. And that’s still for simple short form videos. And that’s because it’s the fastest way to grow your own business. It works for affiliate marketers, agencies, freelancers, software sellers, product sellers, and even local businesses, which it probably works for even the most because right now their best shot at getting recognized and getting in front of their target audience is through video. Now, as you already know, the problem is in however everyone can make AI videos right now. You already know that if you’ve tried doing it yourself, posting videos with barely anyone watches, as well as not even being sure on what to make or what’s working right now, and you might be getting some views, but no leads and sales because of it, which is ending up in worst of all the time and money with nothing to show for it. And that’s exactly what director AI solves like nothing else. The problem is as you understand it right now or should be understanding it by now, that is your key advantage here. It’s there’s a difference between a video creator who makes what you type stuck at templates and you hope for views versus a video director that knows what works, decides what’s to make, and just approve it and it’s set. Once you make the switch from having a video creator to a video director, that’s where you start winning. And that’s the problem that most people have. They have a video creator, but they don’t have a video director. Knowing what to create matters most and that is exactly what Steve has solved with the entire team. They built an AI that directs exactly what your audience wants to see. And that’s why when you grab this now, congratulations to the people there got the me mega bundle as well right on time. Congratulations. By the way, if you still haven’t gotten the manga bundle, you see it available, take advantage of it because it will give you the biggest bang for your buck. Now, once again, you will now own an AI director that knows what’s working right now. The videos that finally get watched every single day. And better yet, businesses happily pay you for videos they cannot make themselves. And the best part is you don’t need to write the prompts. You don’t need to chase the trends. You don’t need to, you know, film or edit. The director will do everything for you. So, make sure you snatch this up because it’s the big difference between AI videos that are taking off and others that get zero views. you’ll finally be on the right side of the coin because the big difference is the same reason some movies become blockbusters and others become a flop. Even though both have camera, both have actors, you can see the same actor in, you know, two separate movies, same budget, give them the same set and one movie will be a blockbuster. One movie will absolutely have the worst rating in history. And it’s not because of the actor. It’s not because of the budget. It’s because of the director, the person that tells them what to do, what the plot is, where to stand, where to pan in, where to zoom out, how to take the shot, and what the narrative of the entire story should be. The director is the key differentiator that will make or break your success. We can both have the best video tool, but if I know how to direct the video, and you do not, no matter what tool you use, you can even use a better tool than I have. But simply because you do not have a director, your stories, your videos, your content will absolutely flop because the director failed to create a proper story. Whereas once you have a trained AI video director, a creative director that understands what your audience wants to see, understands the narrative that needs to be taken to present your products, your services, your story in the best way possible, that’s when you’ll see a huge difference. And up until now, the people that are struggling with video content, it’s not because they’re bad at creating it. It’s because they have no director that directs it. So, make sure you go to the link in the chat box to take advantage of finally having the missing puzzle piece when it comes to video and something that will make clients and businesses extremely happy because you understand it like nobody else does. When asked the question, which video will generate more sales and AI video with no direction or carefully directed AI video? Everyone answered correct it is B. And even though we all know it’s B, people are still putting out videos like A and are wondering why is it not working. D wins every single time. And until now, AI video tools never had a director. It’s like an orchestra with no conductor. Amazing instruments, but just noise. No matter how talented the players are, you need a director. And that’s exactly what you’ll be able to get your hands on when you’re smart enough to take advantage of the new route that videos is taking. And that you’ll be one of the first up, which is Vibe directing. A brand new way AI video gets made and people are calling it the most magical experience. creators everywhere switching to vibe directing and allows you to take just one idea, one goal and turn it into the exact videos that will bring you the results. Now, normally if you try to do this on your own, you still won’t know what to direct and guessing wrong will not only waste a ton of time, but also a ton of money and credits on other tools. But that’s exactly why Steve Tari created what you see here today. the first AI director that not only creates the video, it researches, decides, and then creates the perfect video to get you results no matter what. In a day and age where video is the most important vehicle to get your message or product or service across and help businesses, this is the newest generation of AI video. Now, you’ll be able to take advantage of it for only 297 if you use the special coupon that’s only available on this webinar. And if you’re lucky enough, you can even get the mega bundle. Basically giving you unlimited access, plus a ton of extra features at a one-time additional 127 and then you’re set. Having made the best possible investment when it comes to video moving forward because all you have to do then is give it a goal and watch it direct. Tell it your goal in plain English. It finds what’s working right now. It writes the brief and builds the video and you simply approve the director’s cut. Now, imagine posting videos that people actually buy from or businesses asking you what you charge to direct the video for them. That’s exactly what’s going to happen when you grab this today. Now, make sure you go to the link in the chat. I see a ton of people just picked it up. Same goes for Christopher. Congratulations Jason, John, Robert, Brian, William, Matthew, Joseph, Daniel, congratulations Kevin, Richard, Scott, Mark, Steven, Thomas, Timothy, Charles, congratulations Tracy. Same goes to you, Ryan, Kelly. Congratulations, Jessica. Congratulations, Jeremy as well. Super excited for the absolute smart decision that you’ve made. I mean it is a known fact that right now video is the number one and necessary marketing fundament to get your products and services sold. Now businesses understand that and therefore the demand for it is higher than ever but they don’t just want video creators anymore. They want someone that knows what types of videos need to be made. And that’s exactly what you can expect when you grab Director AI. Now, make sure you go to the link because right now, this is your last chance to take advantage of this. And remember, when you have this, you’ll be getting paid to the direct AI videos. And I’ll prove it to you, there are tons of jobs up for grabs right now. And I can even go to a more common platform such as Facebook, you know, go here and type in I need video, you know, editor. Or I’ll even put in director specifically.

    And you’ll see immediately right in the content right here we’re hiring hiring right here I need a videographer preferably someone who understand vlogging content hiring hiring I need a video director looking for a professional looking for a video all these people are looking for someone that has that director vision because they’re tired of just someone that creates videos they’re looking for someone that can actually direct the video because they understand now that anyone can create one. Look at this. I need an actual video director ready to get more creative. Anyone can create videos now. People are now looking for the next step. And this is where the gold mine is moving to right now. And the sooner you realize it, the sooner you grab this, you’re putting yourself in the perfect position. Look at this. This is posted 10 hours ago for people that are looking for this. Now, I can even go and search for hiring social media manager since you’re getting the full automation calendar where the director even fills in any calendar. Look, another opening literally posted a day ago by Janette Lynfoot saying, “I’m also looking for a social media manager to help grow and run her online presence.” This is exactly what you can fulfill. And we’re going to show you exactly how to land these clients effortlessly using what you’re about to get your hands on. Now, all you have to do is send them this simple message. I made a short video for you built around what’s getting attention in your industry right now. Nobody’s telling him them exactly this. Now, mind you, these are people that are already looking for someone that can help them with video. It’s not unsolicited. They’re looking. They’re waiting for someone. and you’ll be the first to come in that says, “I built it around what your industry wants from you.” Not just the video I think looks good or you think looks good. What matters most, what we both know is what the viewers want to see. And that’s what a true director understands. Now again, you can also use this promote any digital product, physical product, affiliate offer, and you can grow any page. Now again when you grab this today here’s everything you’re getting access to the entire director AI commercial where simply a goal in finished video out live trend intelligence this is your unique and unfair advantage AI picks the hook scripts and format you don’t even have to think it does it for you realistic AI afters with lip sync talking photos and AI podcast 50 plus AI voices and dubbing smart editor with auto captions and commercial license included furthermore you’ll have access to the entire entire bundle which comes with the pro version including 100 plus premium AI afterars custom aftar from any face AI voice cloning videos in multiple languages 4K exports and no watermark on any export plus a full optional drag and drop editor your face your voice 4K quality any language this will be one of your favorite video tools because it doesn’t just create the video like any of your other tools it directs and that’s what allows to grow your page. Now, furthermore, you have access to the done for you where you get a 100 plus ready to launch campaigns. Now, given you’re getting a 30-day money back guarantee, literally grab this right now. Go straight to the done for you section and use the ready to launch campaigns and then you can still decide if you want to keep it afterwards because this alone will allow you to get a huge return on investment. Now, you get 10 new campaigns every month, the affiliate, ecom, local business campaigns and more. You can add your brand, publish in minutes, fully editable, client ready, and you have access to the automation. And this is what makes it worth it. This is where you can bul create, set and forget, literally sit back, relax, and watch your account grow. This is where you see views on autopilot, clicks on autopilot, sales on autopilot because the director takes the charge. Now on top of that you have the business version where you get the full AC reseller director client and team accounts charge anything keep 100% your own API key and tokens and you have white label rights included your brand your coloring your logo your everything now put your name on it keep 100% all of this when you grab the bundle today you’re also going to get our 10 bonus tools only available Cynthia, congratulations. Patrick, Justin, Edward, I see you guys just got in. Jamie, same goes to you. Everyone that grabs this is getting the 10 bonuses, which is number one, the AI image and art generator, the AI thumbnail maker, the AI copywriter, the AI logo and brand kit maker, the AI social pulse designer, the stock media library, the AI voiceover studio, the biolink page builder, the custom GPT builder, and the AI webinar builder. Long story short, you have everything you need to be an unstoppable force with video in a way nobody else can. Now, the total real world value is $11,82. Plus, you’re going to get 50,000 credits, which is more than enough to absolutely crush it. You’re going to get priority VIP support, and we could have easily charged $997. We could have easily charged 497. But because you’re here live and make sure you comment live if you want the live webinar only discount, you’ll be able to snatch it up for 3.97. And when you grab it right now to make it the ultimate deal, we have a limited amount of coupons left. Rachel just picked one up. Congratulations. Same goes for Andrew, Susan, Chad, congratulations. Adam, congratulations. Sean, congratulations. Now you’ll be able to snatch it up at just 2971 time. And don’t forget, when you take action right now, if you’re literally still lucky enough, on top of, you know, the 30-day money back guarantee and all the bonuses, the one time, you know, instead of having the recurring, you’re getting the best of the best. But to really knock it out of the park, make sure you check this box that says the mega bundle, if it’s still even available to get added to the director AI club. And this is where you have the biggest unfair advantage of a lifetime. You get every single month an unused credits roll over. 10,000 fresh credits. You get our clips viral app, new aftars, new voices, new templates every month. You don’t have to think. We’ve already done the research for you. The newest AI models, VIP priority rendering, and early access to all new features. All of this is included and all you have to do is enter your name and email here. Put in the coupon code director 100. Click on apply and watch the price magically drop down. It’s a one time and you’re set. Again, the biggest advantage that you can have right now when it comes to video is having a director. That’s what’s missing with everyone else and that’s what’s going to make you finally stand out and succeed. If you’ve bought video tools before, then you should understand how important this is and how this will make a huge change in everything you’re trying right now. Because if you’re creating videos, they’re like shots in the dark. You don’t know what to post, when to post, how to post. Even though you can post post great things with the director by your side, a trained AI director specialized, that is where you start superseding your results. That’s where this changes everything. Now 297 is a small investment to make for the surface this can deliver the demand for what this has and the business opportunity that is literally waiting on you on the inside. And when you take action right now and remember you have even have a 30-day full return policy. So go to the link in chat to take advantage of this special bundle deal which is only available right now. and then I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Hey, I’m Steve. You already know the hard part about video isn’t making it. Anyone can make a video now. The hard part is knowing what to make, which format, which hook, which style actually works. Get that wrong and it disappears in the feed. So, we built something that makes that decision for you. And take a look at me for a second. The presenter you’re listening to right now, this face, this voice, me talking to you, created with the very tool I’m about to walk you through. That’s the smallest thing it can do. This is Director AI. Let me show you the rest. Your journey starts right here with Director AI, your personal conversational creative partner. Director AI is your all-in-one video studio boot to create every kind of video you need. photorealistic avatar videos, viral faceless clips, talking photos, studio podcast, idea to video productions, and full multi- language translations. But here’s what makes it different. You don’t have to guess which format to use. You just tell the director AI your goal, and it decides the perfect video style, presenter, and structure for you. No setup, no blank screen. Just tell it what you want in plain words. Your goal, your topic, your platform. Let’s try it. I’ll ask for an engaging avatar video for a fitness app made for Instagram reels. Hit send and watch what happens. In seconds, the director designs your entire production the way a real creative director would. It’s chosen the avatar format in vertical reel format. It’s paired presenter David Allen with a matching voice. It’s written a scroll stopping opening hook and structured a complete five scene script. I didn’t pick any of that. the director did because it decided that’s what would win for this goal. The plan looks spot on. So, I’ll just type looks great. Let’s create the video and confirm. And the director starts building and rendering your video. It takes just a few seconds. Now, see your video. It’s been created. Let’s look at the My Videos dashboard. The central hub where every video you create across every tool lives in one place, ready to view, filter, and organize. And the three dots menu is where your video goes to work. Share it directly. Download the MP4. Let’s click post to social. Every connected account is right here. YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest. Pick your channels. Open your caption and hashtags and either post instantly with one click or schedule it for later. Hit submit and director AI distributes it for you completely handsree. And that’s the video the director built for us. Fully rendered realistic lip sync. Smooth pacing from one center. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. 10 jumping jacks get the blood moving. 10 arm circles. Wake up your shoulders. One deep breath. Feel that? That’s your energy back. Now, the director already made every call for you, but if you want to step in and take the chair yourself, everything is open to you inside the advanced editor. At the top, your project title, global settings, and the render button. In the center, a live preview. Along the bottom, a timeline where you drag, drop, add, and rearrange things. Your global settings control the whole video at once. Under voice, browse the AI voice library by tone or niche. Preview any voice. Cosmo makes ideas bright and easy to fine-tune the pace and apply it across every scene. Under avatar, pick a readymade presenter, generate a fresh one with AI or upload your own photo. Under watermark, drop in your logo and place it anywhere. Under music, add a royalty-free track

    and balance it against the voice. And on the caption, switch on subtitles, style the font, colors, karaoke highlights, and animation to keep viewers hooked. Down at the scene level, you’ve got total control to edit the script for any single scene and add expressive pauses or let AI tag optimize the delivery for ultra realistic speech. Drop in stickers and animated gifts. Add up to three fully styled text overlays and drag them anywhere on the canvas. Snap your captions into the perfect position with one click. Frame your presenter exactly how you want. Circle or square picture in picture. Split screen top or bottom or full screen placed anywhere with the position grid. And here’s a real game changer. AI avatar style restage your presenter for a single scene. Type a prompt or even upload a product for them to hold and show off. Generate, compare, and apply. Change your mind? Revert in one click. Swap any scenes background with stock footage, uploads, or solid colors, or generate a brand new one. The AI background generator will read your script and create matching visuals automatically as a steel image or a fully animated motion background.

    Add scenes anytime with the plus button. And when it all looks right, hit render and your finished HD video is ready in minutes. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. Full manual control, start to finish. Pick your platform ratio. Choose a presenter from the library. Generate one with AI or upload your own photo.

    Write your own script or generate a high converting one from a few keywords. Choose the perfect voice. Set the backdrop from millions of stock clips, AI generated visuals, or your own uploads.

    Add music.

    style your captions

    and launch it straight into the editor to render. Three habits that will change your life in 30 days. Number two changed everything for me. Habit one, wake up at the same time every day. Consistent. The fastest way to turn ideas into viral videos without ever being on camera. Title it pick your ratio. Choose your language, then write your script, generate it from keywords, upload a document, or even repropose an existing audio or video file. Pick a natural voice.

    pull in stock visuals

    and style dynamic captions that drive retention. Then straight into the editor to render. These places look edited, but they’re 100% real. The Danakil depression in Ethiopia looks like Mars with acid lakes, love. Turn a raw idea, a topic, or even a web page into a finished video in seconds.

    Type a few keywords and it writes the narration, auto pairs, matching visuals to every scene or paste any article or product link. It reads the page, voices, and writes a tailored script and even pulls images from the page itself. review on January. This beginnerfriendly adjustable dumbbell system lets you switch from 5 to 25 lbs per dumbbell. That means one compact set covers toning, light strength work, and progressive training effort. Bring any still photo to life with hyperrealistic speech and lip sync. Upload your portraits or character. Add your logo, then write or AI generates the script with expressive tags for natural human delivery. Choose a premium built-in voice or close and train your own. And a moment a static photo becomes a speaking presenter. Why is everyone suddenly doing this in their home? Warm neutrals, natural textures, zero clutter. It’s called quiet luxury design, and it’s taking over for a reason. It doesn’t sh Multie speaker podcast videos with real back and forth conversation, dynamic camera cuts, and studio layouts. Set up two hosts with a hone avatars and distinct voices.

    DFY avatars for your podcast.

    Then let AI script the conversation from just a topic. A seamless natural debate between both speakers.

    Music style your studio set and captions and creates. It renders with natural lip sync and automatic camera switching between hosts. Okay, debate time. $1 million today or $10,000 every month for life. Easy. The million cash in hand. Wait, do the math though. 10k a month, 120k a year forever. Okay, that adds up fast if you live long enough. Take one video and reach the whole world. Upload your source video.

    Choose a dobing voice

    and pick your target languages from over 50. Choose four at once. English, Spanish, German, French, and create translation. It transcribes, translates, and dubs your video into every language with synced natural voiceovers, ready to publish worldwide. When a comment can ruin my whole day, that’s when I shut it down.

    A library of readytouse, high converting campaigns across the dozens of niches. Filter by ratio and category. Preview any template. Looking for the best wireless earbuds? Meet the Apple AirPods Pro 3 and click to import the entire project into the editor, every transition, background, and animation pre-built. Swap in your own text and images and render.

    A finished professional campaign in minutes. The director AI can boot any of these for you automatically. But everyone is also a full creator you can command directly whenever you want hands-on control. That’s director AI. Every format you just saw avatars, faceless, talking photos, podcast, idea videos, translations, the director AI can build any of them for you. You don’t pick the format. You don’t fight a blank screen. You give it the goal and it brings the vision, the script, the voice, and the final cut. This isn’t a tool. This is your production studio. Director AI direction. Reimagine. Every story deserves a director.

    or a fully animated motion background.

    Add scenes anytime with the plus button. And when it all looks right, hit render and your finished HD video is ready in minutes. Feeling sluggish? Just 30 seconds is all it takes to feel refreshed and energized. Full manual control, start to finish. Pick your platform ratio. Choose a presenter from the library. Generate one with AI or upload your own photo.

    Write your own script or generate a high converting one from a few keywords. Choose the perfect voice. Set the backdrop from millions of stock clips, AI generated visuals, or your own uploads,

    add music,

    style your captions,

    and launch it straight into the editor to render. Three habits that will change your life in 30 days. Number two changed everything for me. Habit one, wake up at the same time every day. Consistent. The fastest way to turn ideas into viral videos without ever being on camera. Title it, pick your ratio,

    choose your language, then write your script, generate it from keywords, upload a document, or even repropose an existing audio or video file. Pick a natural voice.

    Pull in stock visuals.

    Recording in progress

    and style dynamic captions that drive retention. Then straight into the editor to render. These places look edited, but they’re 100% real. The Danakil depression in Ethiopia looks like Mars with acid lakes love. Turn a raw idea, a topic or even a web page into a finished video in seconds.

    Type a few keywords and it writes the narration auto pairs matching visuals to every scene or paste any article or product link. It reads the page voices and writes a tailored script and even pulls images from the page itself. Review and generate. This beginnerfriendly adjustable dumbbell system lets you switch from 5 to 25 lbs per dumbbell. That means one compact set covers toning, light strength work, and progressive training effort. Bring any still photo to life with hyperrealistic speech and lip sync. Upload your portrait or character. Add your logo. Then write or AI generate the script with expressive tags for natural human delivery. Choose a premium built-in voice or clone and train your own. And a moment a static photo becomes a speaking presenter. Why is everyone suddenly doing this in their home? Warm neutrals, natural textures, zero clutter. It’s called quiet luxury design, and it’s taking over for a reason. It doesn’t sh multie podcast videos with real back and forth conver.

    Now, there you have it, guys. We have arrived at the end here today. I want to quickly come on camera. I’m going to ask you if you’re still here, if you’re still on the fence for any reason, it is now or never. You already know that video is one of the most important, if not the most important vehicle to drive growth to any business endeavor. And now instead of just having another video tool like many others have, you’ll not be competing with them anymore as you’ll have a video director which stands above all the others because it gives the creative direction required to actually make your videos work. I’m going to quickly go ahead and ask anyone if you’re still on the fence, if you’re still here, ask me, ask us any question. If you want to take advantage of this at the lowest price it will ever be, it is now or never. Now, I see lots of people already picked it up. Once again, I still see people in the room. I see Gregory, Jean, Sai, one of my favorites, Irving, John, Ramona, Fred, Pang, uh, Jay, Anthony, Miles, Allan. Good to have you here. And again, this is especially for you if you’re, you know, posting videos, but barely anyone watches it. you’re not sure what to make or what’s working right now and you got some views but no leads, no sales, and you’re just putting in so much time and money without anything to show for it. It’s not your fault. The problem is you’ve been dealing with a video creator instead of a video director. Now, there was a time where this was enough and this was great and this would work. But now, the pace at which we’re moving where everyone created video out of thin air, you need a video director. This is now what deter determines if your video stands out or not. Has it been taught true? Is it actually what people want to see? And again, most people have a video creator, but not a video director. And that’s exactly what our man of the hour here, none other than Steve Tari, has solved from start to finish. So, I want to quickly go over once again everything you’re getting here today, as well as show you exactly the opportunity that you’re getting. Because quite frankly, if I just do one quick Upwork search right now, I’ll put Upwork on the screen. Let me know if you can see it. Um, you can see right here right off the bat, people, you know, all I’m looking for AI filmmaker, generative AI director. There’s so many people that are looking for creative AI directors, you know, looking for creative director for AI film, AI cinematic animator and director, you know, creative AI film director. the demand for this. AI art director, storyboard artist, film director. This is a paid trial. From there, they’re going to pay you more. There’s so many people right here. AI film director, we need you for, you know, the next six months, three hours a week. You can help these people, right? Heck, even give them access to one of your accounts and get paid for having them use it. That’s the power of what you’re getting access to. The demand is clearly there. So, let’s once again cover everything you’re getting. as he s saying this will automate video marketing more efficient. Run a campaign and your ROI will be true the proverbial proof. I couldn’t have said it better myself within the money back guarantee trial period. So, let’s actually cover what you’re getting to today. Today, once again, as we mentioned, the director AI commercial value of $2,364. Now, let’s be honest here. All you have to do is give it a goal. Whether it’s you want to promote an affiliate offer, you want to make a video for a client, you want to make a promo video, educational video, training video, you give it a goal and from there you don’t have to, you know, take a lot of prompts or rework it or design it. It gives you the video as it tells you here’s what would work best for you from a creative director’s perspective. Now you have the live trend intelligence built in that actually researches YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube source. It finds out what is trending now, what is getting millions of views, what is the engagement, what are people responding to, clicking on, what particular audience interest is it falling into, and then it gives you the video. Where so many other tools you ask it for a video, it gives it to you right away. not keeping you know any account or and any consideration to the niche to the audience interest to what’s trending what the engagement meter is saying you know nothing of that sort whereas the live trend intelligence that is built in helps with exactly this now furthermore the AI picks the hook the script and the format which are all one of the most important things realistic AI avatars with lip sync included you have talking photos and AI podcast 50 plus AI voices and dubbing smart editor with auto captions and the commercial license included. All in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck with the director AI. Now, because you’re on this webinar, as you already know, for the people that are still here, I see, you know, uh Jay Anthony is here. I see Eiles is here, Alan Berquette is here, Fred Ham, John Tenant, some familiar names. I see you guys. Sai obviously Jean Chamson, Gregorya. I hope I’m not butchering these names. I see Ramona is here as well. I’ll get to how you hear Mona. Now, here’s the beauty. You’ll be able to unlock the complete director AI bundle. This means on top of the AI commercial, you’re going to get the pro version. This gives you over a 100 avatars, meaning an avatar for any niche, any page, any market you want to step into. You can even have a custom avatar of your liking. You can clone your voice, videos in multiple languages, 4K exports, priority rendering, no watermark, full drag and drop editor of your liking. This means you’ll be able to release videos crystal clear, the best possible quality in any language. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re also getting the done for you. And this is where you, you know, definitely accelerate your results by having ready to launch campaigns. If you’re looking for something that can quickly, you know, get the views and quickly promote the campaign or the product, you have everything you need to click and go, as I like to call it. You get 10 new campaigns every month. You get them across different niches, whether you want to sell affiliate products or your own products or, you know, physical products, surface based products. You add your brand, you publish in minutes, fully editable, client ready. And this means you’ll never start from zero. You open a campaign, publish, and you’re good to go. Now, if that’s not enough, you have the automator. And this is what I love the most because this allows you to both create in one pass, auto schedule everything, post to all the major platforms, one goal, full content calendar out, you can repurpose one video across different places. This gives you access to connect unlimited social accounts, allowing you to grow without a ceiling, which is so important. You just have to set it up once and your calendar fills itself. Now, this is why Director AI is, in my opinion, one of the best and absolute best video tools because it goes beyond just creating videos. It does the automation side of things as well as the directing side of things. Plus, since you’re on this live, you’re also getting the business version. As you saw of video marketing, and it most definitely is. You’re getting a full HC dashboard, resell it as your own, client and team accounts, charge anything, your own API key, and white label rights included. You can go to anyone that is looking to hire a social media manager or a video editor and give them a resell access to the director AI business and have them pay you every single month and keep 100% of the profits. And here’s how easy that can go. I can go to again Facebook right now. I’ll put it on the screen. I’ll search here for um I need video editor. Then from here I’ll just go to the first person say hey I’m looking for real editor or um hey I’m looking for video editor. Any of these people looking for video editor that can handle 20 to 30 projects a month. Now I can sign this person as a client. It’s only posted three days ago. It’s called Alex Vega. which probably has something to do with real estate as a real estate video editor which usually pay really well as well. But I can also tell Alex, hey Alex, uh who lives in San Diego, California, uh I have a software that can help you with your videos. Would love for you to try it out. And that’s it. Then they say, “Sure, what’s the software?” I can send them details, create them an account, and if they like it, we can talk about them simply paying a monthly and we keep 100%. I can literally let people try it out that are already looking for help in video and then put your name on it and keep 100%. That’s the beauty of the director AI business. And when you get the bundle today, on top of all of this, you’re also getting 10 special bonuses only on this webinar, which includes the AI image and art generator, the AI thumbnail maker, the AI copywriter, the AI logo and brand kit maker, the AI social post designer, the stock media library, the AI voiceover studio, the biolink page builder, custom GPTs builder, and the AI webinar builder. You’re going to have the best of the best plus 50,000 credits and VIP priority support. We could have easily charged 997 once. Heck, even annually, but even that we’re not going to do. We could have charged 497 monthly, but even that we’re not going to do. When you’re smart enough to grab this today, we’re going to make it the ultimate deal by including a special coupon which is only available for one last time right here, right now. bringing it down to just $297 one time. Everything’s included. And since you’re already getting a steal of a deal, I’d highly recommend you to also grab the special add-on that you’ll find on the page. I’ll ask the team to drop the link one last and final time in the chat right now as we speak and then from there, make sure you take advantage of this. make sure you take advantage of this.